Panasonic SICX Section 410 Programming V1

Panasonic SICX Section 410 Programming V1
Section 410
Programming
S-ICX Version 1.0
UK
S-ICX - Version 1.0
issued January 2000
The contents of this document are subject to change without notice
and do not constitute a commitment on the part of Matsushita
Communication Industrial Co., Ltd. (MCI). Every effort has been
made to ensure the accuracy of this document. However, due to
ongoing product improvements and revisions, MCI cannot guarantee
the accuracy of printed material after the date of publication, nor can it
accept responsibility for errors or omissions. MCI will update and
revise this document as needed.
The software and hardware described in this document may be used or
copied only in accordance with the terms of the license pertaining to
said software or hardware.
© 2000 by Matsushita Communication Industrial Co., Ltd. (MCI)
All rights reserved.
Table of Contents: Section 410-Programming
Before You Begin............................................................................. Intro-1
Preparations for Programming.....................................................................Intro-1
Automatic Configuration.............................................................................Intro-2
Software Upgrade Procedure.......................................................................Intro-7
Understanding FF-Key Programming................................................................Intro-10
FF-Key Programs: Software Structure....................................................Intro-10
FF-Keys and Other Keys Used in Programming Mode ..........................Intro-11
0. System Configuration................................................................. 0-1
1. System Programming (FF1) ....................................................... 1-1
FF1 0: System Common.....................................................................................1-9
FF1 0 01: General 1 .....................................................................................1-10
FF1 0 02: General 2 .....................................................................................1-14
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions........................................................1-18
FF1 0 04: Trunk COS Definitions ...............................................................1-21
FF1 0 05: Serial Ports ..................................................................................1-23
FF1 0 07 and 08: PBX Parameters ..............................................................1-25
FF1 0 09: SMDR (Call Logging) Output Format........................................1-26
FF1 0 12, 13, and 14: MOH Source ............................................................1-27
FF1 0 15, 16, and 17: SSD Blocks ..............................................................1-28
FF1 0 18: Synchronised Clock ....................................................................1-30
FF1 0 19: Systemwide TRS Class Assignments .........................................1-31
FF1 0 22: Dealer Programming ID Code ....................................................1-32
FF1 0 23 and 24: Voice Mail Codes............................................................1-32
FF1 0 25: Caller ID Add Digits ...................................................................1-34
FF1 0 26: DISA Security Codes ..................................................................1-35
FF1 0 27: UNA Ringing ..............................................................................1-37
FF1 0 28: ISDN Caller ID No. Adjustment (Alpha Tagging) .....................1-38
FF1 1: System Timers ........................................................................................1-40
FF1 1 02: Trunk Timer 2 .............................................................................1-40
FF1 1 03: Extension Timer 1.......................................................................1-45
FF1 1 04: Extension Timer 2.......................................................................1-46
FF1 1 05: Station Timer Class Definitions..................................................1-50
FF1 3: MCO Access in Tenant Groups..............................................................1-52
FF1 4: DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) and MSN Tables ................................................1-55
2. Trunk Programming (FF2).......................................................... 2-1
FF2 0: Analog Trunks ........................................................................................2-5
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines ................................................................................2-20
3. Extension Programming (FF3)................................................... 3-1
FF3 0: Digital Keyphones and SLTs..................................................................3-3
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page i
Table of Contents
Section 410-Programming
FF3 1: S-Point ISDN Extensions .......................................................................3-21
FF3 2: Virtual Ports............................................................................................3-28
FF3 4: ERA Extension Port................................................................................3-31
4. FF-Keys and Soft Keys (FF4) ..................................................... 4-1
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM24 Units .......................4-6
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles ................................................................4-13
FF4 2: Soft Keys on Display Phones .................................................................4-18
5. Groups (FF5) ............................................................................... 5-1
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group ............................................................................5-2
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups ..........................................................................5-10
FF5 2: MCO Outbound Trunk Groups...............................................................5-15
FF5 3: MCO Inbound Trunk Groups .................................................................5-16
FF5 4: Paging Groups ........................................................................................5-18
FF5 5: Hot Line Group.......................................................................................5-19
FF5 6: Call Pickup Groups.................................................................................5-21
6. TRS(Call Barring)/ARS (FF6)...................................................... 6-1
FF6 0: TRS/ARS Common ................................................................................6-4
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table...................................................................6-4
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table...................................................................6-9
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions ............................................................................6-13
FF6 1 00: TRS Class: Path Settings ............................................................6-13
FF6 1 02: TRS Class: Dialling Restrictions ................................................6-16
FF6 1 03: TRS Class: SSD Range ...............................................................6-19
FF6 2: ARS and Network Routing.....................................................................6-20
FF6 2 04: Route Table .................................................................................6-20
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table .....................................................................6-21
FF6 2 06: Authorisation Codes....................................................................6-25
FF6 2 07: Closed Number Table .................................................................6-25
FF6 2 08: Tandem Relay Exchange Table ..................................................6-29
FF6 2 09: Network MSG ID........................................................................6-32
8. Maintenance (FF8) ...................................................................... 8-1
FF8 0: Dealer Maintenance................................................................................8-3
FF8 0 02: Trunk Names...............................................................................8-3
FF8 0 06: ISDN Channel Control................................................................8-5
FF8 0 10: DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Names.....................................................8-6
FF8 1: User Maintenance ...................................................................................8-7
FF8 1 00: System Clock ..............................................................................8-7
FF8 1 01: Personal Speed Dial (PSD) .........................................................8-8
FF8 1 02: System Speed Dial (SSD) ...........................................................8-10
Page ii
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Table of Contents
FF8 1 03: Extension Names.........................................................................8-12
FF8 1 04 thru 06: ID Codes .........................................................................8-12
FF8 1 08: Walking TRS/Station Lockout Codes.........................................8-15
FF8 1 09: Call-Forward Destination............................................................8-16
FF8 1 10: Caller ID Log Extensions............................................................8-17
FF8 1 11: Text Messages.............................................................................8-18
FF8 1 12: Absence Messages ......................................................................8-19
Index................................................................................................ Index-1
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page iii
Introduction
Introduction
Before You Begin
This section describes preparations that should be completed before you start
programming. If you are already familiar with DBS FF-key programming,
you can begin programming as soon as these preparations have been made.
0
System
Configuration
However, if you are not familiar with FF-key programming, read
“Understanding FF-Key Programming” on page Intro-10 before you begin.
FF1
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Trunks
Preparations for Programming
Before programming the phone system, make sure the following steps have been
completed:
1. Confirm that the purchased phone system meets the customer’s feature
requirements. See Section 700-Feature Operation for feature descriptions.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
2. Confirm that all hardware required for the selected features has been obtained.
See Section 350-Installation for details.
3. Use Section 450-Configuration Forms & Tables to record the customer’s
site data. Use the following guidelines when completing Forms & Tables:
• Be sure to record all program entries.
• Leave the default values for equipment that is not connected.
• Pay careful attention to program items that require a power-down to take
effect. Be sure to complete the necessary programming in these areas before
you make the system operational.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
4. To program a system for the first time, you must first initialize the software to
default values. See “Automatic Configuration” on page Intro-2.
FF7
Applications
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Once these steps are completed, use the customer’s site data recorded in Forms &
Tables, as well as this Section 400-Programming, to program the phone system.
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: A display phone is required for FF-key programming.
A Large Display phone is recommended because of the One-Touch Key
functions surrounding the display.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page Intro-1
Introduction
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Automatic Configuration
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
IMPORTANT: This procedure must be performed before you
program the system; otherwise, the system will not work.
FF1
This procedure will automatically configure an S-ICX phone system for the
following installed cards:
System
FF1
System
Trunk Numbers. Starting with FS1, then FS2, FS3, FS4, and FS5, trunk numbers
FF2
are automatically assigned (starting with Trunk No. 01) for analog exchange line,
ISDN trunks. Included Card Types: LTRK/4, LTRK/8, TBRI, TPRI, .
AC15 private lines are not included.
Trunks
Extension Numbers. Starting with IS1, then IS2, then FS1, FS2, FS3, FS4, and
FF3
FS5, extension numbers are automatically assigned (starting with Extension No. 100
for DEC, or Extension No. 200 for AEC). When a 1-line SLT Adapter is connected
to a DEC card, the extension numbers are assigned as AEC ports. Included Card
Types: DEC/8, DEC/16, DEC/24, AEC/4, AEC/8.
Extensions
FF4
FF1:
FF2:
FF3:
FF4:
FF5:
FF6:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
PDN #1
PDN #2
PDN #3
-MCO (1101)
Call-Forward/All CANCEL
FF7: Floating Hold #1
FF8: Floating Hold #2
FF9: Floating Hold #3
FF10: Floating Hold #4
FF11: Floating Hold #5
FF12: Call-Forward/All SET
FF8
Maintenance
EM24 Units are not automatically assigned. (In address FF1 0 01 0020, the
Appendix A
Extensions
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF1 thru FF60: BLF Keys (programmed for outgoing only: 9 + Ext.No.),
representing a maximum of 60 extensions, based on the auto-configuration for
installed extension cards (see Extension Numbers above).
FF61: Floating Hold #1
FF67: Page Group #0
FF62: Floating Hold #2
FF68: OHVA
FF63: Floating Hold #3
FF69: Station Lockout
FF64: Floating Hold #4
FF70: UNA Pickup
FF65: Floating Hold #5
FF71: Absence Message Set/Cancel
FF66: Call-Forward/All SET
FF72: Day1/Day2/Night Toggle
Applications
FF3
FF-/Soft Keys
DSS/72 Units are assigned as follows:
FF7
Trunks
FF4
FF Keys. DEC extension phones are assigned as follows:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
default is changed to 0=no automatic programming.) However, when the system
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-2
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
is reset with RAMHOLD back to ON and Rotary Switch back to 2, the EM24
will have 24 BLF keys for outgoing only: 9 + Ext.No.
Introduction
Introduction
Attendant. Extension No. 100 (initially installed in IS1) is assigned as the operator.
If a DSS/72 is already connected to Ext.100, the ports are paired together (the DSS/
72 is also assigned Ext.100). Other installed DSS/72s are not paired.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
Extension COS for Attendant. Extension No. 100 is automatically assigned
Extension COS #16.
FF1
MCO Outgoing Group. Trunks included in the auto-configuration (see Trunk
Numbers above) are automatically entered in MCO-Outbound Trunk Group #1.
System
MCO Incoming Group. Trunks included in the auto-configuration (see Trunk
Numbers above) are automatically entered in MCO-Inbound Trunk Group #1.
FF2
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Ring Type. Trunks included in the auto-configuration (see Trunk Numbers above)
are automatically set to “DIL to Attendant” during Day1, Day2 and Night modes.
PDN keys 01-03 programmed on Extension 100/Attendant in the auto-configuration
(see FF Keys above) are set to “Ring” during Day1 modes. The PDN keys on other
extensions are set to “Ring” during Day1 only. MCO key 1101 is set to “No Ring”
during Day1, Day2 and Night.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Extensions
FF4
Paging Group. DEC extensions included in the auto-configuration are
automatically assigned to Paging Group #0.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
FF-/Soft Keys
TRS Setting. Followings are the subject for automatic configuration.
FF5
1) Leading Digits table setting (FF60-00)
2) Analyze Digits table setting (FF60-01)
3) TRS Class Path setting (FF61-00)
4) TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night) (FF30-BSSCC-06)
5) TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night) (FF20-BSSC-07)(FF21-BSSC-07)
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
TRS Class
Applications
1
Emergencu Call
999, 112
2
Service + Local call at Class 1
Dial starting with 2-9
3
Service + Long distance call at Class 2 Dial starting with 01-06, 08
4
Service + Mobile phone call at Class 3 Dial starting with 07
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Available Call
FF7
Available Dial
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
5
Service + International call at Class 4
Dial starting with 00
Note) If 3-5 digits are specified
by Following digit table,
Country code base TRS is
available.
6
No Restriction
Dial starting with 2-9
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page Intro-3
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Default for Automatic Configuration
Introduction
Introduction
1) Leading Digits Table (FF60-00)
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Prefix
string
Pattern No.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
112
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
999
9
*
Follow Digit
Maximum
Prefix ID
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TRS Level Route Type
0
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
0
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Route No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
2) Analyze Digits Table (FF60-01)
FF6
TRS/ARS
Digit SetPattern No. Prefix ID
ting
001
FF7
1
***
Follow Digit
Maximum
0
FF6
TRS Level Route Type
4
0
Route No.
0
FF7
3) TRS Class: Path setting Non-ARS (FF61-01)
Applications
Applications
PTRS Class
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
TRS/ARS
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09-50
TRS Level (Exchange line group 01-99)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-4
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
4) Extension TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night) (FF30 BSSCC 06)
Introduction
Extension
Customized Extension
0
FF1
5) Trunk TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night) (FF20 BSSCC 07)(FF21 BSSCC
07)
System
Trunks
TRS Class
4
Notes:If cards are added to the system after initialized the system with ’Auto
Customization’, the default TRS class for Day and Night are set ’1’ for those
ports. Change ’4’ by manual to allow calling.
System
Configuration
FF2
Introduction
Extension
Customized Trunk
TRS Class
Extensions
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
4
Trunks
Notes:If cards are added to the system after initialized the system with ’Auto
Customization’, the default TRS class for Day and Night are set ’1’ for those
ports. Change ’4’ by manual to allow Call Forward to Outside and TRK to TRK
connection.
FF3
0
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page Intro-5
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Figure Intro-1. CPC Cards
The CPC-576 Card
0
System
Configuration
0
Auto-Configuration Procedure for S-ICX:
Ensure CPU card is full seated and secure in
the slot.
FF1
1. On the CPC Card, set the rotary switch to
“3.”
System
2. Set the RAM HOLD switch to “OFF” (clear).
FF2
System
Configuration
RUN LED (FPU)
RUN LED (MPU)
MN LED
Trunks
3. Press and hold in the MODE button.
RESET button
CODE rotary switch
FF3
4. Either turn on system power, or press the
RESET button.
LED 1, 2 and 3 ON
Extensions
5. When the MN LED lights, release the MODE
button.
LED 2 and 3 ON
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
NOTE: Set RAM HOLD switch to “ON.”
MODE button
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
RAM HOLD switch
Trunks
Extensions
FF4
MOH plug-in
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
Note: Auto Configuration can take up about 2 minutes.
During this period, phone display will be blank.
When MJ LED lights solid red, this indicates auto-configuration is completed. Date and
Time display will appear on the phone display.
FF7
FF2
FF3
LED 2 ON, LED3 Flashes
LED2 ON, 1 and 3 OFF
LED 1 Lfashes, 2 and 3 OFF
1 minute
LED 2 ON, 1 and 3 OFF
LED 1 Flashes, 2 and 3 OFF
TEL is powered. Display shouw Time and Ext. No.
FF5
FF1
System
MJ LED
Applications
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Note: As far as RAM Hold Switch is set to Hold, the programmed data will be kept even if
the main power is turned off.
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-6
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
System
Introduction
Software Upgrade Procedure
0
(12-key Small Display phone shown)
PROG
FF1
Introduction
CONF
System
Configuration
1
Goes back to the beginning of
Programming Mode.
END
MODE
Trunks
FF3
6
CONF
7
1
2
8
9
3
3
HYPHEN Inserts a dash "-" into a speed-dial no.
4
PAUSE Inserts a pause into a speed-dial no.
5
SPD_ID Inserts a "don't-access-outside-line"
message into a speed-dial no.
6
COPY Copies settings of the displayed port or FF-key.
7
PASTE Pastes settings to the current port or FF-key.
10
4
5
9
System
FF2
Trunks
BLK_UP Scrolls up through ports (5, 4, 3, 2,...).
10 BLK_DOWN Scrolls down through ports (5, 6, 7, 8,...).
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF7
FF8
FF1
FF2
FF3
FF4
FF5
FF6
FF7
FF8
FF1
FF2
FF3
FF4
FF5
FF4
FF6
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
1
FF5
Groups
2 ABC 3DEF
DND/CF
4 GHI 5 JKL 6MNO
INT
7 PRS 8TUV 9WXY
MIC
0
LINE
FL/R
REDIAL
MEMORY
FF1: to System Programming
FF2: to Trunk Programming
FF3: to Extension Programming
etc.
NOTE: To enter 0: System Configuration, dial "0".
FF5
Groups
ON/OFF
HOLD
VOLUME
FF6
FL/R
FF6
Erases the displayed setting.
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF1
(no effect)
8
PROGRAM V2.5
PROG
(no effect)
2
Moves to the setting in certain
FF4, FF7 and FF8 addresses.
FF2
PRINT Prints data setting.
TRS/ARS
LINE
VOLUME
(no effect)
Scrolls through
addresses:
Applications
HOLD
down, to end
(5, 6, 7, 8, ...)
up, to beginning
(5, 4, 3, 2, ...)
FF8
Saves the displayed
setting, and moves
to the next address.
Or (at menu level)
moves to the next
sub-menu, going
deeper into the
same menu.
Backs out to the previous menu level. Or, if an
REDIAL incorrect setting is dialled, press REDIAL (instead
of HOLD) to re-display the previous setting.
MEMORY Backs out to the previous menu level. Or, inserts
special dialling codes into SSD/PSD numbers.
FF7
Applications
ON/OFF First button dialled to enter Programming Mode.
Or, exits Programming Mode.
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
The software upgrade procedure for the S-ICX is very similar to that of the
ICX. The only issues to keep in mind are:
• the type of card used; the S-ICX uses a Compact Flash card which is
Appendix A
Appendix A
smaller in size.
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page Intro-7
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
• the fact that the Flash Card can be mounted directly onto the CPC; no
Introduction
special connector board is required.
• the same card is used for both CPC sizes (-HS and -HM)
• the Compact Flash card is removed from the CPC after the procedure (it
does not stay with the CPC).
To upgrade the software for the S-ICX, perform the following steps:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
1.
Make sure the system is powered OFF.
2.
On the CPC card, take note of the current arrow position on the CODE
rotary switch (you’ll be setting it back to this position after the upgrade).
Then turn it to:
System
•“2”
for New Software Release or
•“4” for Software Upgrade. (it means the integer is a same number and
the difference is the number under a decimal point between two
versions.)
3. Insert the Compact Flash card into P4 on the CPC. The card is keyed so
that it can only be plugged in one way.
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
4.
FF-/Soft Keys
•
FF5
Groups
FF6
CPC-HS or -HM
6.
Remove the Compact Flash card
from P4.
P4 (for Compact
Flash Card)
RESET
8.
FF8
Maintenance
9.
Appendix A
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Set the CODE rotary switch back to
its former position.
Press and hold down the black
MODE button, and then power-ON
the system. Do not release the
MODE button until the “MN” LED
slow-blinks red.
FF4
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
CODE (rotary)
MODE
ON
Applications
System
Configuration
FF-/Soft Keys
When the upgrade is completed,
the “MN” LED will go OFF.
Power-OFF the system.
7.
FF7
Wait 1-2 minutes while the
CPC’s Flash ROM is upgraded.
The “MN” LED should be
blinking during this process.
5.
TRS/ARS
0
Power-ON the system.
•
FF4
Introduction
OFF
RAM HOLD
FF7
Applications
(blinking)
LEDs During
Normal
Operation
RUN LED (MPU)
MJ LED
MN LED
FF8
Maintenance
After a few seconds, “Welcome to
ICX” should appear on all installed
display phones.
10. Press the red RESET button, and wait for the system to power itself
OFF, then back ON.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page Intro-8
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
11. All display phones should now show the normal (main) menu at idle.
Introduction
0
0
01 JAN WED 00:07
System
Configuration
100
System
Configuration
EXT100
PERSONAL DIAL
SYSTEM DIAL
EXTENSION
FUNCTION SYSTEM
FUNCTION EXT
FF1
System
PROG
CONF
MIC
MENU
PREV
Introduction
FF1
System
NEXT
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page Intro-9
Introduction
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Understanding FF-Key Programming
0
0
System
Configuration
FF-Key Programs: Software Structure
Program entries for the S-ICX are
organized into 9 primary groups:
FF1
System
0
1 or FF1
2 or FF2
3 or FF3
4 or FF4
5 or FF5
6 or FF6
7 or FF7
8 or FF8
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
System
PROGRAM V1.00
System Configuration
System Settings
Trunks
Extensions
FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Groups
TRS/ARS
Applications
Maintenance
PRINT
PROG
FF7
FF8
FF1
FF2
Groups
FF2
Trunks
MIC
MENU
PREV
NEXT
FF3
FF4
FF5
FF6
2ABC 3DEF
DND/CF
4GHI 5 JKL 6MNO
INT
7PRS 8TUV 9WXY
MIC
0
LINE
FF5
FL/R
Extensions
MEMORY
ON/OFF
VOLUME
FF3
REDIAL
HOLD
After entering Programming Mode, dial "0" to
access System Configuration settings.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
After you enter Programming Mode (see instructions on pg. Intro-22):
FF6
FF7
CONF
1
FF-/Soft Keys
Each group (except for 0: System
Configuration) has its own Flexible
Function key (“FF-key”) on the phone.
On digital key telephones, the FF-keys
are numbered left-to-right, starting on the
bottom row (FF1, FF2, FF3, etc.).
COPY
PASTE
HYPHEN
PAUSE BLK_UP
SPD_ID BLK_DOWN
See table, next page for a more detailed
breakdown of these groups.
FF4
TRS/ARS
System
Configuration
FF6
press the desired FF-key to start programming the entries (“addresses”) in the FFkey group. OR...
• press the digit key “2” to enter Trunk Programming; or “3” to enter Extension
Programming; etc.
•
Applications
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
In any case, the phone’s LCD display will prompt you through the addresses.
NOTE: You must assign the “0: System Configuration” settings before the system
will work.
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: A display phone is required for key programming.
A Large Display phone is recommended because of the automatic
display of One-Touch Key (1-10) functions.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page Intro-10
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
FF-Keys and Other Keys Used in Programming Mode
While in Programming Mode, the phone keys can perform special functions such as
copying, scrolling, etc. The following illustrations describe these keys and their
functions during Programming Mode on each type of phone.
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Figure Intro-2. Phone keys during Programming Mode (12-key Large Display)
(12-key
(12-keyLarge
LargeDisplay
Displayphone
phoneshown)
shown)
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
11
Printsdata
datasetting.
setting.
PRINT
PRINT Prints
22
(no
(noeffect)
effect)
33
Insertsa adash
dash"-""-"into
intoa aspeed-dial
speed-dialno.
no.
HYPHEN
HYPHENInserts
44
PAUSE
PAUSE Inserts
Insertsa apause
pauseinto
intoa aspeed-dial
speed-dialno.
no.
55
SPD_ID
SPD_ID Inserts
Insertsa a"don't-access-outside-line"
"don't-access-outside-line"
message
messageinto
intoa aspeed-dial
speed-dialno.
no.
COPY
COPY
Copiessettings
settingsofofthe
thedisplayed
displayedport
portororFF-key.
FF-key.
6 6 Copies
FF1
PASTE
PASTE
Pastessettings
settingstotothe
thecurrent
currentport
portororFF-key.
FF-key.
7 7 Pastes
System
(noeffect)
effect)
8 8 (no
BLK_UP
BLK_UP
FF3
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
V2.5
V2.5
PRINT
PRINT
1 1
COPY
COPY
PASTE
PASTE
2 2
HYPHEN
HYPHEN
PAUSE
PAUSE BLK_UP
BLK_UP
SPD_ID
SPD_ID BLK_DOWN
BLK_DOWN
3 3
4 4
FF4
5 5
FF-/Soft Keys
6 6
7 7
44
55
66
77
88
9 WXY
9 WXY
JKLJKL
TUV
TUV
LINE
LINE
FL/R
FL/R
MNO
MNO INT INT REDIAL
REDIAL
00
TRS/ARS
DND/CF
DND/CF
ABC
ABC
22
3DEF
3DEF
FF6
(no(no
effect)
effect) (no(no
effect)
effect)
PREV
PREV
NEXT
NEXT
Backs
Backs
Toggles
Toggles
out
outofof
forward
forward
programs
programsthrough
through
totoMain
Main Main
Main
Menu.
Menu. Menu.
Menu.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF7
FF7 FF8
FF8
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
FF1 FF2
FF2 FF3
FF3 FF4
FF4 FF5
FF5 FF6
FF6
11
PRS
PRS
MENU
MENU
9 9
FF1
FF1 FF2
FF2 FF3
FF3 FF4
FF4 FF5
FF5 FF6
FF6
GHIGHI
Goes
Goesback
back Moves
Movestoto
totobeginning
beginning the
thesetting
setting
ofofProgramProgram- inincertain
certain
ming
mingMode.
Mode. FF4,
FF4,FF7
FF7
and
andFF8
FF8
addresses.
addresses.
MIC
MIC
1010
FF7
FF7 FF8
FF8
Groups
CONF
CONF
8 8
PROG
PROG CONF
CONF MICMIC MENU
MENU PREV
PREV NEXT
NEXT
FF5
FF2
Trunks
PROG
PROG
Extensions
Scrollsupupthrough
throughports
ports(5,
(5,4,4,3,3,2,...).
2,...).
9 9 Scrolls
Scrollsdown
downthrough
throughports
ports(5,
(5,6,6,7,7,8,...).
8,...).
BLK_DOWN
BLK_DOWN 1010Scrolls
FF1:
FF1:totoSystem
SystemProgramming
Programming
FF2:
FF2:totoTrunk
TrunkProgramming
Programming
FF3:
FF3:totoExtension
ExtensionProgramming
Programming
etc.
etc.
FF5
Groups
NOTE:
NOTE:ToToenter
enter0:0:System
SystemConfiguration,
Configuration,dial
dial"0".
"0".
MICMIC
MEMORY
MEMORY
FF6
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
VOLUME
VOLUME
HOLD
HOLD
TRS/ARS
Erasesthe
thedisplayed
displayedsetting.
setting.
FL/R
FL/R Erases
Backs
Backsout
outtotothe
theprevious
previousmenu
menulevel.
level.Or,
Or,if ifanan
REDIAL
REDIAL incorrect
incorrectsetting
settingisisdialled,
dialled,press
pressREDIAL
REDIAL(instead
(instead
FF7
Applications
ofofHOLD)
HOLD)totore-display
re-displaythe
theprevious
previoussetting.
setting.
LINE
LINE
VOLUME
VOLUME
(no
(noeffect)
effect)
Scrolls
Scrollsthrough
through
addresses:
addresses:
FF8
Maintenance
HOLD
HOLD
Saves
Savesthe
thedisplayed
displayed
setting,
setting,and
andmoves
moves
totothe
thenext
nextaddress.
address.
down,
down,totoend
end
OrOr(at
(atmenu
menulevel)
level)
(5,(5,6,6,7,7,8,8,...)...)
moves
movestotothe
thenext
next
sub-menu,
sub-menu,going
going
up,
up,totobeginning
beginning deeper
deeperinto
intothe
the
(5,(5,4,4,3,3,2,2,...)...)
same
samemenu.
menu.
Backs
Backsout
outtotothe
theprevious
previousmenu
menulevel.
level.Or,
Or,inserts
inserts
MEMORY
MEMORY
special
specialdialling
diallingcodes
codesinto
intoSSD/PSD
SSD/PSDnumbers.
numbers.
FF7
Applications
First
Firstbutton
buttondialled
dialledtotoenter
enterProgramming
ProgrammingMode.
Mode.
ON/OFF
ON/OFFOr,
Or,exits
exitsProgramming
ProgrammingMode.
Mode.
FF8
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: A display phone is required for key programming.
Appendix A
A Large Display phone is recommended because of the automatic
display of One-Touch Key (1-10) functions.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page Intro-11
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0
0
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Page Intro-12
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Introduction
Introduction
0. System Configuration
0
Use the addresses in this chapter to set System Configuration parameters for
the S-ICX. These addresses must be set immediately after initializing the
system for the first time (see Introduction for more information).
System
Configuration
FF1
IMPORTANT!
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
You must set System Configuration parameters
System
first, before anything else is programmed. You won’t be able to
continue programming until this is accomplished.
FF2
FF2
Trunks
FF-key Address
Topic
FF3
FF0 : System Configuration
Extensions
00 Hold (1-6) Hold
S-ICX : 01 (1) (1-5) Hold (1-99)
Hold
FF4
Trunks
This chapter covers the following addresses:
Page
0-1
FF3
System Size
0-2
Extensions
Free Slot Assignment
0-2
S-ICX: 02 (1) (06) Hold (30) Hold Integrated Slot Assignment
0-3
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Note: Shaded area shouw detail explanation is given in this manual.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF5
General Notes
Groups
FF6
Before Removing a Trunk/Extension Card from a Free Slot
TRS/ARS
First, clear the Trunk Numbers or Extension Numbers assigned to the ports on the card in programming.
This is for system “housecleaning” purposes, so the numbers can be automatically removed from other
areas in programming such as Hunt Groups, etc.
FF7
Applications
Addresses for Trunk Cards:
for analog exchange lines:
LTRK/8 (all),
Trunk Number Assignment (pg. 2-8)
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
for analog AC15 tie lines:
Tie Line Number Assignment (pg. 2-40)
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
for T-point ISDN lines:
(TBRI/4, PRI/8, PRI/16, PRI/24, PRI/30)
Trunk Number Assignment (1st Channel) (pg. 2-64)
FF2 1 BSS1 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Addresses for Extension Cards:
Appendix A
for digital or SLT phones:
(DEC/8, AEC/8)
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-6)
FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
for S-point ISDN extensions:
(SBRI/4, PRI/8, PRI/24 or 30)
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-34)
FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX Issued January 2000
•
Page 0-1
0: System Configuration
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
0: System Configuration Addresses
System Size
Introduction
00
:1
System Size
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enter the number of cabinets installed in the phone system configuration.
00 Hold (1-6) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Total No. of Cabinets Installed:
(1) for S-ICX
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
NOTE: Available range of the following items is determined by the CPC installed.
MAXIMUM AVAILABLE
SETTINGS
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
S-ICX
(single cabinet)
CPC-HS CPC-HM
MCO Tenant Groups:
Extension Hunt Groups:
12
12
12
12
Call Pickup Groups:
SSD Blocks:
12
12
12
12
Advanced Routing Chains:
Caller ID Log Extensions:
12
20
12
20
Hot Dial Pad Extensions:
Virtual Ports:
24
96
56
96
Extensions:
Trunks:
24
40
56
40
DID/DNIS Nos. per table
96
96
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Notes:
See General Notes (pg. 0-1).
FF7
Applications
FF7
101
Free Slot Assignment
:1
Applications
Card ID # for FS
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
Enter the type of card installed in each Free Slot of the cabinet.
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
S-ICX :
01
S-ICX Cabinet No. 1
(1)
(1-5)
Hold
Free Slot No. 1-5
Maintenance
(1-99) Hold
Card Type No. 1-99
Appendix A
Appendix A
(see figure and table next page)
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 0-2
•
S-ICX Issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0: System Configuration
Figure 0-1: Cabinet Slots
S-ICX:
Introduction
CPC
Card
Integrated
Slot
Free Slots
+
0
System
Configuration
C
1
2
3
4
5
7
8 Built-In DEC ports (behind
Power Supply), represented
in programming as Slot 6
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
113
Integrated Slot Assignment
:50
System
Card ID # for OP
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Enter the type of card installed in each of the two Integrated Slots .
Trunks
02
02
(1)
(1)
(06)
(07)
Hold
Hold
(30) Hold
(31-32, 80-99)
FF2
Trunks
Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF3
S-ICX Cabinet No. 1
06=IS 1 Slot Built-In 8DEC Card Type 30 (DEC/8) Default
07=IS 2 Slot
Card Type 31-32 (SAEC),
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Free Slot/Option Slot card types (01 and 02 addresses)
Setting Card Type
LTRK/8
1
(COL/8)
FF5
Groups
FF6
5
9
AC15/4
AC15 Private Line Card 2B+D/4 (4-port)
LTRK/4
(COL/4)
Loop Start Trunk Card (4-port)
10
TBRI/4
(ISBT)
TPRI/8
(ISPT/8)
ISDN BRI Trunk Card 2B+D/4
TRS/ARS
11
FF7
Value
Loop Start Trunk Card (8-port)
12
TPRI/16
(ISPT/16)
14
TPRI/24
(ISPT2/24)
ISDN PRI Trunk Card 24B+D/1
15
TPRI/30
(ISPT/30)
QSIG/8
ISDN PRI Trunk Card 30B+D/1
QSIG/16
ISDN PRI 16B+D/1 (Q-Sig)
QSIG/24
ISDN PRI 24B+D/1 (Q-Sig)
QSIG/30
ISDN PRI 30B+D/1 (Q-Sig)
Maintenance
17
18
19
20
Appendix A
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
ISDN PRI Trunk Card 8B+D/1
(8-channel)
ISDN PRI Trunk Card 16B+D/1
(16-channel)
Applications
FF8
Notes
Maximum:
1 Card with CPC-HS.
2 Cards w/ CPC-HM.
FF7
Applications
Maximum:
1 Card with CPC-HS.
2 Cards w/ CPC-HM.
FF8
Maintenance
ISDN PRI 8B+D/1 (Q-Sig)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX Issued January 2000
•
Page 0-3
0: System Configuration
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Setting Card Type
30
0
DEC/8
(LCD)
Value
Digital Extension Card (8-port)
Introduction
Notes
This setting also Integrated
Slot1 (position 106) for the
built-in 8DEC behind
Power Supply.
0
or...
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
SBS I/F
SBS Interface
31
AEC/8 or
SAEC/8
(LCA)
Analog Extension Card (8-port)
SAEC/8 can be installed
only in the Integrated Slot
2(position 107).
System
32
SAEC/4
Analog Extension Card (4-port)
SAEC/4 can be installed
only in the Integrated Slot
2(position 107).
DEC/16
Digital Extension Card (16-port)
FF2
33
34
35
DEC/24
Digital Extension Card (24-port)
FF2
SBRI/4
(ISBS)
ISDN S-point BRI Extension Card 2B+D/4
Trunks
36
SPRI/8
(ISPS/8)
37
SPRI/24
(ISPS/24)
38
SPRI/30
(ISPS/30)
MFR
ISDN S-point PRI Extension Card 8B+D/1
(8-channel)
ISDN S-point PRI Extension Card 23B+D/1
(23- or 24-channel)
ISDN S-point PRI Extension Card 30B+D/1
FF1
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
50
52
53
54
55
70
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
71
FF6
FF1
System
FF3
Extensions
DTMF Receiver Card (8-port)
CONF1
8-Party Conference Card #1
8channel x 1 circuit.
CONF2
8-Party Conference Card #2
8channel x 2 circuits.
CONF3
8-Party Conference Card #3
8channel x 3 circuits.
CONF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
8-Party Conference Card #4
8channel x 4 circuits.
FF5
SACD
VPU4-1
ACD (4-channel) Unit #1
Provides 4 voice ports.
(HD) Can go in any FS.
Groups
SACD
VPU4-2
ACD (4-channel) Unit #2
Provides 4 voice ports.
(HD) Can go in any FS.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 0-4
•
S-ICX Issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Introduction
Introduction
1. System Programming (FF1)
Use the FF1 programming addresses in this chapter to set system-wide
parameters for the S-ICX.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
This chapter covers the following FF1 addresses:
FF1
System
FF Key Address
Topic
Default (all)
FF1 0: System Common
1-9
FF1 0 01: General 1
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF1 0 01 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0005 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0007 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0008 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0009 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0013 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0014 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0015 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0016 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0017 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0018 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0019 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0024 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0026 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0027 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Network Flash Send via “I-Use” Trunk Key
FF1 0 01 0028 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Disconnect Tone for 3rd-party Voice Mail
0 (Display No.Caller ID only)
0 (Do not send
flash)
0 (Busy Tone)
Trunk Numbering
SSD Code Numbering
SSD Assignment to Groups
0 (2-digit)
1 (3-digit)
0 (Disabled)
FF1 0 01 0025 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Free-up key)
1 (Free-up key)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Allowed)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (hookflash)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (12-hour)
1 (CID Name)
Appendix B
FF1 0 02 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
S-ICX-10-410
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
1-10
1-10
1-11
1-11
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
1 (DDI Name)
1-12
1-12
FF1 0 02: General 2
Appendix A
FF1
1-10
Splash Tone: Voice Calls
Splash Tone: Internal Paging
Splash Tone: Busy Override (Start)
Splash Tone: Busy Override (Continuous)
Splash Tone: 3-Party Conference
Exclusive Hold (Trunk Key)
Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #1
Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #2
Floating Hold on Trunk Key
Floating Hold on Virtual Port Key
Hot Line/MCO Preference for “ON/OFF” Key
Programming Mode Entry
Built-In VM: Voice Mail Access Key
Built-In VM: Mailbox Key
Built-In VM: Message Retrieve Key
Off-Hook Monitor
Handset Mute
Hookflash on Rotary SLTs
ISDN Outgoing Control
Automatic BLF on DSS and EM24 Units
Caller ID Log Outgoing Control
Caller ID Log Private/Out-of-Area Control
Time Display Mode
Alpha Tagging: Name/No. Display During
Incoming Ring (LCD-1st Line); 2nd Incoming
Call During Talk Mode (LCD-2nd Line)
Alpha Tagging: Name Display During
Incoming Ring (LCD-2nd Line)
Alpha Tagging: Name/No. Display During Talk
Applications
Page
FF8
Maintenance
1-13
1-13
1-14
S-ICX Issued January 2000
•
Appendix A
1-14
Page 1-1
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Section 410-Programming
FF1 0 02 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0005 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0007 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0008 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0009 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0013 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0014 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0015 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0016 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0017 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day1: FF1 0 02 0018 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day2: FF1 0 02 0019 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Night: FF1 0 02 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day1: FF1 0 02 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day2: FF1 0 02 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Night: FF1 0 02 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0024 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0025 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0026 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Access in Speed Dialling
Intercom Voice Call Pickup
BLF Call Pickup
Day/Night Mode Assignment
Step (Reset) Calling: Intercom Calls
Step (Reset) Calling: DISA/Tie-Line
ARS/LCR Setting
Advanced Routing for MCO Access
Page #0 Override
Paging Answer on Tie-Line
Howler Tone
DISA Invalid Number
DISA Interdigit Timeout
DISA No-Answer Timeout
DDI to Busy Extension (Day1/Day2/Night)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (System-wide)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (no ansr.signl)
0 (Disabled)
0 (multi-incomg.)
0 (multi-incomg.)
0 (multi-incomg.)
0 (busy signal)
1-15
DDI to Incorrect Number (Day1/Day2/Night)
0 (busy signal)
1-16
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Introduction
0
1-15
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
DID (DDI) to Incorrect Number (Day2)
DID (DDI) to Incorrect Number (Night)
Onhook Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer Restriction
0 (busy signal)
0 (busy signal)
0 (restrict trk-totrk transfers)
Station Park/Floating Hold Pickup (*9)
0 (Floating/*9)
Closed No. Dialling During Network Line Hold 0 (dial ClosedNo)
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold3
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
1-14
Extensions
1-16
FF4
1-17
FF-/Soft Keys
1-17
Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Ringback
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Talk
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Camp-On
Extension COS: Exclusive Hold for NonAppearing Trunk Call
0 (Tone)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (System Hold)
1-20
(all) COS 15: 1
(Exclusive Hold)
FF6
Extension COS: Exclusive Hold on SLTs
0 (System Hold)
TRS/ARS
FF5
Groups
(all) COS 15: 1
(Exclusive Hold)
FF7
Applications
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Brokers Hold on SLTs
Extension COS: Hookflash Control on SLTs
Extension COS: SSD Assignment
1 (Broker’s Hold)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
FF7
Applications
(all) COS 16: 0
(Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: SSD Assignment to MCO
Tenant Groups
1 (Not Allowed)
(all) COS 16: 0
(Allowed)
FF8
Extension COS: SSD Dialling
Extension COS: Intercom Redialling
Extension COS: Direct Trunk Access
Extension COS: MCO Incoming Call Answer
Extension COS: Paging
Extension COS: Auto Repeat Dial
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
Maintenance
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 1-2
•
S-ICX Issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1: System Programming
Extension COS: DND Set/Clear
0 (Allowed)
Introduction
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 18 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: DND Set/Clear (Other)
1 (Not Allowed)
(all) COS 16: 0
(Allowed)
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 19 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Call Forward-All Calls
0 (Allowed)
0
System
Configuration
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Call Forward-No Answer
0 (Allowed)
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF1
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Call Forward-Busy
FF1
0 (Allowed)
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
System
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 22 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Call Forward/Other
System
1 (Not Allowed)
(all) COS 16: 0
(Allowed)
FF2
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunks
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: User Maintenance/Bus
Monitor
1 (Not Allowed)
Extension COS: Priority Message-Waiting
Send (VM)
1 (Not Allowed)
Extension COS: Message-Waiting Send
0 (Allowed)
FF2
(all) COS 16: 0
(Allowed)
Trunks
(all) COS 15: 0
(Allowed)
FF3
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
Extensions
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 26 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: System Mode Switch
Extensions
1 (Not Allowed)
(all) COS 15 and 16:
0 (Allowed)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 27 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 28 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 29 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Busy Override Send
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Send
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Receive
FF4
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
FF-/Soft Keys
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 30 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 31 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 32 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 33 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Callback Request Send
Extension COS: Callback Request Receive
Extension COS: Trunk Queuing
Extension COS: Manual DND Override Send
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
FF5
Groups
(all) COS 16: 0
(Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 34 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 35 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Forced DND Override
Extension COS: 8-Party Conference
FF6
1 (Not Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
TRS/ARS
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 36 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 37 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Voice Call Send
Extension COS: Voice Call Receive
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
FF7
Applications
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 38 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Dial Tone Stop
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 39 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Dial Tone Pre-Pause Check
Maintenance
1 (Receive
internal DT)
1 (Check/Send
re-order tone)
FF8
Maintenance
(all) COS 15 and 16:
0 (No Check)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 41 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm
Extension COS: Recall Timer Apply
1 (Enabled)
0 (Ext.Recall)
(all) COS 16: 1 (Att.
Recall)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 44 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Extension COS: Call Forward-Outside
Extension COS: Onhook Trunk-to-Trunk
Transfer
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix A
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
Appendix B
•
Page 1-3
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 46 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 47 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 48 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 49 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 50 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 51 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 55 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Section 410-Programming
Extension COS: Station Call Park Answer
Extension COS: Station Call Park Transfer
Extension COS: OHVA
Extension COS: OHVA Answer
Extension COS: Call-Waiting Answer at HOLD
Extension COS: On-Hook Transfer of Floating
Hold
Extension COS: Station Lockout (Own)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
0 (Allowed)
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF1
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 56 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Station Lockout (Other)
FF1
1 (Not Allowed)
(all) COS 16: 0 (Allow)
System
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 57 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Absence Message Set
System
0 (Allowed)
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF2
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 58 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: UNA Pickup
0 (Allowed)
FF2
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
Trunks
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 59 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Intercom Ring Tone at Exch. 0 (Allowed)
(all) COS 15: 1 (CO ring
Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 60 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: BGM Access
Trunks
tone)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
0 (No restriction)
FF1 0 04: Trunk COS Definitions
1-21
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Dial Tone to Tie Line
Trunk COS: Fast-Busy Tone to Tie Line
Trunk COS: Paging on DISA/Tie-Line Calls
Trunk COS: DISA Security Code Verification
Trunk COS: Network Flash Forwarding
Trunk COS: Network Flash Receive
Trunk COS: Brokers Hold for Network Calls
Trunk COS: Priority Message-Waiting Set/
Cancel
Trunk COS: Network-to-Network Transfer
Trunk COS: Camp-On for Tie Lines
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0 (use exch. Ring
Pattern)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Enabled)
0 (Not Allowed)
0 (Verify)
0 (forward flash)
0 (no restriction)
0 (Brokers Hold)
1 (Not Allowed)
Serial Port 1: Data Format
FF1 0 05 0002 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF1 0 05 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 05 0033 Hold (0-7) Hold
Serial Port 1: Baud Rate
Serial Port 1: Protocol
Serial Port 2: Data Format
FF1 0 05 0034 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF1 0 05 0035 Hold (0-2) Hold
Serial Port 2: Baud Rate
Serial Port 2: Protocol
5 (8bits/NoPar./
1stop)
5 (9600 bps)
0 (No order)
5 (8bits/NoPar./
1stop)
5 (9600 bps)
0 (No order)
FF1 0 06: Serial Port Output Data
FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 06 0002 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 06 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 06 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
1-23
FF1 0 05 0001 Hold (0-7) Hold
1 (Port 1)
0 (None)
2 (Port 2)
2 (Port 2)
TRS/ARS
1-23
1-23
1-23
1-23
1-23
1-23
1-24
SMDR (Call Logging) Data to Serial Port
Fault Alarm Data to Serial Port
Programmed Data to Serial Port
Bus Monitor Data to Serial Port
Extensions
1-21
1 (Not Allowed)
0 (Not Allowed)
FF1 0 05: Serial Ports
FF3
1-24
1-24
1-24
1-24
Appendix B
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 1-4
•
S-ICX Issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
FF1 0 07 and 08: PBX Parameters
1-25
FF1 0 07 (0001-0012) Hold (0-16) Hold
Auto Pause Position Behind PBX
FF1 0 08 (0001-0006) Hold FL/R (0-9999) PBX Trunk Access Codes
Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
1-26
FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 09 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
1-26
1-27
SMDR Format
1 (Format #1)
SMDR Output for Abandoned Incoming Calls 1 (include)
FF1 0 12, 13, and 14: MOH Source
1-27
MOH Source for Trunks
MOH Source for Tie Lines
MOH Source for Intercom Calls
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
0 (Internal tone)
0 (Internal tone)
0 (Internal tone)
FF1 0 15, 16, and 17: SSD Blocks
FF1 0 16 0001 Hold (0-800) Hold
FF1 0 17 (0001-0144) Hold (0-799 or 0800) Hold
SSD Block #1 (0001 and 0002):
SSD Block #2 (0003 and 0004):
SSD Block #3 (0005 and 0006):
SSD Block #4 (0007 and 0008):
SSD Block #5 (0009 and 0010):
SSD Block #6 (0011 and 0012):
SSD Block #7 (0013 and 0014):
SSD Block #8 (0015 and 0016):
SSD Block #9 (0017 and 0018):
SSD Block #10 (0019 and 0020):
SSD Block #11 (0021 and 0022):
...
SSD Block #72 (0143 and 0144):
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant
1 (SSD Block 1)
Groups
SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant Groups 0 (none)
SSD Block Table:
Starting SSD No. and SSD Count
Starting SSD No. and SSD Count
Starting SSD No. and SSD Count
Starting SSD No. and SSD Count
Starting SSD No. and SSD Count
Starting SSD No. and SSD Count
Starting SSD No. and SSD Count
Starting SSD No. and SSD Count
Starting SSD No. and SSD Count
Starting SSD No. and SSD Count
Starting SSD No. and SSD Count
...
Starting SSD No. and SSD Count
FF7
Applications
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes
TRS Class During Station Lockout
Ring Alarm Frequency
Ring Alarm Pattern
FF8
FF1 0 22: Dealer Programming ID Code
Maintenance
FF1 0 22 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
Appendix A
System
FF2
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
(none/Free Run)
1-30
FF6
TRS/ARS
1-31
1
1
1-31
1-31
FF7
Applications
1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1ON 2 OFF)
Dealer Programming ID Code
9999
VM Answer Supervision Code
VM Transfer Code #1: Prefix
VM Transfer Code #1: Suffix
VM Transfer Code #2: Prefix
VM Transfer Code #2: Suffix
(none)
(none)
(none)
(none)
(none)
FF1 0 23 and 24: Voice Mail Codes
FF1 0 23 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
FF1 0 24 0001 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0002 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0003 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0004 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1
1-29
1-29
FF1 0 21: Ring Alarm for Unanswered Calls
FF1 0 21 0001 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF1 0 21 0002 Hold (0-12) Hold
System
Configuration
Trunks
1-30
Synchronised Clock
0
FF3
FF1 0 19: Systemwide TRS Class Assignments
FF1 0 19 0001 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF1 0 19 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
1-28
0 and 80
80 and 80
160 and 80
240 and 80
320 and 80
400 and 80
480 and 80
560 and 80
640 and 80
720 and 80
0 and 0
...
0 and 0
FF1 0 18: Synchronised Clock
FF1 018 (0001-0003) Hold (BSS/C) Hold
1-27
1-28
1-28
FF1 0 15 (0001-0012) Hold (0-12) Hold
Trunks
FF3
1 (1 , for ”9”)
1-25
0 (none, all other)
Code 1:9
1-25
Codes 2-6: none
FF1 0 09: SMDR (Call Logging) Output Format
FF1 0 12 (0001-0012) Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1 0 13 (0001-0012) Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1 0 14 (0001-0012) Hold (0-3) Hold
Introduction
st
1-32
FF8
1-32
Maintenance
1-32
1-32
1-33
1-33
1-33
1-33
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-5
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
FF1 0 25: Caller ID Add Digits
1-34
FF1 0 25 0001 Hold (up to 4 char.) Hold
Caller ID Log Outgoing Add Digits
(none)
DISA Security Code Digit Length
0 (none/no code
needed)
(none) and 0 (no
TRS Class)
1-34
FF1 0 26: DISA Security Codes
1-35
FF1 0 26 0001 Hold (0-10) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 26 (0002-0033) Hold (up to 10 digits DISA Security Codes and TRS Classes
or 1-50) Hold
FF1 0 27: UNA Ringing
FF1
System
1-35
1-36
0
System
Configuration
1-37
FF1 0 27 00 (01-12) Hold (0-5) Hold
UNA Ringing Port by Tenant Group
0 (all ports)
FF1 0 28: ISDN Caller ID No. Adjustment (Alpha Tagging)
FF1 0 28 0001 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
FF1 0 28 0002 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
FF2
Trunks
Introduction
Alpha Tagging: ISDN Caller ID No.
Adjustment (International Calls)
Alpha Tagging: ISDN Caller ID No.
Adjustment (Long-Distance Calls)
1-37
1-38
(none)
1-38
(none)
1-39
FF1
System
FF2
FF1 1: System Timers
1-40
Trunks
FF1 1 01: Trunk Timer 1
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF1 1 01 0001 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0002 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0003 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0004 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0006 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0007 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0008 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
Flash Timer 1 for Trunk Line
Flash Timer 2 for Trunk Line
Flash Timer for Auto-Repeat Dial
Pause Timer
Call Duration Timer (Analog Trunk)
Call Duration Timer (Tie Line)
Outpulse Delay Timer (Analog Trunk)
Outpulse Delay Timer (Tie Line/ImmediateStart)
Pre-Pause Timer (T-point ISDN)
Interdigit Timer (ARS and T-point ISDN)
Pre-Pause Timer (QSIG ISDN)
Interdigit Timer (QSIG ISDN)
Wink Wait Timer (Analog AC15)
Start Timer for Exchange Busy Tone Detect
(Auto-Repeat Dial)
Exch. Busy Tone Detect Timer (Auto-Repeat
Dial)
DTMF ON: Pattern #1
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2
FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3
FF1 1 01 0020 Hold (1-255) Hold
Network Flash Signal Timer
FF1 1 01 0021 Hold (0-255) Hold
Network Flash Guard Timer
FF1 1 01 0009 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0010 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0011 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0012 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0013 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0014 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0015 Hold (1-255) Hold
Maintenance
50 (800ms)
5 (80ms)
124 (1984ms)
3 (seconds)
5 (seconds)
10 (seconds)
1 (second)
1 (second)
Appendix B
•
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
30 (seconds)
16 (80ms)
16 (80ms off)
1 (125ms on/
125ms off)
2 (250ms on/
250ms off)
8 (128ms on/
128ms off)
5 (seconds)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
1-40
FF1 1 02 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day 1: FF1 1 02 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day 2: FF1 1 02 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
Night : FF1 1 02 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
Page 1-6
Extensions
30 (seconds)
10 (seconds)
30 (seconds)
10 (seconds)
5 (seconds)
5 (seconds)
FF1 1 02: Trunk Timer 2
Appendix A
FF3
DISA No-Answer Timer #1
Multiple Incoming No-Answer Timer #2
Exchange Delayed Ring Timer
(Day1)(Day2)(Night)
S-ICX Issued January 2000
30 (seconds)
16 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
1-40
1-41
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF1 1 02 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day 1: FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day 2: FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Night : FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0014 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0015 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0016 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1: System Programming
DIL Busy Timer
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer
(Day1)(Day2)(Night)
120 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
Long Talk Alarm #1 Timer
Long Talk Alarm #2 Timer
Paging Timer (Tie Lines)
Trunk-to-Trunk Connection Timer
ARS Queuing Timer
DID (DDI) Delayed Ring Timer
Network Hold Maximum Time
3 (minutes)
1 (minute)
30 (seconds)
60 (minutes)
15 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
60 (minutes)
1-42
1-42
0
System
Configuration
1-43
1-43
1-44
1-44
FF1 1 03: Extension Timer 1
FF2
Trunks
FF1 1 03 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF1 1 03 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1 1 03 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
DTMF Receiver Queuing Timer
SLT Off Hook Signal Interval
BLF Delayed Ring Timer
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF1 1 03 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
3 (seconds)
60 (seconds)
30 (seconds)
FF1 1 04 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day1: FF1 1 04 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day2: FF1 1 04 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
Night: FF1 1 04 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0016 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0017 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0019 Hold (0-255) Hold
Trunks
15 (seconds)
0(wait
indefinitely)
15 (seconds)
15 (seconds)
0(wait
indefinitely)
6 (seconds)
10 (seconds)
15 (seconds)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
1-45
1-46
Hold Recall Start Timer (Digital Keyphones)
Hold Recall Start Timer (Attendant Group)
Hold Recall Start Timer (SLTs)
Transfer Recall Start Timer (Digital
Keyphones and SLTs)
Transfer Recall Start Timer (Attendant Group)
Hold/Transfer Recall Ringing Duration Timer
Attendant Reversion Duration Timer
Call Forward/No Answer Timer (Day1)
(Day2)
(Night)
Callback Ring Timer (Callback Request and
Trunk Queuing)
Timed Reminder Ring Timer
Timed Reminder Interval for Busy Extensions
Howler Tone Duration Timer (Extensions)
Station Call Park Recall Timer
Floating Hold Recall Timer
120 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
0 (No recall)
60 (seconds)
1-46
1-46
1-46
1-46
20 (seconds)
60 (seconds)
0 (continue ring)
16 (seconds)
1-46
1-47
1-47
1-48
15 (seconds)
1-48
Appendix A
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 02 Hold (0-255) Hold
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Station Timer Class: Hold Recall Start Timer
(Digital Keyphones)
Station Timer Class: Hold Recall Start Timer
(SLTs)
S-ICX issued January 2000
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
16 (seconds)
180 (seconds)
30 (seconds)
180 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
FF8
Maintenance
1-49
1-49
FF1 1 05: Station Timer Class Definitions
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 01 Hold (0-255) Hold
System
FF2
FF1 1 04: Extension Timer 2
FF1 1 04 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
1-45
Call Forward/DND Confirmation Tone Timer
Message-Waiting Tone Timer
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (DP
SLTs)
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (DTMF
SLTs)
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (Digital
Keyphones)
Interdigit Timer (DP SLTs)
Interdigit Timer (DTMF SLTs)
Interdigit Timer (Digital Keyphones)
FF1 1 03 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
Introduction
1-49
120 (seconds)
1-49
Appendix A
0 (immed.recall)
Appendix B
•
Page 1-7
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 03 Hold (0-255) Hold
Station Timer Class: Transfer Recall Start
Timer (Digital Keyphones and SLTs)
Station Timer Class: Hold/Transfer Recall
Ringing Duration Timer
Station Timer Class: Call Park Recall Timer
Station Timer Class: Call Forward/No Answer
Timer (Day1)
Station Timer Class: Call Forward/No Answer
Timer (Day2)
Station Timer Class: Call Forward/No Answer
Timer (Night)
Station Timer Class: Floating Hold Recall
Timer
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 04 Hold (0-255) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 05 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 06 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 07 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 08 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 09 Hold (0-255) Hold
180 (seconds)
16 (seconds)
0011 thru 0015:
... 0056 thru 0060:
FF4
16 (seconds)
16 (seconds)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1
20 (seconds)
FF1 3 03 (0001-0012) Hold (1-99) Hold
0001:
0002:
0003:
0004:
... 0012:
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Trunk
Groups:
Tenant Group #1: MCO-1 thru MCO-5 Trunk
Group No.
Tenant Group #2: MCO-1 thru MCO-5 Trunk
Group No.
Tenant Group #3: MCO-1 thru MCO-5 Trunk
Group No.
Tenant Group #4: MCO-1 thru MCO-5 Trunk
Group No.
Tenant Group #12: MCO-1 thru MCO-5
Trunk Group No.
Tenant Groups: Inbound Trunk Groups:
Tenant Group #1: Inbound TrunkGrp
Tenant Group #2: Inbound TrunkGrp
Tenant Group #3: Inbound TrunkGrp
Tenant Group #4: Inbound TrunkGrp
Tenant Group #12: Inbound TrunkGrp
System
FF1 4 01 0001 Hold (1-4) Hold
FF1 4 02 (000-095) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or
1-12) Hold
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) #1: (000) (1)
(000) (2)
(000) (3)
(000) (4)
(000) (5)
(000) (6)
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) #2: (001) (1)
(001) (2)
(001) (3)
(001) (4)
(001) (5)
(001) (6)
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) #3: (002) (1)
(002) (2)
(002) (3)
(002) (4)
(002) (5)
(002) (6)
Page 1-8
•
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Digit Length
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Number
Destination, Day1 mode
Destination, Night mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Day mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Night mode
Tenant Group No.
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Number
Destination, Day1 mode
Destination, Night mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Day mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Night mode
Tenant Group No.
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Number
Destination, Day1 mode
Destination, Night mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Day mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Night mode
Tenant Group No.
S-ICX Issued January 2000
FF2
Trunks
MCO-1: 1
MCO-2 thru 5: 0
MCO-1: 2
MCO-2 thru 5: 0
MCO-1: 3
MCO-2 thru 5: 0
MCO-1: 4
MCO-2 thru 5: 0
MCO-1: 12
MCO-2 thru 5: 0
FF3
Extensions
FF4
1-53
1
2
3
4
12
FF1 4: DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) and MSN Tables
TRS/ARS
System
Configuration
1-51
0016 thru 0020:
FF6
0
1-51
Extensions
Groups
60 (seconds)
FF1 3 01 (0001-0060) Hold (0-99 or 0-12)
Hold
0001 thru 0005:
FF3
FF5
Introduction
FF1 3: MCO Access in Tenant Groups
0006 thru 0010:
FF-/Soft Keys
60 (seconds)
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
1-54
4 (digits)
1-54
FF6
TRS/ARS
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF1: System Programming
... DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) #096: (095) (1)
(095) (2)
(095) (3)
(095) (4)
(095) (5)
(095) (6)
FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Entry #1: 0001 and 0002:
Entry #2: 0003 and 0004:
Entry #3: 0005 and 0006:
... Entry #96: 0191 and 0192:
FF1 4 06 0001 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1 4 06 0002 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 4 06 0003 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 4 07 0001 Hold (1-10) Hold
FF1 4 08 (000-049) (1-6) Hold (up to 10
digits, 0-9999, or 0-12) Hold
MSN #1: (000) (1)
(000) (2)
(000) (3)
(000) (4)
(000) (5)
(000) (6)
MSN #2: (001) (1)
(001) (2)
(001) (3)
(001) (4)
(001) (5)
(001) (6)
MSN #3: (002) (1)
(002) (2)
(002) (3)
(002) (4)
(002) (5)
(002) (6)
... MSN #50: (049) (1)
(049) (2)
(049) (3)
(049) (4)
(049) (5)
(049) (6)
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Number
Destination, Day1 mode
Destination, Night mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Day mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Night mode
Tenant Group No.
DID (DDI) Dialling to ISDN “S” Point:
S-Point No. and Destination Extension No.
S-Point No. and Destination Extension No.
S-Point No. and Destination Extension No.
S-Point No. and Destination Extension No.
3rd-party VM: DID (DDI) Number Automatic
Send
3rd-party VM: ID Code Prefix for DID (DDI)
3rd-party VM: ID Code Suffix for DID (DDI)
MSN Digit Length
MSN Dial Table:
MSN Number (up to 10 digits)
Destination, Day mode
Destination, Night mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Day mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Night mode
Tenant Group No.
MSN Number (up to 10 digits)
Destination, Day mode
Destination, Night mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Day mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Night mode
Tenant Group No.
MSN Number (up to 10 digits)
Destination, Day mode
Destination, Night mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Day mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Night mode
Tenant Group No.
MSN Number (up to 10 digits)
Destination, Day mode
Destination, Night mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Day mode
Busy/Delayed Destination, Night mode
Tenant Group No.
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
Introduction
1-56
(none)
(none)
(none)
(none)
0 (do not send
DID/DDI No.)
(none)
(none)
10 (digits)
1-57
1-57
1-57
1-58
1-58
(none)
(none)
(none)
(none)
(none)
0 (no assignmt)
(none)
(none)
(none)
(none)
(none)
0 (no assignmt)
(none)
(none)
(none)
(none)
(none)
0 (no assignmt)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (none)
0 (no assignmt)
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF1 0: System Common
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-9
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 01: General 1
Automatic BLF on DSS and EM24 Units
0020
:0
BLF Auto Assign
0
System
Configuration
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
Enable/Disable automatic BLF key assignment for a DSS or EM24, which (if enabled)
will apply after setting the extension port’s Phone Type (see pg. 3-4).
FF1
FF1 0 01 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
System
System
0=Disable automatic BLF assignment on DSS and EM24. (default)
1=Enable automatic BLF assignment at initialisation.
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
If this address is enabled, the following automatic assignments apply to DSS/72 Consoles:
FF1-FF60
automatically assigned Ext. Nos., from smallest Ext.No. as FF1, to largest Ext. No. as
FF60. If there are less than 60 extensions, the remaining FF-keys (up to FF60) will be
blank.
FF61-FF66 Floating Keys 1-6
FF67-FF71 Paging Groups 0-4
FF72
System Mode (Day/Night) Switch.
If this address is enabled, the following automatic assignments apply to EM24 Units:
FF1-FF24
Ext. Nos., from smallest Ext.No. as FF1, to largest Ext. No. as FF24. If there are less
than 24 extensions, the remaining FF-keys (up to FF24) will be blank.
Related Programming:
Phone Type (pg. 3-4)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF3 0 BSSCC 00 Hold (1-3; 51-56*) Hold
0021
Caller ID Log Outgoing Control
:0
CID Log Dial
FF6
TRS/ARS
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Enable/Disable automatic outdialling when a Caller ID phone number entry on the
displayed Caller ID Log is selected (via soft key on LCD display).
FF7
FF1 0 01 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Applications
Applications
0=Disabled. (default)
1=Enabled.
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Caller ID Log Extensions (pg. 8-67)
FF8 1 10 Hold Hold (001-120) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-10
•
S-ICX Issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0023
Time Display Mode
:1
24/12 Hours
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Select the method for displaying the current (system clock) time on phone LCDs:
24-hour format (e.g., “15:00” for 3:00 pm)
or 12-hour format (e.g., “03:00” for 3:00 pm).
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 01 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF2
Trunks
FF1
0=24-hour format.
1=12-hour format. (default)
System
System
Notes:
FF2
CPC Reset is required in order to activate a change to this setting.
Trunks
Related Programming:
FF3
System Time (pg. 8-45)
FF8 1 00 1 Hold (HHMM) Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
Alpha Tagging: Name/No. Display During
Incoming Ring (LCD-1st Line); 2nd Incoming
Call During Talk Mode (LCD-2nd Line)
0024
:0
CID/Name on Ring
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Set the Caller ID information that will be shown on the first line of the LCD display
when an incoming Caller ID call rings a display phone.
Groups
FF5
Groups
FF1 0 01 0024 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Caller ID Number display
1=Caller ID Name display (default)
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Alpha Tagging: The system will identify an incoming call by matching the Caller ID number with a
phone number programmed inside one of the SSD Bin Nos. 000-199, and display the SSD Name on the
receiving phone. (NOTE: The SSD Bin Nos. used for Caller ID must be included in the SSD Common
Block for MCO Tenant Groups, in FF1 0 16.)
Alpha Tagging also includes transferred calls, hold recalls, and call reversions. It does NOT include
call-forward ringing.
Maintenance
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Second Incoming Call:
Second incoming calls include: extension Camp-on; extension Call Wait; queued DIL; both Appearance
and non-Appearance calls (CO; MCO, virtual or DN; recall; BLF).
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
•
Incoming call must ring on the target extension.
Caller ID displays the highest ringing priority call (call queued to ring at the target extension
immediately after the present call terminates).
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-11
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
•
•
•
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
If second call is from another extension, the LCD displays extension name or number. If call is from
a CO, LCD displays CID information transmitted from the caller.
LCD shows up to eleven (11) characters.
LCD will not show the CID information for a second call if the first call is still ringing.
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
Alpha Tagging: Name Display During Incoming Ring (LCD-2nd Line) FF1 0 01 0026 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-100) FF1 0 16 0001 Hold (0-800) Hold
SSD Names FF8 1 02 Hold 1 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
System
Alpha Tagging: Name Display During Incoming
Ring (LCD-2nd Line)
0025
:0
Caller ID/DID
FF2
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
Trunks
For ringing incoming calls, set which name identifying the caller will show on the 2nd
line of the LCD on the receiving phone.
FF1 0 01 0025 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
0=Caller ID Name
1=DID Name (default)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
If “1=DDI Name” (default-U.K.) is set, the system will follow this priority
on the phone’s display (e.g., if the 1st priority is not available, the 2nd priority
will display):
1st priority: DDI Name.
2nd priority: Caller ID Name.
3rd priority: Alpha Tagging (SSD Name).
Related Programming:
LCD Display during
Incoming Ringing:
INCM XXXXXXXX
YYYYYYYYYYYYY
XXX...=Caller ID Phone No.
or Name (depends on setting
in FF1 0 01 0024).
YYY...=CID or DDI Name,
depends on setting in FF1 0
01 0025.
Alpha Tagging: Name/No. Display During Incoming Ring (LCD-1st Line); 2nd Incoming Call During Talk Mode
(LCD-2nd Line) FF1 0 01 0024 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SSD Names FF8 1 02 Hold 1 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Names (“A” Side only) FF8 0 10 Hold Hold (001-576) Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
Applications
Maintenance
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Alpha Tagging: Name/No. Display During Talk
FF8
FF5
0026
:0
CID/Name on Talk
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
FF8
For an existing call during talk mode, set whether the existing caller’s No. or Name will
show on the second line of the LCD on the receiving phone.
Maintenance
FF1 0 01 0026 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Display Number (Caller ID only). (default)
1=Display Name (Caller ID or DID, depending
on the setting in FF1 0 01 0025).
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 1-12
•
S-ICX Issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
FF1: System Programming
Notes:
Introduction
If “0=Display Number (Caller ID)” (default) is set in the above address, the system will follow this
priority on the phone’s display (e.g., if the 1st priority is not available, the 2nd priority will display):
1st priority: Caller ID Name sent by exchange (multiple formatting).
2nd priority: Alpha Tagging (SSD Name).
3rd priority: DID (DDI) Name.
LCD Display during Talk:
If “1=Display Name (Caller ID or DID)” is set, the system will follow this
priority on the phone’s display (e.g., if the 1st priority is not available, the 2nd
priority will display):
1st priority: DID (DDI) Name.
2nd priority: Caller ID Name.
3rd priority: Alpha Tagging (SSD Name).
On Line
0
System
Configuration
0:30
YYYYYYYYYYYYY
0:30=Call Duration timing.
YYY...=Name or No.,
depends on availability
from CO, and setting in
FF1 0 01 0026.
The Caller ID No. (not the Name) will appear on the Caller ID Log, regardless of the above setting.
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Alpha Tagging: Name Display During Incoming Ring (LCD-2nd Line) FF1 0 01 0025 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SSD Names FF8 1 02 Hold 1 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Names (“A” Side only) FF8 0 10 Hold Hold (001-576) Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
Network Flash Send via “I-Use” Trunk Key
0027
:0
NT Flash Send
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
For network lines programmed into an Exchange or MCO key, set whether a flash signal
will be sent when the key is pressed during conversation, to put the call on network hold.
FF1 0 01 0027 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
0=Do not send Network Flash. (default)
1=Send Network Flash.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Disconnect Tone for 3rd-party Voice Mail
FF7
Applications
FF6
0028
:0
VM DISC Tone
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Set whether busy tone will be sent to 3rd-party Voice Mail when a caller hangs up.
Applications
FF1 0 01 0028 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
0=Busy Tone. (default)
1=No tone (silence).
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Voice Mail Port (pg. 3-14)
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-13
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 02: General 2
SSD Assignment to Groups
0003
:0
SSD Type
0
System
Configuration
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
Allow/Restrict the ability to assign SSD code ranges to different MCO Tenant Groups.
FF1 0 02 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
0=Disabled. (default) All extensions can use all SSD codes.
1=Enabled. SSD codes can be divided into blocks & assigned
to different groups.
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
If this is set to “1=Enabled”, you can assign (for example) SSDs 100-199 to MCO Tenant Group 1;
SSDs 200-299 to MCO Tenant Group 2; and so on.
Extensions
Related Programming:
Extension COS: SSD Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-45) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-99) FF1 0 15 (0001-0012) Hold (0-12) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Trunk Access in Speed Dialling
FF5
FF3
0004
:1
Speed Dial Mode
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Set whether the system will automatically access a trunk before outpulsing the phone
number of an SSD or PSD code.
Groups
FF1 0 02 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
0=System does not access a trunk (assumes SSD/PSD is an
internal call).
1=System automatically accesses a trunk when an SSD/PSD
code is dialled. (default)
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
If this address is set to “0=System does not access trunk automatically”, you must enter the MCO access
code in front of an outside number when programming it into a speed dial bin.
If this address is set to “1=System automatically accesses trunk” (default), the trunk will be
automatically chosen from MCO-1 when the user presses the SSD/PSD number or key. In order to
program an intercom call into a speed dial bin, you must enter the Intercom access code in front of the
extension number.
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-14
•
S-ICX Issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Related Programming:
PSD Numbers (pg. 8-47)
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-49)
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF8 1 01 Hold 0 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold (PSD) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
0010
ARS/LCR Setting
ARS/LCR
:0
0
System
Configuration
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
Set whether Automatic Route Selection (ARS) will apply to outbound calls using the
1st-priority (MCO-1) trunk access code (“9” by default).
FF1
FF1
FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
System
System
0=ARS will not apply to MCO-1 access code. (default)
1=ARS will apply to MCO-1 access code.
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
If this address is set to “0=ARS will not apply” (default), the system will seize a trunk in MCO-1’s
assigned trunk group. (see FF1 3: MCO Access in Tenant Groups on pg. -219)
If this address is set to “1=ARS will apply”, the system will look in the ARS tables for a match after the
phone number is dialled. (see FF6 2: ARS and Network Routing on pg. 6-28)
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
Extensions
FF4
Extension COS: Forced ARS (pg. 1-94) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 42 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Trunk Groups (pg. -219) FF1 3 01 (0001-0060) Hold (0-99 or 0-12) Hold
MCO Outbound Trunk Group Members (pg. 5-20) FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576) Hold
FF6 0: TRS/ARS Common (pg. 6-6)
FF6 2: ARS and Network Routing (pg. 6-28)
Groups
FF6
FF3
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
DDI to Busy Extension (Day1/Day2/Night)
0018
:0
DDI Busy Day1
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Set system action for DDI calls to a busy extension during Day1/Day2/Night mode.
TRS/ARS
Day1: FF1 0 02 0018 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day2: FF1 0 02 0019 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Night: FF1 0 02 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF7
Applications
0=Busy signal returned to caller. (default)
1=Handled as a multiple-incoming call (rings at extension
with FF-key line appearance for the DDI trunk).
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Direct Dialling Inward: An outside caller can reach an internal extension directly by dialling an
exchange phone number. The DID (DDI) trunk passes the last 2 to 4 digits of the phone number to the
PBX, and the digits become (or are modified to become) the equivalent of an extension number. DID
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-15
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
(DDI) trunks can’t be used for outgoing calls (no dialtone offered). To set up DID (DDI), set the trunk
for DID (DDI) in the Ring Type addresses (FF2). Enter the DID (DDI) numbers and assign their ring
and delayed-ring destinations in FF1 4: DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) and MSN Tables (see pg. -222).
Multiple-Incoming Ringing: An incoming trunk call will ring on all extensions that have a direct or
MCO line appearance (FF-key) for that trunk. Trunks and MCO trunk groups are assigned to FF-keys
in FF4.
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (pg. -223) FF1 4 02 (000-095) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-12) Hold
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-240) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DID (DDI) Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. -224) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
DDI to Incorrect Number (Day1/Day2/Night)
Set system action for incorrect DDI calls (e.g., the DDI number has not been assigned to
ring anywhere) during Day1 mode.
Night:
FF4
Groups
FF6
FF3
Extensions
FF1 0 02 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Busy signal returned to caller. (default)
1=Handled as a multiple-incoming call (rings at extension
with FF-key line appearance for the DDI trunk).
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
Trunks
Day1: FF1 0 02 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day2: FF1 0 02 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extensions
System
:0
DDI Error Day1
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
FF5
0021
FF1
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (pg. -223) FF1 4 02 (000-095) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-12) Hold
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-240) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DID (DDI) Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. -224) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Onhook Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer Restriction
0024
:0
TKtoTK TRF CONT
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
FF7
Set the level of restriction for automatic Onhook Trunk-to-Trunk Transfers, if they are
restricted in the Extension COS setting (see FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
on pg. 1-71). This is to prevent accidental trunk-to-trunk transfers from occurring
when the user hangs up.
FF8
Applications
FF8
FF1 0 02 0024 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Maintenance
Maintenance
0=Restrict exchange-to-exchange transfers only. (default)
1=Restrict all outside transfers including exchange and network.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Extension COS: Onhook Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer (pg. 1-71)
Page 1-16
•
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
S-ICX Issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Closed No. Dialling During Network Line Hold
0026
:0
Network CONT
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higherr
0
System
Configuration
Set what happens when a station user puts a network line on local hold, and then dials a
Closed No. to transfer the call. (For either setting, the trunk-to-trunk transfer will still
be completed when the user hangs up.)
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 02 0026 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=User dials Closed No. only. (default)
1=User must send network flash, then dial Closed No.
System
FF2
Notes:
Trunks
Closed Numbering: Used in AC15 or Q-SIG networking. Intercom calling on a tie line between two
PBXs which can be located in different parts of the country. Each PBX is assigned a routing code,
which represents the first digit(s) of the Closed Number dialed to reach an extension in the remote PBX.
FF3
If “0=User dials Closed No. only” (default) is selected, the system will automatically send a network
flash in front of the Closed No. If “1=User must send network flash...” is selected, the user must press
an FF-key programmed with *79, or press an I-Use CO/MCO key, to send the flash before dialing the
Closed No.
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
Extension COS: Onhook Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer (pg. 1-71) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Network Flash Signal Timer (pg. 1-178) FF1 1 01 0020 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF6 2 07: Closed Number Table (pg. 6-45)
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF5
Groups
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions
FF6
NOTE: Based on their initial default values, Extension Class of Service (COS)
No. 15 (setting “14” in the addresses below) is intended for Built-In Voice Mail
and Built-In ACD ports. Extension COS No. 16 (setting “15”) is intended for
Attendant phones.
TRS/ARS
FF7
If the default setting for any COS is different from the normal default, it will be
indicated in the address box under “EXCEPTIONS”.
Applications
When you enter the address number 00-15 for the desired COS No. 01-16, the
actual COS No. (01-16) will appear on the phone’s display.
FF8
Maintenance
By default, all extensions are assigned to Extension COS No. 1 (see FF3 0 BSSC
07 on pg. 3-30).
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-17
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Table 1-1. Extension COS addresses and defaults
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Ringback
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Talk
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Camp-On
Extension COS: Exclusive Hold for NonAppearing Trunk Call
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Exclusive Hold on SLTs
FF1
System
Introduction
0 (Tone)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (System Hold)
pg. 1-20
pg. 1-38
pg. 1-39
pg. 1-40
pg. 1-41
System
Configuration
(all) COS 15: 1 (Exclusive
Hold)
0 (System Hold)
pg. 1-42
(all) COS 15: 1 (Exclusive
Hold)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Brokers Hold on SLTs
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Hookflash Control on SLTs
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: SSD Assignment
0
1 (Broker’s Hold)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-43
pg. 1-44
pg. 1-44
FF1
System
(all) COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: SSD Assignment to MCO
Tenant Groups
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: SSD Dialling
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Intercom Redialling
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Direct Trunk Access
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: MCO Incoming Call Answer
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Paging
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Auto Repeat Dial
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: DND Set/Clear
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-45
(all) COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
Trunks
pg. 1-45
pg. 1-46
pg. 1-46
pg. 1-47
pg. 1-47
pg. 1-48
pg. 1-49
1 (Not Allowed)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 18 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: DND Set/Clear (Other)
FF2
pg. 1-49
FF-/Soft Keys
(all) COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 19 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Call Forward-All Calls
FF5
Groups
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-50
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Call Forward-No Answer
pg. 1-50
0 (Allowed)
FF5
Groups
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed))
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Call Forward-Busy
FF6
TRS/ARS
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-51
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 22 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Call Forward/Other
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-51
FF6
TRS/ARS
(all) COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF7
Applications
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: User Maintenance/Bus
Monitor
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Priority Message-Waiting
Send (VM)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Message-Waiting Send
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-52
(all) COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-53
(all) COS 15: 0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
FF7
Applications
pg. 1-54
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF8
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 26 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: System Mode Switch
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-54
(all) COS 15 and 16:
0 (Allowed)
Maintenance
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 27 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Busy Override Send
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 28 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Send
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 29 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Receive
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
FF8
Maintenance
pg. 1-55
pg. 1-55
pg. 1-56
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 30 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Callback Request Send
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 31 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Callback Request Receive
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 32 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Trunk Queuing
Page 1-18
•
S-ICX Issued January 2000
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-57
pg. 1-58
pg. 1-64
S-ICX-10-410
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 33 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Manual DND Override Send
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-65
Introduction
(all) COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 34 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Forced DND Override
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 35 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: 8-Party Conference
0
System
Configuration
1 (Not Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-65
pg. 1-66
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 36 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Voice Call Send
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 37 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Voice Call Receive
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-66
pg. 1-67
0
System
Configuration
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 38 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Dial Tone Stop
FF1
System
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 39 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Dial Tone Pre-Pause Check
1 (Receive internal pg. 1-68
dial tone)
1 (Check/send re- pg. 1-68
order tone)
FF1
System
(all) COS 15 and 16:
0 (No Check)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 41 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Recall Timer Apply
1 (Enabled)
0 (Ext. Recall)
pg. 1-69
pg. 1-69
(all) COS 16: 1 (Att. Recall)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 42 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 43 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 44 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 46 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 47 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 48 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 49 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 50 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 51 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 55 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Forced ARS
Extension COS: API Event Reporting
Extension COS: Call Forward-Outside
Extension COS: Onhook Trunk-to-Trunk
Transfer
Extension COS: Station Call Park Answer
Extension COS: Station Call Park Transfer
Extension COS: OHVA
Extension COS: OHVA Answer
Extension COS: Call-Waiting Answer at HOLD
Extension COS: On-Hook Transfer of Floating
Hold
Extension COS: Station Lockout (Own)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-94
pg. 1-95
pg. 1-70
pg. 1-71
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-72
pg. 1-73
pg. 1-73
pg. 1-74
pg. 1-74
pg. 1-75
0 (Allowed)
1-76
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 56 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Station Lockout (Other)
1 (Not Allowed)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
1-77
(all) COS 16: 0 (Allow)
FF6
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 57 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Absence Message Set
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 58 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: UNA Pickup
FF7
Applications
0 (Allowed)
1-77
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
0 (Allowed)
1-78
(all) COS 15: 1 (Not
Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 59 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Intercom Ring Tone at Exch.
Hold
0 (Allowed)
1-79
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 60 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: BGM Access
0 (No restriction)
FF7
Applications
(all) COS 15: 1 (CO ring
tone)
1-80
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-19
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Program Sample
Introduction
Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type
0001
:0
all CPCs, Version 1.0 or higher
(NN=COS 01-16)
NN:EXT Call Type
Set the initial type of intercom calling sent by extensions in this Class of Service (COS).
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (VM/ACD)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (Attendant)
0=Tone calling (default)
1=Voice calling
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-20
•
S-ICX Issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 04: Trunk COS Definitions
0
System
Configuration
NOTE: The following Trunk Class of Service (COS) addresses apply to all
trunk types: analog trunks, analog AC15 tie lines and T-point ISDN lines.
When you enter the address number 00-15 for the desired COS No. 01-16, the
actual COS No. (01-16) will appear on the phone’s display.
0
FF1
By default, all trunks are assigned COS 1 in their “Trunk COS Assignment”
(see FF2).
FF1
System
System
Configuration
System
Table 1-3. Trunk COS Definitions (FF1 0 04) - addresses and defaults
FF2
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source
0 (use trunk’s
Ring Pattern)
pg. -21
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Dial Tone to Tie Line
1 (Enabled)
pg. 1-78
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Fast-Busy Tone to Tie Line
0 (Enabled)
pg. 1-78
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Paging on DISA/Tie-Line Calls
0 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-79
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: DISA Security Code Verification
0 (Verify)
pg. 1-80
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Network Flash Forwarding
0 (Forward flash) pg. 1-81
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Network Flash Receive
0 (no restriction) pg. 1-81
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Brokers Hold for Network Calls
0 (Brokers Hold) pg. 1-82
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Priority Message-Waiting Set/
Cancel
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-83
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Network-to-Network Transfer
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-84
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Camp-On for Tie Lines
0 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-84
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Trunks
Trunk COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source
0001
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
:0
(NN=COS 01-16)
NN:Ring Tone
Set ring tone source for incoming calls on trunks in this Class of Service.
EXCEPTION: This address does not apply to AC15 tie lines.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
(00-15): Trunk COS Nos. 1-16
Maintenance
Extensions
Groups
Applications
FF8
FF3
FF5
Program Sample
FF7
FF2
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15
07=COS #8
15=COS #16
S-ICX-10-410
0=Use the trunk’s Ring Pattern (set in FF2)
for all incoming calls. (default)
1=Use intercom ring tone for all incoming calls,
except for multiple-incoming (which will use
the FF2 Ring Pattern).
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-21
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Intercom Ring Tone: One long beep, followed by 3.5 seconds of silence. Heard when direct calls are
ringing the phone (the "INT" LED lights to indicate a direct call). Can be changed for individual
extensions in FF3.
0
System
Configuration
Distinctive ringing is provided for transferred incoming calls, depending on program settings. See
table, next page.
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
CALL
ORIGINATOR
INCOMING RING TYPE
EXT. RING PATTERN TRUNK COS:
(phone receiving XFR) INCOMING RING
FF3 0 BSSC 0306
TONE SOURCE
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01
CO Line
Transfer incoming
call to Extension
1-12: specified
ring pattern
0: trunk’s ring
pattern (FF2)
FF-/Soft Keys
Transfer incoming
call to Directory No.
PDN’S RING
PATTERN
FF3 0 BSSC 03 06
FF2
Intercom XFR
Ring Tone (fixed)
0: trunk’s ring
pattern (FF2)
Trunk XFR Ring
Tone (FF2 0)
Ext. Ring PatternXFRing phone
(FF3 0 BSSC 03
06)
Groups
1: fixed
intercom ring
0: trunk’s ring
pattern (FF2)
FF6
TRS/ARS
Transfer incoming
call to Virtual Ext.
FF7
1-12: specified
ring pattern
0: trunk’s ring
pattern (FF2)
Applications
Extension
Appendix A
RESULT
1: fixed
intercom ring
1-12: specified
ring pattern
0: trunk’s ring
pattern (FF2)
Trunks
XFRing Ex.t Ring
Tone (FF3 0)
FF5
Maintenance
System
Table 1-4. Distinctive Ringing for Incoming Transferred Calls
FF4
FF8
FF1
Ring Pattern for trunks ...
(pg. 2-16) for analog trunks FF2 0 BSSC 01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
(pg. 2-68) for T-point ISDN lines
FF2 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0-12) Hold
Ring Pattern (pg. 3-10) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 03 06 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Intercom XFR
Ring Tone (fixed)
1-12: specified
ring pattern
PDN Phone’s
Ring Pattern
0: trunk’s ring
pattern (FF2)
Trunk XFR Ring
Tone (FF2 0)
Virtual Ext. Ring
Pattern (FF3 2)
1: fixed
intercom ring
Intercom XFR
Ring Tone (FF3 0)
0: trunk’s ring
pattern (FF2)
Trunk XFR Ring
Tone (FF2 0)
Transfer incoming
call to Extension
Intercom XFR
Ring Tone (fixed)
Transfer incoming
call to Directory No.
Intercom XFR
Ring Tone (fixed)
Transfer incoming
call to Virtual Ext.
Intercom XFR
Ring Tone (fixed)
Appendix B
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 1-22
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 05: Serial Ports
0001
Serial Port 1, Port2:
:5
P1:Data Format
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set data transmission format for Serial Port 1, Port 2.
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
Serial Port 1
Data Format:FF1
Baud Rate: FF1
Protocol:
FF1
Serial Port 2
Data Format:FF1
Baud Rate: FF1
Protocol:
FF1
System
0 05 0001 Hold (0-7) Hold (default:5)
0 05 0002 Hold (0-5) Hold (default:5)
0 05 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold (default:0)
0 05 0033 Hold (0-7) Hold (default:5)
0 05 0034 Hold (0-5) Hold (default:5)
0 05 0035 Hold (0-2) Hold (default:0)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Data Format
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
0 = 7 bits
1 = 7 bits
2 = 7 bits
3 = 7 bits
4 = 8 bits
5 = 8 bits
6 = 8 bits
7 = 8 bits
---------
even parity
odd parity
even parity
odd parity
no parity
no parity
even parity
odd parity
---------
Baud Rate
2 stop bits
2 stop bits
1 stop bit
1 stop bit
2 stop bits
1 stop bit (default)
1 stop bit
1 stop bit
Protocol
0=300 bps
0=No order (default)
1=600 bps
1=Originate mode
2=1200 bps
2=Answer mode
3=2400 bps
4=4800 bps
5=9600 bps (default)
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Using an RS-232C cable, a printer (for SMDR output) or modem (for ICX Manager remote
programming) can be connected to Serial Port 1.
Applications
Serial Port 1 (on the S-ICX): The female 9-pin D-SUB connector labeled “P6” on the motherboard of
the cabinet backplane. Switch “SW1” on the CPC Card sets the serial port for either SMDR or remote
programming use.
FF8
Maintenance
If you use Serial Port 1, be sure to configure it here and in the FF1 0 06: Serial Port Output Data
addresses starting on pg. -24.
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix A
SMDR (Call Logging) Data to Serial Port Fault Alarm Data to Serial Port Programmed Data to Serial Port Bus
Monitor Data to Serial Port (pg. -24) Call Logging Data: FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold (default:1) Fault Alarm
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-23
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Data: FF1 0 06 0002 Hold (0-2) Hold (default:0) Programmed Data: FF1 0 06 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold (default:2) Bus
Monitor Data: FF1 0 06 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold (default:2) (pg. -24)
Fault Alarm Data to Serial Port (pg. -66) FF1 0 06 0002 Hold (0-2) Hold (pg. -66)
Programmed Data to Serial Port (pg. -66) FF1 0 06 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold (pg. -66)
Bus Monitor Data to Serial Port (pg. -67) FF1 0 06 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold (pg. -67)
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
System
Configuration
NOTE: Serial Ports 1 and 2 can be used for separate printer and modem in
the FF1 0 05: Serial Ports addresses starting on 1-85. connections.
If you use these serial ports, be sure to configure them here and in the FF1 0
05: Serial Ports addresses starting on 1-119.
System
0001
SMDR (Call Logging) Data to Serial Port
Fault Alarm Data to Serial Port
Programmed Data to Serial Port
Bus Monitor Data to Serial Port
0
0
0
0
06
06
06
06
0001
0002
0003
0005
Hold
Hold
Hold
Hold
TRS/ARS
FF2
FF3
Extensions
(0-2)
(0-2)
(0-2)
(0-2)
Hold (default:1) FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Hold (default:0)
Hold (default:2)
Hold (default:2) FF5
Groups
0=no output
1=Serial Port 1 (default)
2=Serial Port 2
FF6
System
Trunks
Set the serial port (if any) to receive SMDR (Call Logging) data, fault alarm data
from the phone system, programmed settings, or bus monitor data.
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
:1
SMDR Data
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Call Logging Data:
Fault Alarm Data:
Programmed Data:
Bus Monitor Data:
Introduction
0
FF1 0 06: Serial Port Output Data
FF1
FF2
Section 410-Programming
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
Applications
FF7
SMDR Format (pg. -26) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF8 0 03: Alarms (pg. 8-20)
Appendix B: Fault Codes
FF8 0 07: Bus Monitor (for factory use) (pg. 8-39)
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-24
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 07 and 08: PBX Parameters
0001
Auto Pause Position Behind PBX
:0
PBX Pause for 1
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
Set where a pause will be inserted in automatically-dialled numbers such as PBX
access codes, SSD numbers, Redial, and PSD numbers.
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF1
System
FF1 0 07 (0001-0012) Hold (0-16) Hold
Address No. for
the First Digit Dialled: 0001=”1” key
0002=”2” key
0003=”3” key
0004=”4” key
0005=”5” key
0006=”6” key
0007=”7” key
0008=”8” key
0009=”9” key
0010=”0” key
0011=”*” key
0012=”#” key
0=no pause inserted (default for all except “9”)
1=insert pause after first dialled digit (default for “9”)
2=insert pause after 2nd dialled digit
3=insert pause after 3rd dialled digit
...
16=insert pause after 16th dialled digit
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Notes:
The pause allows time for the phone system to connect to the PBX/Centrex before outpulsing the digits.
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
Pause Timer (pg. 1-171)
FF1 1 01 0004 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
0001
PBX Trunk Access Codes
FF7
Applications
:9
PBX Code 1
FF7
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Define up to 6 PBX access codes that, when dialled, will access a trunk in ICX
systems installed behind a PBX.
Applications
(to clear current
assignment)
FF8
FF1 0 08 (0001-0006) Hold FL/R
(0-9999) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Code Entry No. 1-6
PBX Access Code (up to 4 digits)
defaults: 0001: 9
0002 thru 0006: [no assignment]
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-25
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
Trunk Connection Type (Exchange/PBX) ...
for analog trunks (pg. 2-22) FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
for AC15 tie lines (pg. 2-51) FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
for T-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-72) FF2 1 BSSC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 0 09: SMDR (Call Logging) Output Format
FF1
FF1
System
System
0001
SMDR Format
:1
SMDR Format
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
FF2
Select the format (if any) for SMDR (Call Logging) data output.
Trunks
Trunks
FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Extensions
0=no SMDR output
1=Format #1 (default)
2=Format #2
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
Format #1 (default) contains the following information:
• Call Condition Code (e.g., “I” for incoming call; “S” for DISA incoming call; “s” for DISA
outgoing call; etc.)
• Call Start Time
• Call Duration Time
• Trunk User No. (extension no. or trunk no.)
• Trunk No. (when the line is disconnected while the call is on hold)
• Dialled No.
• Accounting Code
• Verified Account Code (“V001” - “V500”)
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Format #2 includes all the information in Format #1, plus the following:
• Caller Data
• ISDN Charge Data
• Incoming Ring Duration
FF8
Maintenance
For examples of Formats #1 and #2, see Section 300-Installation or Section 700-Feature Operation.
Set this address to “Format #2” for the Caller ID Log Outdialling feature.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Related Programming:
Appendix A
SMDR (Call Logging) Data to Serial Port Fault Alarm Data to Serial Port Programmed Data to Serial Port Bus
Monitor Data to Serial Port (pg. -24) Call Logging Data: FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold (default:1) Fault Alarm
Page 1-26
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Data: FF1 0 06 0002 Hold (0-2) Hold (default:0) Programmed Data: FF1 0 06 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold (default:2) Bus
Monitor Data: FF1 0 06 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold (default:2)
Caller ID Log Outgoing Add Digits (pg. -34) FF1 0 25 0001 Hold (up to 4 char.) Hold
SMDR Output for Abandoned Incoming Calls
0002
:1
SMDR Output
(all CPCs) -Version 1.0 or higher
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Set whether abandoned incoming calls will be included in SMDR (Call Logging) reports.
FF1
FF1
FF1 0 09 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
System
System
0=Do not include in SMDR.
1=Include in SMDR. (default)
FF2
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Trunks
FF1 0 12, 13, and 14: MOH Source
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
The RCA jack(s) on the CPC connect the music source(s) for BGM (Background
Music) and MOH (Music-On-Hold). On the CPC-HS, only 1 RCA jack is available, which
means BGM and MOH share the same music source. On the CPC-HM, 2 RCA jacks are
available, which means BGM can have a separate music source from MOH.
(S-ICX only)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
0001
MOH Source for Trunks
:0
Tenant01 CO MOH
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Select the Music-On-Hold (MOH) source heard by trunk callers on hold, based on
the MCO Tenant Group assigned to the trunk.
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 12 (0001-0012) Hold (0-3) Hold
FF7
Address No. for MCO Tenant Group:
0001=MCO Tenant Group #1
0002=MCO Tenant Group #2
...
0012=MCO Tenant Group #12
Applications
FF8
0=internal single tone
1=external MOH source
2=internal melody
3=silence
FF7
default: 0
FF8
Applications
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 2-38) for analog trunks FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment (B-Channel) (pg. 2-92) for T-point ISDN lines FF2 1 BSSC 06 (00-23/30) Hold (0-72)
Hold
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-27
FF1: System Programming
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0001
MOH Source for Tie Lines
:0
Tenant01 TIE MOH
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Select the Music-On-Hold (MOH) source heard by tie-line callers on hold, based
on the MCO Tenant Group assigned to the tie line.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 13 (0001-0012) Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
Address No. for MCO Tenant Group:
0001=MCO Tenant Group #1
0002=MCO Tenant Group #2
...
0012=MCO Tenant Group #12
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
0=internal single tone (default-all)
1=external MOH source
2=internal melody
3=silence
FF2
Trunks
Related Programming:
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 2-61) for analog AC15 tie lines
System
FF3
FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
Extensions
FF1 0 15, 16, and 17: SSD Blocks
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
NOTE: Use these addresses to set up groups or “blocks” of SSD numbers,
and assign them to MCO Tenant Groups. You can also set up an “SSD
common block” that can be used by all extensions.
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups
0001
:1
Tenant01 SSD BLK
FF6
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Assign System Speed Dial (SSD) blocks to MCO Tenant Groups. Extensions that
belong to an MCO Tenant Group can use the SSD codes within the assigned SSD block.
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
FF1 0 15 (0001-0012) Hold (0-12) Hold
Applications
Applications
Address No. for MCO Tenant Group:
0001=MCO Tenant Group #1
0002=MCO Tenant Group #2
...
0012=MCO Tenant Group #12
FF8
Maintenance
0=no SSD Block assignment (can use
SSDs in common block only)
1=SSD Block #1 (default)
2=SSD Block #2
3=SSD Block #3
...
12=SSD Block #12
Appendix A
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
SSD Assignment to Groups (pg. 1-26)
Page 1-28
•
FF1 0 02 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Extension COS: SSD Dialling (pg. 1-49) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant Groups (pg. -29) FF1 0 16 0001 Hold (0-800) Hold
SSD Block Table (pg. -29) FF1 0 17 (0001-0144) Hold (0-799 or 0-800) Hold
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Trunk Groups (pg. -220) FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99 or 0-72) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
0001
SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant Groups
:0
System
Configuration
Common SSD #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
Set the number of System Speed Dial (SSD) bins allowed for all MCO Tenant Groups.
FF1
System
System
FF1 0 16 0001 Hold (0-800) Hold
FF2
FF2
Number of SSD Bins Allowed
default: 0 [no common block]
Trunks
Trunks
For example, an entry of “100” means that all MCO Tenant Groups can use SSDs 0-99.
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
If SSD Assignment to Groups is disabled (default), the system will ignore this address, which means
that all extensions will be able to use all SSD codes.
FF4
FF4
Alpha Tagging uses SSD Bin Nos. 000-199 in the Common Block.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
SSD Assignment to Groups (pg. 1-26)
FF1 0 02 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
0001
SSD Block Table
FF6
TRS/ARS
:0
SSD BLK01 TOP #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Build SSD Blocks in this table, by specifying ranges or “blocks” of System Speed Dial bins.
Each SSD Block can be assigned to an MCO Tenant Group for exclusive use (in FF1 0 15).
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 17 (0001-0144) Hold (0-799 or 0-800) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF7
Applications
Odd Address Nos.: Starting SSD Bin No. for block
(0001, 0003, 0005,...0143)
Maintenance
Starting SSD
Bin No.
Even Address Nos.: Count of bins in block
(0002, 0004, 0006,...0144)
FF8
Count of SSD
bins in block
Maintenance
(see table, next page for defaults)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Notes:
Appendix A
If SSD Assignment to Groups is disabled (default), the system will ignore this address, which means
that all extensions in all Tenant Groups will be able to use all SSD codes.
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-29
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
SSD Assignment to Groups (pg. 1-26) FF1 0 02 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. -28) FF1 0 15 (0001-0012) Hold (0-12) Hold
Table 1-5. SSD Block Table (FF1 0 17)
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Block Nos. Address/Default Address/Default Block Nos. Address/Default Address/Default
1-36
for Starting SSD for SSD Count
37-72
for Starting SSD for SSD Count
1
0001
0
0002
80
...
....
....
....
2
0003
80
0004
80
70
0139
0
0140
0
3
0005
160
0006
80
71
0141
0
0142
0
....
....
....
....
....
72
0143
0
0144
0
NOTE:
for S-ICX: Blocks 1-72 starting SSD Bin no. and counting each.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1 0 18: Synchronised Clock
FF3
Extensions
FF4
System
Configuration
....
Trunks
FF3
0
Extensions
0001
Synchronised Clock
:
1st SYNC Clock
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Prioritise clock sources for digital (ISDN) lines that will synchronise with the
exchange.
FF5
FF5
Groups
FF6
0001=1st-priority network
0002=2nd-priority network
0003=3rd-priority network
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Groups
FF1 0 18 (0001-0003) Hold (BSS/C) Hold
CCU/Slot/Trunk Port No.:
B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
(default no position/Free Run)
C=Trunk Port 1-4
(enter “BSS” for PRI )
(enter “BSSC” for BRI)
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
If using a T-point ISDN, or QSIG ISDN interface, Synchronised Clock settings are required to prevent
data transmission errors, or noise during voice conversations.
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines (pg. 2-64)
FF2 1: QSIG ISDN Lines (pg. 2-97)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-30
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 19: Systemwide TRS Class Assignments
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes
0001
:1
TRS for Change
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set the TRS (Call Barring) (call barring) Class that will be followed when the user
makes an outgoing call without the acccount code during Forced Account Code
mode.
FF1
System
FF1 0 19 0001 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2
FF2
TRS Class No. (1-50)
default: 1
Trunks
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Forced Account Codes: User must enter an Account Code for every outgoing call, before he/she can
access an outside line. Forced Account Codes can be either Verified (checked against programmed
Table for validity; call is blocked if no match found) or Unverified (accepted; call is allowed). Account
Codes are used for call expense tracking in SMDR (Call Logging) reports.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Verified Account Codes can each have their own TRS Class assignment (see FF8 1 04).
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-53) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0001 Hold FL/R (up to 10 digits) Hold
TRS Class for Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-53) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0002 Hold (1-50) Hold
Forced Account Codes (pg. 3-24) (enable/disable on ext.) FF3 0 BSSCC 04 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Verified Account Codes (pg. 3-25) (enable/disable on ext.) FF3 0 BSSCC 04 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS Class During Station Lockout
0002
:1
TRS/ARS
TRS for Lock Out
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Set the TRS (Call Barring) Class that will be followed for all extensions in Station Lockout.
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF1 0 19 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
FF8
FF8
TRS Class No. 1-50 (or 0=none)
default: 1
Maintenance
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Station Lockout: At any extension (except for ISDN S-point), enter the system-wide Station Lockout
feature code (set in FF1 2 02/03). This temporarily changes the phone’s TRS Class to a system-wide
TRS Class for Station Lockout (see FF1 0 19). To cancel Station Lockout, enter the Station Lockout
feature code again, then enter the phone’s own Walking TRS Code.
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-31
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
Extension COS: Station Lockout (Own) (pg. 1-71) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 55 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Station Lockout (Other) (pg. 1-72) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 56 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Walking TRS/Station Lockout Security Code (pg. 8-64) FF8 1 08 Hold (0-9999) Hold (4-digit Code) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 0 22: Dealer Programming ID Code
FF1
FF1
System
System
0001
Dealer Programming ID Code
:9999
Program ID Code
FF2
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
Set the ID code for entering dealer programming: ON/OFF PROG ** [Code]
Trunks
FF1 0 22 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
4-digit Dealer Programming ID Code
default: 9999
Related Programming:
Programming Mode Entry (pg. 1-16)
FF4
FF1 0 01 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1 0 23 and 24: Voice Mail Codes
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Extensions
Groups
0001
VM Answer Supervision Code
:
VM Answer Dial
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
TRS/ARS
Set the Answer Supervision code for 3rd-party Voice Mail.
FF1 0 23 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
FF7
FF6
FF7
Applications
Applications
4-digit VM Answer Supervision Code
default: [no assignment]
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Notes:
This assignment must match the 3rd-party Voice Mail system’s Answer Supervision code.
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Voice Mail Port (pg. 3-14) FF3 0 BSSCC 04 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-54) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 1-32
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0001
VM Transfer Code #1, #2: Prefix
:
VM-TRF #1/Prefix
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign a prefix that will be automatically dialled in front of VM Transfer Code
#1(74 + nnnn), Code 2# (75 + nnnn) when transferring a call directly to 3rd-party
Voice Mail.
System
Configuration
Code #1: FF1 0 24 0001 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
Code #2: FF1 0 24 0003 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
0
NOTE: Enter a pause in this address by
pressing Soft Key #4.
Trunks
VM Transfer Code Prefix (up to 8 characters,
including 0-9, , #, and Pause)
default: [no assignment]
*
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Two different Transfer Keys can be programmed for 3rd-party Voice Mail systems:
• Transfer Code #1 (74 + nnnn) transfers a call to a specific voice mail port.
• Transfer Code #2 (75 + nnnn) transfers a call to the Voice Mail pilot number.
FF3
Extensions
See FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM24s) (pg. 4-9) for instructions on
programming both Transfer Keys.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF-Key Feature Assignment (pg. 4-9)
FF4 0 BSSCC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-54) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF5
Groups
0002
VM Transfer Code #1, #2: Suffix
:
VM-TRF #1/Suffix
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Assign a suffix that will be automatically dialled after VM Transfer Code #1
(74 + nnnn), Code 2# (75 + nnnn) when transferring a call directly to 3rd-party
Voice Mail.
FF7
FF7
Applications
Code #1: FF1 0 24 0002 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
Code #2: FF1 0 24 0004 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF8
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
NOTE: Enter a pause in this address by
pressing Soft Key #4.
VM Transfer Code Suffix (up to 8 characters,
including 0-9, , #, and Pause)
Maintenance
*
default: [no assignment]
Appendix A
Appendix B
Notes:
Appendix A
Two different Transfer Keys can be programmed for 3rd-party Voice Mail systems:
• Transfer Code #1 (74 + nnnn) transfers a call to a specific voice mail port.
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix B
•
Page 1-33
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
•
Section 410-Programming
Transfer Code #2 (75 + nnnn) transfers a call to the Voice Mail pilot number.
Introduction
See FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM24s) (pg. 4-9) for instructions on
programming both Transfer Keys.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Related Programming:
0
FF-Key Feature Assignment (pg. 4-9)
FF4 0 BSSCC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-54) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1 0 25: Caller ID Add Digits
System
0001
Caller ID Log Outgoing Add Digits
:
CID Add-Dial
FF2
Trunks
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
Enter the digits (up to 4) that will be added to the beginning of an outgoing Caller
ID number (selected from the displayed Caller ID Log). e.g. PBX Access
Number in case of Behind PBX, NCC Access Number
FF3
Extensions
FF1 0 25 0001 Hold (up to 4 char.) Hold
FF4
FF4
Caller ID Add Digits (up to 4 characters,
including 0-9, , and #)
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
*
default: [no assignment]
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF5
Groups
Notes:
On VB-D411DSVUK display phones, press the left soft key next to the displayed Caller ID Log phone
number, to automatically seize MCO-1 (“9” by default) and outdial the Add Digits and the number.
On other display phones, press the MEMORY key.
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
To outdial “9” and the Caller ID Log phone number without the Add Digits in front of it, press the right
soft key (or, on other display phones, press REDIAL).
FF7
Applications
A maximum of 20 extension phones per CCU can have the Caller ID Log feature. It will store and
display the last 10 Caller ID calls received at that extension. To display the Log, press CONF 96 at
intercom dial tone.
FF8
The Add Digits and the Caller ID phone number are subject to TRS/ARS after the “9” is dialled. They
can be redialled by pressing the REDIAL key. SMDR reports will show the first 24 digits of a Caller ID
phone number that was outdialled (SMDR must be set to Format #2 in FF1 0 09).
Maintenance
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Caller ID Log Outgoing Control (pg. 1-21) FF1 0 01 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Caller ID Log Private/Out-of-Area Control (pg. 1-21) FF1 0 01 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SMDR Format (pg. -26) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-34
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 26: DISA Security Codes
DISA Security Code Digit Length
0001
:0
DISA ID Digits
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Enter the digit length of DISA ID Codes.
FF1
FF1
FF1 0 26 0001 Hold (0-10) Hold
System
System
Digit Length of DISA ID Codes:
0=none/no code needed to get DISA service (default)
1=1-digit Codes
2=2-digit Codes
3=3-digit Codes
...
10=10-digit Codes
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
DISA (Direct Inward System Access): By dialling the DISA trunk’s exchange phone number, outside
callers can dial into the phone system, and have full access to all the system’s features without going
through the Attendant (including the ability to transfer themselves to different extensions, or dial-out on
another trunk). To set up DISA, set the trunk for DISA service in the Ring Type addresses (FF2).
Create DISA ID Codes and assign TRS Classes to them in FF1 0 26 0002-0033 (see next address).
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
Trunk COS: DISA Security Code Verification (pg. 1-80) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
DISA Security Codes and TRS Classes (pg. -36) FF1 0 26 (0002-0033) Hold (up to 10 digits or 1-50) Hold
Ring Type - Day1/Day2/Night ...
for analog trunks (pg. 2-31) FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-12) Hold
for T-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-85) FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-12) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-35
FF1: System Programming
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
DISA Security Codes and TRS Classes
System
Configuration
:
0003
:0
DISA01:ID Code
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
0002
Enter up to 16 valid DISA Security Codes, each of which can be dialled by a
DISA caller to access an outside line after calling into the system. Also, assign a
TRS (Call Barring) Class to each DISA Code.
DISA01:TRS Class
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 26 (0002-0033) Hold (up to 10 digits or 1-50) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Address Nos. for DISA Security Codes #1 thru #16:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
0002=Code #1
0003=Code #1 TRS Class
0004=Code #2
0005=Code #2 TRS Class
0006=Code #3
0007=Code #3 TRS Class
0008=Code #4
0009=Code #4 TRS Class
0010=Code #5
0011=Code #5 TRS Class
0012=Code #6
0013=Code #6 TRS Class
0014=Code #7
0015=Code #7 TRS Class
0016=Code #8
0017=Code #8 TRS Class
0018=Code #9
0019=Code #9 TRS Class
0020=Code #10
0021=Code #10 TRS Class
FF4
0022=Code #11
0023=Code #11 TRS Class
0024=Code #12
0025=Code #12 TRS Class
0026=Code #13
0027=Code #13 TRS Class
0028=Code #14
0029=Code #14 TRS Class
0030=Code #15
0031=Code #15 TRS Class
0032=Code #16
0033=Code #16 TRS Class
for even-numbered addresses
0002, 0004, 0006, ... 0032:
DISA Security Code
(maximum 10 digits, including
0-9, and #)
default: [no assignment]
*
for odd-numbered addresses
0003, 0005, 0006, ... 0033:
TRS Class Assignment (1-50)
default: 0 (no TRS Class)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
The digit length of the codes entered in this address depends on the setting in DISA Security Code
Digit Length (see previous page).
Groups
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
DISA Security Code Digit Length (pg. -35) FF1 0 26 (0002-0033) Hold (up to 10 digits or 1-50) Hold
Trunk COS: DISA Security Code Verification (pg. 1-80) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-17)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-36
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 27: UNA Ringing
0001
UNA Ringing Port by Tenant Group
:0
TN01 UNA Port
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Select the UNA port (zone) that will ring for incoming calls based on the Tenant Group
assignment of the calling extension, DIL trunk, or DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) number.
FF1
Tenant Group of Calling Ext.,
DID/DNIS No., or Trunk:
01=Tenant Group #1
02=Tenant Group #2
...
12=Tenant Group #12
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF1
FF1 0 27 00 (01-12) Hold (0-5) Hold
System
System
0=All UNA ports (default)
1=UNA Port #1
2=UNA Port #2
...
5=UNA Port #5
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
UNA: Universal Night Answer. The system can send incoming ring tone to an external paging port so
users can hear incoming calls over a paging system, and pick them up on a “first-in, first-answer” basis.
The external paging port for UNA is on the SCC Card, which has 5 zone relays. An ERA (External
Ringing Adapter) can be connected to the SCC to provide ringing to the 5 zones. To set up zone ringing
in programming, assign an Extension Number to the paging port in FF3 4 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold (pg. 355). Then set up the ringing zones via the Tenant Group assignments for the trunk or extension, or by
the trunk’s Ring Type (direct assignment to an ERA zone).
For incoming exchange calls, the above address (FF1 0 27) determines which paging zone will receive
calls that come in on trunks that are assigned a Ring Type (in FF2) of 1=DID (DDI) or DNIS (CLI),
2=DISA, or 3=DIL to Extension, and the ERA Extension No. as the Ring Destination (see the
following table). Keep in mind that the Ring Type/Destination for a trunk can be different during
Day1, Day2, and Night modes.
TRS/ARS
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Table 1-6. ERA paging zones via Tenant Groups (FF1 0 27: UNA Ringing)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
If the trunk’s FF2 Ring
Type is:
... assign the ERA Ext.No. as the
trunk’s Ring Destination here:
...and set which paging zone (UNA port)
will ring by assigning the trunk to a Tenant
Group here: (and assigning the Tenant Group
to a UNA port in FF1 0 27: UNA Ringing)
0=Multiple Incoming
no UNA ringing
--
1=DID (DDI) or DNIS
(CLI)
FF1 4 (02 or 04) (000-575) (2-5)
FF1 4 (02 or 04) (000-575) (6)
2=DISA
-- (determined by caller dial)
trunk’s FF2 “Tenant Group Assignment”
3=DIL to Extension
trunk’s FF2 “Ring Destination”
trunk’s FF2 “Tenant Group Assignment”
4=DIL to Hunt Group
(no UNA ringing)
5=DIL to SSD
(no UNA ringing)
6=DIL to Attendant H.G.
(no UNA ringing)
7=UNA “All” port
not needed (system will automatically ring UNA “All” port)
8-12=UNA port 1-5
not needed (system will automatically ring UNA specified port)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-37
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
For intercom extension calls to the ERA Extension Number, the above address (FF1 0 27) determines
which paging zone will receive the call based on the extension’s Tenant Group Assignment (FF3).
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Extension COS: UNA Pickup (pg. 1-73) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 58 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (pg. -225) FF1 4 02 (000-095) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-240) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
Ring Type/Destination during Day1/Day2/Night modes for...
analog trunks (pg. 2-31) FF2 0 BSSC 03 0...
T-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-85) FF2 1 BSSC 04 0...
Tenant Group Assignment for...
analog trunks (pg. 2-38) FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
T-point ISDN lines/B-channel (pg. 2-92) FF2 1 BSSC 06 (00-23/30) Hold (0-72) Hold
digital extensions and SLTs (pg. 3-28) FF3 0 BSSCC 05 Hold (1-72) Hold
ERA Port: Extension Number (pg. 3-55) FF3 4 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF1 0 28: ISDN Caller ID No. Adjustment (Alpha Tagging)
Alpha Tagging: ISDN Caller ID No. Adjustment
(International Calls)
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
0001:
INT ADD DGTS
Extensions
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
Set revision dialling when Caller ID data from the ISDN network is for an international call.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1 0 28 0001 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
FF5
Number Adjustment for matching SSD Phone No.
(max. 10 digits)
default: none
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
Alpha Tagging: The system will identify an incoming call by matching the Caller ID
number with a phone number programmed inside one of the SSD Bin Nos. 000-199, and display
the SSD Name on the receiving phone. (NOTE: The SSD Bin Nos. used for Caller ID must be
included in the SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant Groups, in FF1 0 16.)
In the above address, enter the international dialling code (eg., “011”) if it is stored with the
matching phone number inside an SSD bin, for Alpha Tagging. See table below for example.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Table 1-7. Alpha Tagging example for ISDN Caller ID No. Adjustment (FF1 0 28)
FF8
Receiving Caller ID
Data:
Maintenance
for example:
Appendix A
a phone number with:
International Call
4401473642896
COUNTRY CODE: 440
AREA CODE: 147
OFFICE CODE: 364
Long-Distance Call 1473642896
SUBSCR.NO.: 2896
Call Type:
Actual Phone No.
stored in SSD Bin:
Number Adjustment in
FF1 0 28 addresses:
FF8
Maintenance
0114401473642896 011 (int’l dialing code)
is added to Receiving
Caller ID data.
11473642896
1 (long-distance code)
is added to Receiving
Caller ID data.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 1-38
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant Groups (pg. -29) FF1 0 16 0001 Hold (0-800) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-49) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
SSD Names (pg. 8-50) FF8 1 02 Hold 1 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Alpha Tagging: ISDN Caller ID No. Adjustment
(Long-Distance Calls)
FF1
System
0002:
NW IND DGT
FF1
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
System
Set revision dialling when Caller ID data from the ISDN network is for a long-distance call.
FF1 0 28 0002 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Number Adjustment for matching SSD Phone No.
(max. 10 digits)
default: none
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
In the above address, enter the prefix for long-distance dialling (eg., “1”) if it is stored with the matching
phone number inside an SSD bin, for Alpha Tagging. See Notes, previous page.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant Groups (pg. -29) FF1 0 16 0001 Hold (0-800) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-49) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
SSD Names (pg. 8-50) FF8 1 02 Hold 1 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-39
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1 1: System Timers
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 02: Trunk Timer 2
Multiple Incoming No-Answer Timer #2
0002
:16
DID/DISA N-ANS2
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Set how long the system will wait before reverting a multiple-incoming call
(which originally was a DID (DDI) or DISA call) to the Attendant Group.
Extensions
FF4
FF5
Groups
Trunks
(setting=no. of seconds): 0 = 5 seconds
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
default: 16 seconds
FF3
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
FF1 1 02 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
Unanswered DISA calls will change to multiple-incoming ringing when the DISA No-Answer Timer
#1 (see previous address) expires.
Unanswered DID (DDI) calls will change to multiple-incoming ringing when (or if) the extension
performs another action on the phone (such as accessing another outside line) while the DID (DDI) call
is ringing.
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
DISA No-Answer Timer #1 (pg. -173) FF1 1 02 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group (pg. 5-3)
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-40
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0003
:20
Exchange Delayed Ring Timer (Day1/Day2/Night)Delayed Day1
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set how long the system will ring an extension receiving an incoming call during
Day1, Day2 or Night mode, before moving the call to the Delayed Ring position.
System
Trunks
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF1
System
default: 20 seconds
0 = 5 seconds
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF2
Extensions
System
Configuration
Day1: FF1 1 02 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day2: FF1 1 02 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
Night: FF1 1 02 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF3
0
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
This timer applies to unanswered incoming calls on a DIL (Direct In-Line) trunk that has a Delayed
Ring position set (in FF2). If no Delayed Ring position is set for the trunk, this Timer will not apply,
and the call will continue to ring the extension indefinitely.
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination ...
for analog trunks (pg. 2-35) FF2 0 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
for T-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-89) FF2 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Day2 Delayed Ring Type/Destination ...
for analog trunks (pg. 2-36) FF2 0 BSSC 04 2 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
for T-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-90) FF2 1 BSSC 05 2 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Night Delayed Ring Type/Destination ...
for analog trunks (pg. 2-37) FF2 0 BSSC 04 4 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
for T-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-91) FF2 1 BSSC 05 4 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-41
FF1: System Programming
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
DIL Busy Timer
0006
DIL Busy Timer
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
:120
Set how long the system will queue an incoming call on a busy extension, before
moving to the delayed-ring position.
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 02 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
0 = continue to queue the call on the busy
extension indefinitely, until it becomes idle.
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
default: 120 seconds
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Notes:
This DIL Busy Timer applies to all system modes: Day1, Day2, and Night.
If the call is on a DIL (Direct In-Line) trunk but no Delayed Ring position has been set, the call will be
queued on the busy extension until it becomes idle, regardless of the above setting.
TRS/ARS
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1/Day2/Night)
:20
Slide Day1
FF8
Maintenance
Groups
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
default: 20 seconds
0 = 5 seconds
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Notes:
Alarm Ringing: Ringing frequency/interval changes for an incoming call that rings unanswered for
longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
Page 1-42
FF5
FF6
Day1:FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day2: FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Night: FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
(1-255 = no. of seconds):
Appendix B
0007
Set how long an incoming call will ring unanswered before moving to the Slide
Ring position(s) or to the Alarm Ring frequency/pattern during Day1, Day2, or
Night mode.
Applications
Appendix A
FF-/Soft Keys
Day1/Day2/Night Delayed Ring Type/Destination ...
for analog trunks (pg. 2-35) FF2 0 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold (0-4) Hold...
for T-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-89) FF2 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold (0-4) Hold...
FF7
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
FF3
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1: System Programming
Slide Ringing: A type of delayed ringing for extensions with trunk line FF-key appearances. An
incoming call on a trunk enabled for Slide Ringing (see FF2) will ring at the assigned extension or hunt
group first (see Day1/2/Night Ring Assignments in FF2). Then, after the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring
Timer expires, the call will begin ringing at the extension(s) with line appearances (see FF-Key
Feature Assignment in FF4).
0
Related Programming:
System
Configuration
Ring Alarm Frequency (pg. 1-104) FF1 0 21 0001 Hold (0-6) Hold
Ring Alarm Pattern (pg. 1-105) FF1 0 21 0002 Hold (0-12) Hold
Alarm Ringing/Slide Ringing Enable/Disable on ...
analog trunks (pg. 2-27) FF2 0 BSSC 02 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold (0 or 1) Hold
T-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-75) FF2 1 BSSC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk-to-Trunk Connection Timer
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
System
0013
:60
TRK to TRK Timer
FF2
Trunks
Set the amount of time the system will monitor a trunk-to-trunk connection before
disconnecting.
FF1 1 02 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF3
Introduction
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
0 = no check (allow indefinitely)
(1-255 = no. of minutes): 1 = 1 minute
2 = 2 minutes
...
255 = 255 minutes
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
default: 60 minutes, or 1 hour
FF5
Groups
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
Extension COS: Onhook Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer (pg. 1-71)
FF6
ARS Queuing Timer
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0014
:15
ARS Queuing
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the amount of time the system will queue an outbound call through Automatic
Route Selection (ARS) for a trunk line to become available.
FF7
FF7
FF1 1 02 0014 Hold (0-255) Hold
Applications
Applications
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 0 = 5 seconds
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
default: 15 seconds
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
If this Queuing Timer expires before a trunk becomes available, the call will either move to the next
queuing level or the caller will receive busy tone, depending on ARS settings.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-43
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
For Tandem Exchange (tie line) networking, the above timer will not apply when a Route List is
specified for the Tandem call in FF6 2 08 (see pg. 6-49).
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
ARS/LCR Setting (pg. 1-30) FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Queuing for Originator (Route List) (pg. 6-22) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Tandem Relay Exch. Table: Route Type (pg. 6-51) FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
DID (DDI) Delayed Ring Timer
0015
0
System
Configuration
:20
Delayed Via DID
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set the amount of time a DID/DDI (Direct Inward Dial/Direct Dial In) call will
ring before moving to the delayed-ring position.
FF1 1 02 0015 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
(1-255 = no. of seconds):
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0 = No delayed ring
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
default: 20 seconds
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
If the DID (DDI) trunk does not have a Delayed Ring position set, the call will continue to ring the
extension indefinitely, or follow its Call-Forward settings (if any).
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (pg. -225) FF1 4 02 (000-095) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-240) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
Network Hold Maximum Time
0016
FF7
FF1 1 02 0016 Hold (0-255) Hold
(setting = no. of milliseconds)
Maintenance
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the maximum length of time a network call can be on hold before the system
disconnects the line. This is the amount of time a network extension will be
unable to receive a network flash after it sends one.
FF8
Groups
:60
Network Hold
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Applications
FF5
Applications
0 = no limit
1 = 1 minute
2 = 2 minutes
...
255 = 255 minutes
default: 60 = 60 minutes
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-44
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Notes:
Introduction
The purpose of this timer is to prevent both extensions on a network line from sending a simultaneous
flash to each other (which puts both extensions on hold indefinitely, with no way to retrieve either
extension).
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Related Programming:
Network Flash Guard Timer (pg. -42)
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 01 0021 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03: Extension Timer 1
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
System
BLF Delayed Ring Timer
0013
:16
BLF Delayed
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
Set the timer for delayed ringing on BLF (multiple-ringing) calls.
FF1 1 03 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF3
FF3
0 = no delayed ringing
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
default: 15 seconds (U.K.)
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
BLF Call Pickup (pg. 1-28)
FF1 0 02 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-45
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1 1 04: Extension Timer 2
Hold Recall Start Timer
(Digital Keyphones/Attendant Group/SLT)
0001
:120
Hold RCL S-KTEL
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set the amount of time the system will wait before recalling a digital keyphone
extension for a call on hold.
FF1
System
KTEL:FF1 1 04 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
ATT :FF1 1 04 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
SLTs :FF1 1 04 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
Trunks
0 = no recall; remain on hold indefinitely
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF3
KTEL/ATT default: 120=120 seconds
SLTs default: 0=immediate recall ring
FF4
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group (pg. 5-3)
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Transfer Recall Start Timer (Digital Keyphones
and SLTs/Attendant Group)
0004
:60
TRF RCL S-EXT
FF6
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
TRS/ARS
Set the amount of time the system will wait before recalling a digital keyphone or
SLT for an unanswered call transfer.
KTEL/SLT: FF1 1 04 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
ATT
: FF1 1 04 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
0 = no recall
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
Appendix A
Appendix A
default: 60 seconds
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-46
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Notes:
Introduction
This timer also affects On-Hook Trunk-to-Trunk Transfers (see pg. 1-71) for extensions in COS 1.
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Extension COS: Onhook Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer (pg. 1-71)
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group (pg. 5-3)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Hold/Transfer Recall Ringing Duration Timer
0
System
Configuration
0006
:60
Hold/TRF Recall
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
System
Set the amount of time an unanswered recall from hold or transfer will last before
reverting to an Attendant or extension.
FF1 1 04 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF2
FF1
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
0 = continue recalling extension (no reversion)
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
default: 60 seconds
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Attendant Reversion Duration Timer
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0007
:0
Reversion Timer
FF5
Set the amount of time a reverted trunk call to an Attendant Group can ring unanswered.
Groups
FF1 1 04 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF6
0 = continue ringing indefinitely (default)
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
If this timer expires, the trunk call will be disconnected.
This timer does not apply to intercom calls (which do not revert to the Attendant).
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group (pg. 5-3)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-47
FF1: System Programming
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Call Forward/No Answer Timer (Day1/Day2/Night)CF No-ANS Day 1
0008
:16
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time a call will ring unanswered before being call-forwarded
during Day1, Day2 or Night mode.
0
System
Configuration
Day1: FF1 1 04 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day2: FF1 1 04 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
Night: FF1 1 04 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
0 = 5 seconds
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Trunks
default: 16 seconds
FF3
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
Callback Ring Timer (Callback Request and
Trunk Queuing)
0011
:15
Callback Timer
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Set the amount of time a callback ring from a Callback Request or Trunk Queuing
will last.
Groups
FF5
Groups
FF1 1 04 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
0 = 5 seconds
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
default: 15 seconds
Applications
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Callback Request: (also called “Station Queuing”) Dial a busy extension. Before hanging up, dial the
Callback Request code (“3” by default). When the called extension becomes idle, your phone will start
ringing. When you pick up, the system will automatically ring the called extension. When they pick up,
you’ll be connected to them.
Trunk Queuing: Dial a trunk access code to seize a trunk. If you hear busy tone instead, dial the
Trunk Queuing code and hang up. Your phone will issue an alert tone when the trunk becomes
available. Pick up the handset to accept it (you’ll hear dial tone in the receiver).
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-48
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Station Call Park Recall Timer
0017
:180
Call Park Recall
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the amount of time a call can be parked on an extension before recalling it.
0
0
FF1 1 04 0017 Hold (0-255) Hold
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
0 = no recall; park indefinitely
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF1
System
FF1
System
default: 180 seconds
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF2
Notes:
Trunks
Station Call Park: The call can be “parked” on an extension phone; the user can walk over to another
phone and pick up the call by dialling the Park Pickup code, then the extension number where the call is
parked.
Extensions
Extensions
0019
Floating Hold Recall Timer
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
:20
FL Hold Recall
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
Set the amount of time a call can be held on Floating Hold before recalling the extension.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1 1 04 0019 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF5
0 = no hold recall
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
default: 20 seconds
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF1 1 05: Station Timer Class Definitions
FF7
Applications
NOTE: The following Station Timer Class Definitions “mirror” some of the
system timers found in FF1 1 04. Individual extensions can be set (in FF3) to
follow these Station Timer Class timers, instead of the system timers.
FF8
Maintenance
Table 1-8. Station Timer Class Definitions (FF1 1 05) - addresses and defaults
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 01 Hold (0-255) Hold Station Timer Class: Hold Recall Start Timer (Digital 120 seconds
Keyphones)
pg. -50
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 02 Hold (0-255) Hold Station Timer Class: Hold Recall Start Timer (SLTs) 0=immed. recall pg. 1-201
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 03 Hold (0-255) Hold Station Timer Class: Transfer Recall Start Timer
(Digital Keyphones and SLTs)
60 seconds
pg. 1-202
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 04 Hold (0-255) Hold Station Timer Class: Hold/Transfer Recall Ringing
Duration Timer
60 seconds
pg. 1-202
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
Page 1-49
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 05 Hold (0-255) Hold Station Timer Class: Call Park Recall Timer
180 seconds
pg. 1-203
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 06 Hold (0-255) Hold Station Timer Class: Call Forward/No Answer Timer 16 seconds
(Day1)
pg. 1-203
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 07 Hold (0-255) Hold Station Timer Class: Call Forward/No Answer Timer 16 seconds
(Day2)
pg. 1-204
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 08 Hold (0-255) Hold Station Timer Class: Call Forward/No Answer Timer 16 seconds
(Night)
pg. 1-204
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 09 Hold (0-255) Hold Station Timer Class: Floating Hold Recall Timer
pg. 1-205
20 seconds
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
Programming Sample
FF2
Trunks
Station Timer Class: Hold Recall Start Timer
(Digital Keyphones)
0001
:120
N:Hold RCL KTEL
(N=St.Timer Class 1-8)
FF2
Trunks
(all CPCs) - Version 3.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
Set the amount of time the system will wait before recalling a digital-keyphone
extension for a call on hold.
FF3
Extensions
corresponding system timer: KTEL:FF1 1 04 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold ATT :FF1 1 04 0002 Hold (0-255)
Hold SLTs :FF1 1 04 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold (pg. -46)
FF1 1 05 (00-07) 01 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
02=St.Timer Class #3 06=St.Timer Class #7
0 = no recall; remain on hold indefinitely
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
03=St.Timer Class #4 07=St.Timer Class #8
default: 120 seconds
(00-15): Station Timer Class Nos. 1-8
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
00=St.Timer Class #1 04=St.Timer Class #5
01=St.Timer Class #2 05=St.Timer Class #6
FF5
Groups
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
Hold Recall Start Timer (Digital Keyphones/Attendant Group/SLT) (pg. -46) KTEL:FF1 1 04 0001 Hold (0255) Hold ATT :FF1 1 04 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold SLTs :FF1 1 04 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
Station Timer Class Assignment (pg. 3-32)
FF7
FF3 0 BSSCC 10 Hold (0-8) Hold
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-50
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
FF1 3: MCO Access in Tenant Groups
Tenant Groups provide a way to divide the phone system into different
departments, or even different companies sharing the same phone system, for
inbound and outbound calls.
0
System
Configuration
•
•
•
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
Individual trunks are assigned to Tenant Groups in FF2.
default: 0 (no assignment)
Individual extensions are assigned to Tenant Groups in FF3.
default: Tenant Group 1
FF1
Trunks are assigned to Outbound Trunk Groups in FF5 - 2.
default: (no assignment)
System
NOTE: If trunks are assigned to Tenant Group 1 in FF2, the trunks will
be automatically assigned to Outbound Trunk Group 1 in FF5.
FF2
Introduction
FF2
Trunks
•
Outbound Trunk Groups are assigned to Tenant Groups in:
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Trunk Groups (pg. -51)
FF1 3 01 (0001-0060) Hold (0-99 or 0-12) Hold
FF3
defaults:
Tenant 1/MCO-1=TG#1
Tenant 2/MCO-1=TG#2
Tenant 3/MCO-1=TG#3
etc.
•
Allow/Don’t Allow extensions to select specific trunks:
Extension COS: Direct Trunk Access (pg. 1-50)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=allow 1=do not allow
default: 0 (allow)
•
IMPORTANT: If ARS/LCR Setting (pg. 1-30) is enabled, the ARS
FF4
Routing addresses in FF6 will override the MCO settings here in FF1 3.
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Trunk
Groups
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
0001
:1
Tenant01 MCO1 TG
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
Assign the trunk group (or group chain, for Advanced Routing) that will be
seized by dialling MCO access codes 1-5 within each Tenant Group.
TRS/ARS
FF1 3 01 (0001-0060) Hold (0-99 or 0-12) Hold
FF7
0001=Tenant Group #1, MCO-1
0002=Tenant Group #1, MCO-2
0003=Tenant Group #1, MCO-3
0004=Tenant Group #1, MCO-4
0005=Tenant Group #1, MCO-5
0006=Tenant Group #2, MCO-1
...
0060=Tenant Group #12, MCO-5
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
Applications
MCO Trunk Group No. (1-99) or
Trunk Group Chain List No. (1-12) or
0 (no assignment)
FF8
(see table, next page for defaults)
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
If Advanced Routing for MCO Access (pg. 1-31) is disabled for the system, enter MCO Trunk Groups
1-99 in this address. However, if Advanced Routing is enabled, enter Trunk Group Chain Lists 1-12.
See next address (FF1 3 02) to set up “chains” of up to 5 Trunk Groups each, for Advanced Routing.
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-51
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Each Tenant Group has 5 MCO trunk access codes which, by initial default, seize the associated trunk
group by dialing the following:
MCO-1 Access Code:
MCO-2 Access Code:
MCO-3 Access Code:
MCO-4 Access Code:
MCO-5 Access Code:
9
81
82
83
84
(default)
(default)
(default)
(default)
(default)
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
System
Advanced Routing for MCO Access (pg. 1-31) FF1 0 02 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Direct Trunk Access (pg. 1-50) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Advanced Routing: Outbound Trunk Group Chains (pg. 1-232) FF1 3 02 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99) Hold
MCO Outbound Trunk Group Members (pg. 5-20) FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576) Hold
FF1
System
Table 1-9. Trunk Group/Chain List assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (FF1 3 01)
FF2
Trunks
Address No.
Tenant Group No.
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
0010
...
0056
0057
0058
0059
0060
Tenant Group 1
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Tenant Group 2
...
Tenant Group 12
FF2
MCO
Default Trunk Group No.
Access Code (or Chain List No.)
MCO-1
MCO-2
MCO-3
MCO-4
MCO-5
MCO-1
MCO-2
MCO-3
MCO-4
MCO-5
...
MCO-1
MCO-2
MCO-3
MCO-4
MCO-5
Trunks
1
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
2
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
...
12
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
These Trunk Group chains are assigned to MCO access codes in the previous address (FF1 3 01).
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
Advanced Routing for MCO Access (pg. 1-31) FF1 0 02 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Trunk Groups (pg. -51) FF1 3 01 (0001-0060) Hold (0-99 or 0-12) Hold
MCO Outbound Trunk Group Members (pg. 5-20) FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-52
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Tenant Groups: Inbound Trunk Groups
0001
:1
Tenant01 In-MCO
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign the trunk group to be picked by each Tenant Group for an incoming call.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
FF1 3 03 (0001-0012) Hold (1-99) Hold
Tenant Group No. 1-12
FF1
Inbound Trunk Group No. 1-99
System
FF1
System
defaults: Tenant #1=Group #1;
Tenant #2=Group #2; ...
Tenant #12=Group #12
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF2
Notes:
Trunks
Each extension can be assigned to an MCO Tenant Group (see Tenant Group Assignment address for
each type of extension in FF3). This is how extension ring assignments are accomplished for incoming
calls.
The same Trunk Group can be used for both inbound and outbound calls. However, the same trunk
cannot belong to multiple outbound or inbound groups (maximum 1 outbound and 1 inbound group).
See FF5 2 for building Outbound Trunk Groups; FF5 3 for building Inbound Trunk Groups.
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Table 1-10. Tenant Groups: Inbound Trunk Groups (FF1 3 03)
LCD Display
Tenant01 IN-MCO
Tenant02 IN-MCO
Tenant03 IN-MCO
Tenant04 IN-MCO
Tenant05 IN-MCO
Tenant06 IN-MCO
Tenant07 IN-MCO
Tenant08 IN-MCO
Tenant09 IN-MCO
Tenant10 IN-MCO
Tenant11 IN-MCO
Tenant12 IN-MCO
Extensions
FF4
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-28) for digital keyphones/SLTs FF3 0 BSSCC 05 Hold (1-72) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-43) for S-point ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 04 Hold (1-72) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-50) for Virtual extensions FF3 2 (001-576) 02 Hold (1-72) Hold
MCO Inbound Trunk Group Members (pg. 5-21) FF5 3 (01-99) (001-576) Hold (1-576) Hold
Address No. Description
0001
Tenant Group #1: Inbound Trunk Group
0002
Tenant Group #2: Inbound Trunk Group
0003
Tenant Group #3: Inbound Trunk Group
0004
Tenant Group #4: Inbound Trunk Group
0005
Tenant Group #5: Inbound Trunk Group
0006
Tenant Group #6: Inbound Trunk Group
0007
Tenant Group #7: Inbound Trunk Group
0008
Tenant Group #8: Inbound Trunk Group
0009
Tenant Group #9: Inbound Trunk Group
0010
Tenant Group #10: Inbound Trunk Group
0011
Tenant Group #11: Inbound Trunk Group
0012
Tenant Group #12: Inbound Trunk Group
FF3
Default
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-53
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 4: DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) and MSN Tables
NOTE: Two separate DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Tables are provided: “A”
side and “B” side. One can be used for analog, and the other for digital.
Another advantage of having two separate tables: it wouldn’t be a problem
to receive the same block of 4-digit numbers from the exchange, such as 277[2020 thru 2099] and 366-[2020 thru 2099]. The system could take care of
routing the same 4-digit number to different extensions, based on which side
(“A” or “B”) the trunk belongs to.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Trunks are assigned to “A” or “B” side via their Trunk COS assignment in
FF2. Also, see Trunk COS: DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Table on pg. 1-119.
FF2
Analog DDI is not available in the U.K.
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
0001
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Digit Length
:4
A-Receive Digit
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
Set the digit string length (1-4) of DID (DDI) or DNIS (CLI) numbers in the “A” side table
(see next page).
FF4
FF4
FF1 4 01 0001 Hold (1-4) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Digit String Length (1-4 digits) for
“A”-side DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Numbers
default: 4 digits
FF5
Groups
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
The Digit String Length defined in this address determines the length of the DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI)
numbers entered in the DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (see next address). It must match what is
supplied by the local exchange. If the number received by the system does not match an entry in the
table, or if the actual Digit String Length is not the same as specified above, the system will treat the call
as a misdialled call.
DID (Direct Inward Dial): (also called DDI-Direct Dial In) An outside caller can reach an internal
extension directly by dialling a 7-digit exchange phone number. The DID (DDI) trunk passes the last 2
to 4 digits of the phone number to the PBX, and the digits become (or are modified to become) the
equivalent of an extension number. DID (DDI) trunks can’t be used for outgoing calls (no dialtone
offered).
DNIS (Dialed Number Identification Service): (also called CLI-Called Line Identification) Similar
to DID (DDI), but normally used on digital (ISDN) lines. The DNIS (CLI) number (the phone number
dialled by the caller) is passed to the PBX, and routed to different extensions based on the DNIS (CLI)
number dialled.
To set up DID (DDI) and/or DNIS (CLI) Numbers: Set trunks for DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) in the Ring
Type addresses (FF2). Enter the DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) numbers, and assign their ring and delayed-ring
destinations, in the DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (see next page).
Appendix B
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 1-54
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF1: System Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (pg. -55) FF1 4 02 (000-095) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-12) Hold
Trunk Signal Type ...
for analog trunks (pg. 2-10) FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type ...
for analog trunks (pg. 2-31) FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-12) Hold
for T-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-85) FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-12) Hold
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table
0
System
Configuration
0001
:0
A001-RCV DGT #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
System
Assign up to 576 DID (DDI) or DNIS (CLI) numbers for “A” side. Also in this
table, enter their ring destinations and assign them to a Tenant Group.
FF2
FF1 4 02 (000-095) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-12) Hold
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Address Bin Nos. for “A” side
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Nos.:
000=DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) #1
001=DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) #2
002=DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) #3
003=DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) #4
....
defaults: 0 (no assignment)
1=Digits of DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) No.:
2=Day Destination:
3=Night Destination:
4=Day Destination-Busy/Delayed:
5=Night Destination-Busy/Delayed:
6=Tenant Group No.:
0-9999=DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) No.
0-9999=Ext./Virtual/Closed No.
0-9999=Ext./Virtual/Closed No.
0-9999=Ext./Virtual/Closed No.
0-9999=Ext./Virtual/Closed No.
1-12=Tenant Group
095=DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) #096
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
The DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) numbers entered in this address must match the digit string length defined in
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Digit Length (see previous address).
Groups
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Digit Length (pg. -54) FF1 4 01 0001 Hold (1-4) Hold
Trunk COS: DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Table (pg. 1-119) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Names (“A” Side only) (pg. 8-43) FF8 0 10 Hold Hold (001-576) Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
Table 1-11. DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
TRS/ARS
FF1 4 02 (0001-5756)
FF7
DID/DNIS
(DDI/CLI)
Entry No. Address No.
#1
FF6
Applications
LCD Display
0001 = Digits of DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) No. A001-RCV DGT #
Assignment Parameters
(0-9999)
0002 = Destination, Day Mode
A001-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0003 = Destination, Night Mode
A001-DEST. Night
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0004 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
A001-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0005 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night
A001-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0006 = Tenant Group Number
A001-Tenant G
FF8
Maintenance
Tenant Group No. (1-12)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-55
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0011 = Digits of DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) No. A002-RCV DGT #
#2
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
...
(0-9999)
Introduction
0012 = Destination, Day Mode
A002-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0013 = Destination, Night Mode
A002-DEST. Night
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0014 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
A002-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0015 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night
A002-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0016 = Tenant Group Number
A002-Tenant G
Tenant Group No. (1-12)
0021 = Digits of DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) No. A003-RCV DGT #
#3
FF2
Section 410-Programming
0
System
Configuration
(0-9999)
0022 = Destination, Day Mode
A003-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0023 = Destination, Night Mode
A003-DEST. Night
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0024 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
A003-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0025 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night
A003-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0026 = Tenant Group Number
A003-Tenant G
Tenant Group No. (1-12)
...
...
...
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
0001
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point
:--
001 S-P DGT #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
Enter the destination extension(s) for each ISDN S-point DID (DDI) number. Up
to 96 different destination possibilities can be entered here.
FF4
FF4
FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
0001=Entry #1 - DID (DDI) S-point No.
0002=Entry #1 - Destination Extension No.
0003=Entry #2 - DID (DDI) S-point No.
0004=Entry #2 - Destination Extension No.
0005=Entry #3 - DID (DDI) S-point No.
....
0192=Entry #96 - Destination Extension No.
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF-/Soft Keys
DID (DDI) S-point No. (0-9999) or
Destination Ext.No. (0-9999)
FF5
Groups
default: -- (no assignment)
FF6
(see table, next page)
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
When the extension calls the S-point DID (DDI) number, the system will call the DID (DDI) extension
number and send the S-point DID (DDI) number information (see figure below).
FF7
Applications
FF7
Figure 1-1: DDI Dialling to ISDN S-Point (example)
S-point
Call to “201”
FF8
200
Maintenance
Applications
Destination
Extension Nos.
FF8
201
Maintenance
202
203
(the table set up in the above address, links Extension Nos. 201, 202, 203, etc. to S-point 200)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
You can also use the above address to enter the last 4 digits of S-point Service Profile ID numbers. See
pg. 3-37 for more information.
Page 1-56
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
Service Profile ID Requirement (pg. 3-37) FF3 1 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Called Party Number (CPN) (pg. 3-40) FF3 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Table 1-12. DID (DDI) Dialling for ISDN “S” Point (FF1 4 05)
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Entry
Address for S-point DID Address for Destination
(DDI) (0-9999)
Ext. (0-9999)
Entry
Address for S-point DID Address for Destination
(DDI) (0-9999)
Ext. (0-9999)
#1
#2
#3
#4
0001:
0003:
0005:
0093:
...
.....
...
.....
#93
#94
#95
#96
0185:
0187:
0189:
0191:
0002:
0004:
0006:
0094:
.....
........
.........
.....
3rd-party VM: DDI Number Automatic Send
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
FF6
TRS/ARS
System
0001
:0
Auto DID Dial
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
0=Do not send DID (DDI) No. (default)
1=Send entire DID (DDI) No.
2=Send last 2 digits of DID (DDI) No.
3=Send last 3 digits of DID (DDI) No.
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF1
FF1 4 06 0001 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF4
System
Configuration
.........
0186:
0188:
0190:
0192:
Specify how the system will send a DID (DDI) number to Voice Mail if it is
programmed to call the mailbox directly.
Extensions
FF5
........
0
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Related Programming:
VM Answer Supervision Code (pg. 1-106)
VM Transfer Code #1: Prefix (pg. 1-106)
VM Transfer Code #1: Suffix (pg. 1-107)
VM Transfer Code #2: Prefix (pg. 1-107)
VM Transfer Code #2: Suffix (pg. 1-108)
Groups
FF1 0 23 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
FF1 0 24 0001 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0002 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0003 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0004 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
3rd-party VM: ID Code Prefix/Suffix for DDI
FF6
TRS/ARS
0002
:
DID VM-ID/Prefix
FF7
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
Set an ID Code for 3rd Party Voice Mail, to be sent in front of the DID (DDI) number.
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Prefix: FF1 4 06 0002 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
Suffix: FF1 4 06 0003 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
NOTE: Enter a pause in this address by
pressing Soft Key #4.
FF8
Maintenance
VM ID Code (up to 8 characters,
including 0-9, *, #, and Pause)
default: [no assignment]
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-57
FF1: System Programming
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0001
MSN Digit Length
:10
A-Receive Digit
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
Set the digit string length (1-10 digits) of MSNs (Multiple Subscriber Numbers).
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
FF1 4 07 0001 Hold (1-10) Hold
MSN Digit String Length (1-10 digits)
default: 10
FF1
System
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
The Digit String Length defined in this address determines the length of the MSNs entered in the MSN
Dial Table (see next address). It must match what is supplied by the local exchange. If the number
received by the system does not match an entry in the table, or if the actual Digit String Length is not the
same as specified above, the system will consider it a misdialled call, and will use the settings in DID
(DDI) to Incorrect Number (FF1 0 02 0021-0023).
Extensions
DID (DDI) to Incorrect Number (Day1) (pg. 1-36)
DID (DDI) to Incorrect Number (Day2) (pg. 1-36)
DID (DDI) to Incorrect Number (Night) (pg. 1-37)
FF1 0 02 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
MSN Dial Table
Groups
Trunks
FF3
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF2
0001
:
A001-RCV DGT #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Assign up to 50 MSNs (Multiple Subscriber Numbers). Also in this table, enter
their ring destinations and assign them to Tenant Groups.
Groups
FF1 4 08 (000-049) (1-6) Hold (up to 10 digits, 0-9999, or 0-12) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Address Bin Nos. for MSNs:
FF7
Applications
FF8
000=MSN #1
001=MSN #2
002=MSN #3
003=MSN #4
....
049=MSN #50
1=Digits of MSN No.:
2=Day Destination:
3=Night Destination:
4=Day Dest.-Busy/Delayed:
5=Night Dest.-Busy/Delayed:
6=Tenant Group No.:
(see table below)
Maintenance
0-9999999999 (MSN No.)
0-9999 (Ext./Virtual/Closed No.)
0-9999 (Ext./Virtual/Closed No.)
0-9999 (Ext./Virtual/Closed No.)
0-9999 (Ext./Virtual/Closed No.)
0 (none) or 1-12 (Tenant Grp.No.)
FF7
defaults: (no assignment)
0 (for Tenant Group)
FF8
Applications
Maintenance
Notes:
The length of the MSNs entered in this address must be equal to the MSN Digit Length setting (see
previous address).
Appendix A
Appendix B
Related Programming:
Appendix A
MSN Digit Length (pg. -58) FF1 4 07 0001 Hold (1-10) Hold
DID/DDI or MSN Trunk (pg. 2-83) FF2 1 BSSC 03 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Page 1-58
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Table 1-13. MSN Dial Table
for MSN #
MSN #1
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
FF1 4 08 (000-049) (1-6)
Introduction
Address No.
LCD Display
Assignment Parameters
0001 = Digits of MSN
A001-RCV DGT #
MSN No. (0-9999999999)
0002 = Destination, Day Mode
A001-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0003 = Destination, Night Mode
A001-DEST. Night
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0004 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
A001-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0
System
Configuration
0005 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night A001-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0006 = Tenant Group Number
A001-Tenant G
Tenant Group No. (0-72)
0011 = Digits of MSN
A002-RCV DGT #
MSN No. (0-9999999999)
0012 = Destination, Day Mode
A002-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0013 = Destination, Night Mode
A002-DEST. Night
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
FF2
0014 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
A002-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
Trunks
0015 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night A002-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
FF1
MSN #2
System
...
FF3
Extensions
MSN #50
FF4
0016 = Tenant Group Number
A002-Tenant G
Tenant Group No. (0-72)
...
...
...
0491 = Digits of MSN
A050-RCV DGT #
MSN No. (0-9999999999)
0492 = Destination, Day Mode
A050-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0493 = Destination, Night Mode
A050-DEST. Night
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0494 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
A050-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0495 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night A050-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
FF-/Soft Keys
0496 = Tenant Group Number
A050-Tenant G
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Tenant Group No. (0-72)
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 1-59
FF1: System Programming
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0
0
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Page 1-60
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Introduction
2. Trunk Programming (FF2)
0
Use the FF2 programming addresses in this chapter to set trunk parameters
for the ICX.
System
Configuration
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
FF2 0: Analog E&M/AC15 Tie Lines
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
FF2 1: QSIG ISDN Lines
FF1
System
FF Key Address
Topic
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF2 0 BSSC 01 11 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 16 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 19 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
System
Configuration
System
FF2
Default (all)
Page
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-96) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
FF1
This chapter covers the following FF2 addresses:
FF2
Trunks
Introduction
Trunks
2-5
Trunk Number Assignment
Trunk Signal Type
Loop Detect
Disconnect Detect
Dial Pulse Minimum Pause
Reverse Answer Signal Control
(none)
LS=0
1 (Enabled)
0 (Enabled)
0 (750ms)
1 (no reverse
signal from exch.)
Ring Frequency
1 (400/562Hz)
Ring Pattern
0 (sync.w/exch.)
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
1 (Pattern #2)
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialling 0 (Pattern #1)
Disconnect Supervision Timer
LS=0 (281ms)
Guard Timer for Outbound Calls
3 (2 sec)
Ring Interval for Abandoned Calls
0 (5 seconds)
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling
1 (DTMF)
Flash Pattern
0 (Pattern #1)
Dial Tone Detection
1 (Enabled)
Call Duration
1 (system timer)
Trunk Connection Type (Exchange or PBX) 0 (Exchange)
Auto-Repeat Dial
1 (Allowed)
DTMF Before Answer (Link Control)
1 (1-Way Link)
Exchange Dial Tone Simulation
0 (Disabled)
SMDR (Call Logging) for Outbound Calls
1 (Include)
SMDR (Call Logging) for Inbound Calls
0 (Exclude)
Flash Key Operation
0 (send flash to
exchange)
Long Talk Alarm
0 (Disabled)
Alarm Ringing
0 (Disabled)
Slide Ringing
0 (Disabled)
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
1 (Enabled)
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
0 (Disabled)
Indirect LCR
0 (Disabled)
Outside-Line Dial Tone Level Control
0 (Disable system
control)
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
2-5
2-5
2-6
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
2-9
FF6
TRS/ARS
2-10
2-10
2-11
2-11
2-12
2-12
FF7
Applications
FF8
2-12
2-13
Page 2-1
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Section 410-Programming
FF20 BSSC 02 22 Hold ( or 1) Hold
DIL Ringing Control
2-14
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type
0=Private
Incoming
0 (multi-incoming)
Day1: FF2 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0-12) Hold
Day2: FF2 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold (0-12) Hold
Night: FF2 0 BSSC 03 4 Hold (0-12) Hold
Day1: FF2 0 BSSC 03 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Day2: FF2 0 BSSC 03 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Night: FF2 0 BSSC 03 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Day1: FF2 0 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-10) Hold
Day2: FF2 0 BSSC 04 2 Hold (0-10) Hold
Night: FF2 0 BSSC 04 4 Hold (0-10) Hold
Day1: FF2 0 BSSC 04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Day2: FF2 0 BSSC 04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Night: FF2 0 BSSC 04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
Day: FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
Night: FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Destination
(none)
2-15
Introduction
2-15
0
System
Configuration
Day1/Day2/Night Delayed Ring Type
0 (Disabled)
Day1/Day2/Night Delayed Ring Destination (none)
2-17
2-17
FF1
System
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night)
0 (none)
1
2-18
2-19
Trunk COS Assignment
1
2-19
FF2
Trunks
FF2 0: Analog E&M/AC15 Tie Lines
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 11 Hold (1-6) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 18 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Tie Line Number Assignment
Trunk Signal Type
Ring Detect Timer
Auto Answer for Outbound Calls
Balance Control
Pad Control
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialling
Disconnect Supervision Timer
Auto Answer Timer
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling
Flash Pattern
Trunk Connection Type (Exchange or PBX)
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
Exchange Dial Tone Simulation
SMDR (Call Logging) for Outbound Calls
SMDR (Call Logging) for Inbound Calls
Flash Key Operation
FF2 0 BSSC 02 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
Indirect LCR (U.K. only)
Outside-Line Dial Tone Level Control
FF2 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 4 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
Day1 Ring Type
Day2 Ring Type
Night Ring Type
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Trunk COS Assignment
(none)
5 (E&M Wink)
0 (48ms)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Long Loop)
0 (Far)
1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1on/2 off)
1 (Pattern #2)
0 (Pattern #1)
0 (96ms)
0 (1 second)
1 (DTMF)
0 (Pattern #1)
0 (Exchange)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Include)
0 (Exclude)
0 (send flash to
exchange)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disable system
control)
0 (Tie Incoming)
0 (Tie Incoming)
0 (Tie Incoming)
0 (none)
1
1
1
Appendix B
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 2-2
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
2-20
FF2 1 BSS1 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
FF2 1 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Number Assignment (1st Channel)
Trunk Connection Type (Point-to-Point/
MultiPt)
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
Layer 1 Operate Mode
Send SABME
CO Dial Tone Simulation
Trunk Connection Type (Exchange or PBX)
Auto-Repeat Dial
SMDR (Call Logging) for Outbound Calls
SMDR (Call Logging) for Inbound Calls
Flash Key Operation
FF2 1 BSSC 03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Long Talk Alarm
Alarm Ringing
Slide Ringing
Indirect LCR
B-Channel Select for Outgoing Calls
B-Channel Numbering (Layer 3)
Call ID Length
FF2 1 BSSC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 14 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 22 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Calling Number Send
Sub-Address Type
Network Interface No.
T309 Timer
Progress Indicator IE
En Bloc/Overlap Digit Send
DID/DDI or MSN Trunk
DIL Ringing (ISDN CO/TIE Lines)
Day 1: FF2 1 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-12) Hold
Day 2: FF2 1 BSSC 04 2 Hold (0-12) Hold
Night: FF2 1 BSSC 04 4 Hold (0-12) Hold
Day 1: FF2 1 BSSC 04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Day 2: FF2 1 BSSC 04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Night : FF2 1 BSSC 04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Day 1: FF2 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (0-10) Hold
Day 2: FF2 1 BSSC 05 2 Hold (0-10) Hold
Night : FF2 1 BSSC 05 4 Hold (0-10) Hold
Day 1: FF2 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Day 2: FF2 1 BSSC 05 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Night : FF2 1 BSSC 05 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 06 (00-23/30) Hold (0-72) Hold
Day: FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
Night: FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
Day1:FF2 1 BSSC 09 0 Hold (up to 6 digits)
Hold
Day2:FF2 1 BSSC 09 1 Hold (up tp 6 digits)
Hold
Night: FF2 1 BSSC 09 2 Hold (up to 4 digits)
Hold
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type
1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1on/2off)
1 (Pattern #2)
0 (Continuous)
0 (Send)
0 (do not send)
0 (Exchange)
1 (Allowed)
1 (Include)
0 (Exclude)
0 (talk disconnect/
keep trunk)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Lowest-No.’d)
1 (Channel No.’g)
0 (1 byte/BRI)
1 (2 bytes/PRI)
1 (Enabled)
0 (IA5)
3 (NI-1 BRI)
1 (Disable)
0 (Do not use)
1 (Overlap send)
0 (DID/DDI)
0 (Private
Incoming
0 (multi-incoming)
Day1/Day2/Night Destination
(none)
2-30
Day1/Day2/Night Delayed Ring Type
0 (Disabled)
2-32
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Introduction
(none)
0 (Point-to-Point)
2-20
2-21
2-22
2-22
0
2-23
FF1
System
Configuration
System
2-24
2-24
FF2
Trunks
2-24
2-25
2-25
2-26
2-27
2-27
2-28
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
2-28
2-29
2-29
2-30
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Day1/Day2/Night Delayed Ring Destination (none)
2-32
Tenant Group Assignment (B-Channel)
TRS Class Assignment (Day)(Night)
0 (none)
1
2-33
2-34
Trunk COS Assignment
Calling Number Area Code/Office Code/
Subsciriber Number
1
(none)
2-34
2-35
S-ICX issued January 2000
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
Page 2-3
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF2 1: QSIG ISDN Lines
FF2 1 BSS1 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 02 01 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 02 02 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 02 03 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Number Assignment (1st Channel)
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
Layer 1 Sync Mode
Trunk Connection Type (Exchange or PBX)
SMDR (Call Logging) for Outbound Calls
SMDR (Call Logging) for Inbound Calls
Flash Key Operation
FF2 1 BSS1 03 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 03 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 03 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 03 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 03 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Indirect LCR
B-Channel Select
B-Channel Numbering (Layer 3)
Call ID Length
Calling Number Send
Sub-Address Type
False Dial Tone for Outbound Exchange
Calls
FF2 1 BSS1 04 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day1 Ring Type
FF2 1 BSS1 04 2 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day2 Ring Type
FF2 1 BSS1 04 4 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Night Ring Type
FF2 1 BSS1 06 (00-22/29) Hold (0-72) Hold Tenant Group Assignment (B-Channel)
FF2 1 BSS1 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
FF2 1 BSS1 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
FF2 1 BSS1 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
Trunk COS Assignment
FF2 1 BSS1 09 0 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold Calling Number PBX Code
(none)
1 (400/562 Hz)
1 (1on/2off)
1 (Pattern #2)
1 (TE)
0 (Exchange)
1 (Include)
0 (Do Not Include)
0 (talk disconnect/
keep trunk)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Highest-no’d)
1 (Channel No.)
1 (2 bytes/octets)
1 (Send to Exch.)
0 (IA5 coding)
1 (Send)
0 (Tie incoming)
0 (Tie incoming)
0 (Tie incoming)
0 (none)
1
1
1
(none)
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-4
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
System
Introduction
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
NOTE:
FF1
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
The same FF2 0 addresses are also used for analog AC15 tie lines.
However, their settings are different. See page 2-33 for Analog AC15
Tie Line settings.
Trunk Number Assignment
0
System
Configuration
BSSC-00 :
Trunk Number
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign numbers to the analog trunk circuits.
(or BLK-DOWN)
FF2
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF2
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-96) Hold
Trunks
Trunks
Trunk No. 1-96 assigned to circuit
(0=no trunk no.)
FF3
Extensions
default: (none)
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Press the BLK-DOWN soft key instead of the last HOLD in the above address, to scroll to the next
BSSC trunk position and assign it a number (stay in same address).
FF5
Groups
Before removing a Trunk Card from a Free Slot, you must first clear the Trunk Numbers (if assigned)
from all of the Card’s BSSC ports in this address. See pg. 0-3 for more information.
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
Trunk Connection Type (Exchange or PBX) (pg. 2-10) FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Numbering (pg. 1-34) FF1 0 02 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Loop Detect
FF7
Applications
FF6
TRS/ARS
BSSC-0101:1
Loop Detect
FF7
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Applications
(also called “fire-and-disconnect”) Enable/Disable system check for Loop Detect, if
the trunk is set for Loop-Start signalling in Trunk Signal Type (see above address).
FF8
FF2 0 BSSC
FF8
01 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Maintenance
Appendix A
Maintenance
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
0=No Loop Detect
1=Loop Detect (default)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-5
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
If this address is set to “1” (Loop Detect enabled), system will check for loop signal when the trunk is
seized to place an outgoing call.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
Related Programming:
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-5)
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
Disconnect Detect
BSSC-0102:0
DISC Detect
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
Enable/Disable system detection of a disconnect signal (drop in voltage) sent by the
public exchange when the other end disconnects first. Applies to outgoing calls on
analog Loop-Start or Ground-Start trunks with Loop Detect enabled.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF2
Trunks
01 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
FF4
0=Disconnect Detect (default)
1=No Disconnect Detect
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Loop Detect (pg. 2-5)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
Reverse Answer Signal Control
BSSC-0109:1
Reverse ANS SIG
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
Set whether the exchange sends back reverse signalling when the called party
answers an outgoing call on this trunk.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF7
TRS/ARS
01 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
Applications
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position - 1=No reverse signal from exchange. (default)
B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
If this address is set to “0=Reverse signal,” the Call Duration Timer (Analog Trunk) (pg. 1-172) will
not apply to this trunk, even if its Call Duration (pg. 2-10) is set to “1=Use system timer.”
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-6
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Related Programming:
Introduction
Call Duration (pg. 2-10) FF2 0 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Call Duration Timer (Analog Trunk) (pg. 1-172) FF1 1 01 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
Ring Frequency
BSSC-0111:1
System
Configuration
Ring Frequency
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
(for digital phones only) Set the ring frequency for incoming calls on this trunk.
System
FF2
Trunks
FF2 0 BSSC
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
System
01 11 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF3
FF4
FF1
FF2
0=Melody
1=400/562 Hz (default)
2=1000/1340 Hz
3=400 Hz
4=800/1040 Hz
5=1040/1320 Hz
6=660/1320 Hz
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
If “0=Melody” is selected, the Ring Pattern (next address) should be set to “12=Continuous tone.”
Otherwise, the Ring Pattern will interrupt the melody heard.
Distinctive ringing is provided for transferred incoming calls, depending on program settings. See table
on pg. 1-116 for details.
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Trunk COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-115) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Pattern for extensions (pg. 3-10) FF3 0 BSSCC 03 06 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-7
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Section 410-Programming
Ring Pattern
BSSC-0112:0
Introduction
Introduction
Ring Cycle PTN
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the ring pattern for incoming calls on this trunk.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC
System
Setting Values
FF2
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
FF1
Trunks
System
Configuration
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
2on/1off
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.25on/2.75off
System
Setting Values
Synchronise with Exchange (default)
1on/2off (in seconds)
FF1
7
8
9
10
11
12
FF2
.25on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1.75off
Trunks
.75on/.25off/.75on/1.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/1.5off
FF3
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1off
Extensions
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
.25on/.25off/.25on/2.25off
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
If this address is left at “0=Synchronise with Exchange” (default), and the trunk’s Ring Type is DID/
DNIS (DDI/CLI) or DISA, the system will automatically use setting 1’s ring pattern.
If Trunk COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-115) is set to “0=Use trunk’s Ring Pattern”
(default), the above Ring Pattern will apply to all incoming call types: multiple incoming, DIL, DID/
DNIS (DDI/CLI), DISA. If the Ring Tone Source is set to “1=Use intercom ring tone,” the above Ring
Pattern applies only to multiple-incoming calls. However, note the following exception: if the “Ring
Pattern” address remains set at “0=Use trunk’s Ring Pattern,” then the trunk’s Ring Type is DIL,
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) or DISA which is the same resulting ring pattern when selecting “1”.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
Trunk COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-115) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS Assignment (pg. 2-19) FF2 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
Ring Type/Destination for analog CO trunks (pg. 2-15) FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0 thru 5) Hold...
Ring Pattern for extensions (pg. 3-10) FF3 0 BSSCC 03 06 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM24 Units (pg. 4-8)
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles (pg. 4-17)
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-8
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Introduction
Introduction
Disconnect Supervision Timer
BSSC-0115:0
Disconnect Timer
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set how long the system will wait after detecting a drop in voltage from the
exchange, before recognising it as a valid disconnect signal.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
System
FF2
0
System
Configuration
01 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
FF1
if Trunk Signalling is...
0=281 ms (default)
1=531 ms
2=781 ms
3=1032 ms (1.032 sec)
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Trunks
Related Programming:
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-5)
FF3
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling
Extensions
BSSC-0200:1
Dial Type DP/PB
FF4
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Set the trunk’s signalling type for outbound and inbound dialling.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 0 BSSC
02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
0=Dial-pulse, at 10 pps
1=DTMF (default)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-9
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Call Duration
BSSC-0203:1
Call Duration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the system will use the Call Duration Timer to begin tracking call duration
(both on LCD display and in SMDR (Call Logging) records) for outbound calls on this trunk.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
System
Configuration
02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
System
0
0=Do not use system timer to
start call duration.
1=Use system timer to start
call duration. (default)
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
This address should be set to “0=Do not use system timer” if the exchange sends back reverse signalling
for called-party answer (typical in the U.K.).
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
Call Duration Timer (Analog Trunk) (pg. 1-172) FF1 1 01 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
Reverse Answer Signal Control (pg. 2-6) FF2 0 BSSC 01 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
Trunk Connection Type (Exchange or PBX)
BSSC-0204:0
TRK Type CO/PBX
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set whether the trunk connects directly to the exchange, or is behind a PBX/Centrex.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF6
02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
FF7
Applications
0=Exchange (default)
1=PBX
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
If set to “1=PBX,” check the PBX Trunk Access Codes (e.g, “dial 9 for an outside line”) in FF1 0 08.
TRS will recognise that the dialled access code (if defined in FF1 0 08) is not part of the dialled phone
number. However, if the user dials anything other than the access code as the first digit, TRS will read it
as part of the dialled phone number.
If set to “0=CO” (default), TRS will read all dialled digits as the phone number, regardless of the
settings in FF1 0 08.
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
PBX Trunk Access Codes (pg. 1-141)
Page 2-10
•
FF1 0 08 (0001-0006) Hold FL/R (0-9999) Hold
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Introduction
Introduction
DTMF Before Answer (Link Control)
BSSC-0206:0
Link Control
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(for DTMF SLT phones) Set whether DTMF signals can be sent through the
system before the other party answers.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
System
FF2
0
System
Configuration
02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
0=Two-Way Link: DTMF path is open both
ways.
1=One-Way Link: No DTMF signalling after
the called party answers. (default)
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Set this address to “1=One-Way Link” to prevent double-dialling or bypassing TRS Call Barring for
DTMF SLT (or Bypassing TRS/Call Barring restrictions for Key phones).
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
If this address is set to “0=Two-Way Link,” a slight delay may occur before the voice path is established
when answering a call.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling (pg. 2-9)
FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF5
Exchange Dial Tone Simulation
BSSC-0207:0
Groups
CO-DT
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Set whether the system sends a simulated exchange dial tone on this trunk (important
for DID/DDI Wink-Start signalling).
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF2 0 BSSC
02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
FF8
Maintenance
0=Do not send simulated exchange
dial tone to extension. (default)
1=Send simulated exchange dial tone.
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Set this address to “1=Send” if the exchange doesn’t support dial tone (typical in the U.K.).
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-5)
Appendix A
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-11
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
SMDR (Call Logging) for Outbound/Inbound Calls
BSSC-0209:1
SMDR Output/Out
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether outbound/Inbound calls on this trunk will be included in SMDR (Call Logging)
records.
Outbound: FF2 0 BSSC 02 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Inbound: FF2 0 BSSC 02 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
Trunks
Extensions
System
Configuration
FF1
System
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position -
FF3
0
0=Do not include in SMDR (Call Logging)
(default for Outbound).
1=Include in SMDR (Call Logging)
(default for Inbound)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
SMDR (Call Logging) Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-137) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
SMDR Format (pg. 1-142) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Long Talk Alarm
BSSC-0212:0
Long-Talk Alarm
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF5
Enable/Disable the alarm tone heard by an extension user during an outbound call
on this trunk, if the call lasts longer than the Long Talk Alarm Timer.
FF2 0 BSSC
Groups
02 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
FF7
Applications
0=Disable Long Talk Alarm. (default)
1=Enable Long Talk Alarm.
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
By default, individual extensions are enabled for the Long Talk Alarm (via Extension COS setting).
Related Programming:
FF8
Maintenance
Long Talk Alarm #1 Timer (pg. 1-190) FF1 1 02 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
Long Talk Alarm #2 Timer (pg. 1-191) FF1 1 02 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm (pg. 1-92) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-189)
Appendix A
FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-12
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Introduction
Introduction
Slide Ringing
BSSC-0214:0
Slide Ringing
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enable/Disable Slide Ringing for incoming calls on this trunk that ring unanswered
for longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
System
Configuration
02 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
System
0
FF1
0=Disable Slide Ringing. (default)
1=Enable Slide Ringing.
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
Slide Ringing: Applies to extensions that are Slide Ringing-enabled and have trunks (which are also
Slide Ringing-enabled) assigned to FF-keys. An incoming call on the trunk will ring at the assigned
extension or hunt group first (see Day1/2/Night Ring Assignments in FF2). Then, after the Slide Ring/
Alarm Ring Timer (in FF1) expires, the call will also begin ringing on the trunk FF-keys (see FF-Key
Feature Assignment in FF4).
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-188) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-189) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-189) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ringing Receive (pg. 3-12) on individual extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 04 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Type/Destination - Day1, Day2, Night (pg. 2-15) FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0-5) Hold (0-6 or 0-9999) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM24s) (pg. 4-9) FF4 0 BSSCC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
System
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
Indirect LCR
BSSC-0217:0
TRS/ARS
Indirect LCR
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Enable/Disable the Indirect Least Cost Routing (LCR) function.
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF2 0 BSSC
FF8
Maintenance
02 17 Hold
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Disable Indirect LCR. (default)
1=Enable Indirect LCR.
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-13
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Indirect LCR: System will send a pre-assigned code (set in the ARS Dial Conversion Tables) when an
extension seizes the trunk to make an outgoing call. This feature is used in the U.K. for sending a system
identification PIN number to the exchange.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table (pg. 6-41)
FF1
System
DIL Ringing Control
BSSC-0222:0
DIL Ring CONT
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Select whether a DIL (Direct In Line) incoming call will appear as a CO (Private
incoming) key or a DN (Directory Number) key with Analog CO, and TIE lines.
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF2 0 BSSC
FF3
Extensions
02 22 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
FF3
0=Private Incoming (Default)
Extensions
1=Directory Number (DN) Incoming
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF5
This feature only effects trunks assigned for DIL ringing to an extension.
Groups
Related Programming:
FF20 BSSC 03 0 Hold (o or 1) Hold Day 1 Ring Type
FF20 BSSC 03 2 Hold (o or 1) Hold Day 2 Ring Type
FF20 BSSC 03 4 Hold (o or 1) Hold Night Ring Type
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-14
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Introduction
Introduction
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type
0
System
Configuration
BSSC-030:0
Day1 Ring Type
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the analog trunk’s ringing type for incoming calls during Day1, Day2, Night
mode.
0
System
Configuration
Day1: FF2 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0-12) Hold
Day2: FF2 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold (0-12) Hold
Night: FF2 0 BSSC 03 4 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: Analog Trunk B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8
FF2
Trunks
(or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
FF3
0=Multiple Incoming (default)
1=DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI)
2=DISA
3=DIL to Extension
4=DIL to Hunt Group (no Pilot)
5=DIL to SSD
6=DIL to Attendant Hunt Group
7=UNA “All” port
8=UNA Port #1
9=UNA Port #2
10=UNA Port #3
11=UNA Port #4
12=UNA Port #5
FF-/Soft Keys
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF2
Extensions
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Destination
BSSC-031:
D1 Destination
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant
Hunt Group for a DIL (Direct In-Line) setting in the above address.
FF5
FF5
Day1: FF2 0 BSSC 03 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Day2: FF2 0 BSSC 03 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Night: FF2 0 BSSC 03 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Groups
FF6
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
Destination Number:
BSSC: Analog Trunk B=CCU 1
(if “3=DIL to Extension”)
Extension No. (0-9999)
SS=Slot 01-05
(if “4=DIL to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4) (if “5=DIL to SSD”)
SSD Code No. (00-79 or 000-799)
(if “6=DIL to Attendant”)
Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No. (0-9999)
default: [no assignment]
FF8
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Multiple Incoming: An incoming call on this trunk can ring on multiple extensions, if they have an
exchange or MCO FF-key line appearance for it (see FF4: Trunk FF-Key addresses starting on pg. 412).
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-15
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Ring destinations for DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) trunks are assigned in FF1 4 (pg. 1-236). DISA trunks do
not require a ring destination assignment (the DISA caller can dial the desired extension after entering
the system).
Introduction
0
Extension Nos. as Ring Destinations: Acceptable entries include anything that is assigned an
Extension No. (Virtual Ports, Closed Nos., Pilot Nos.). Select “3=DIL to Extension” and enter the
assigned Extension No. (not the port no.) as the destination.
0
FF1
Hunt Groups as Ring Destinations: The “4=DIL to Hunt Group (no Pilot)” setting is for Extension
Hunt Groups that don’t use Pilot Nos. (Switchback or Circular hunting). For Extension Hunt Groups
that do use Pilot Nos. (Pilot Terminal or Pilot Distributed hunting), select “3=DIL to Extension” and
enter the Pilot No. as the destination.
FF1
System
Configuration
System
FF2
Trunks
System
Configuration
System
ERA: External Ringing Adapter . Connected to the external paging audio port on the SCC Card, the
ERA provides 5 zone ports for external UNA (Universal Night Answer) ringing, in which users hear
incoming calls over the paging loudspeaker and can retrieve them on a “first-in, first-answer” basis. The
ERA audio port is programmed in FF3 4 (pg. 3-55). The UNA ports are programmed either by Tenant
Group assignment or by direct trunk ringing; see pg. 1-166 for more information.
FF2
Trunks
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
Extension Number Assignments Digital Keyphones and SLTs (pg. 3-6) FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
S-point ISDN Extensions (pg. 3-35) FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Virtual Ports (pg. 3-47) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
ERA Port (pg. 3-55) FF3 4 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Closed Numbering (pg. 6-46) FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
Tandem Relay Exchange (pg. 6-50) FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
Pilot Numbers Attendant Hunt Group (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Hunt Groups (pg. 5-14) FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM24s (pg. 4-9) FF4 0 BSSCC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
DSS/72s (pg. 4-17) FF4 1 BSSCC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
UNA Ringing Port by Tenant Group (pg. 1-165) FF1 0 27 00 (01-72) Hold (0-5) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-49) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-16
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Introduction
Introduction
Day1/Day2/Night Delayed Ring Type
BSSC-040:0
Day1 D-Ring Type
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the analog trunk’s delayed-ringing type during Day1, Day2, Night mode.
NOTE: Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type (pg. 2-15) must be either “DIL” or
“Multiple Incoming” to set Day1 Delayed Ringing; DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) and
DISA do not apply here.
0
System
Configuration
Day1: FF2 0 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-10) Hold
Day2: FF2 0 BSSC 04 2 Hold (0-10) Hold
Night: FF2 0 BSSC 04 4 Hold (0-10) Hold
FF1
System
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
BSSC: Analog Trunk 0=Disabled/no delay-ring (default)
B=CCU 1
1=Delay-ring to Extension
SS=Slot 01-05
2=Delay-ring to Hunt Group (no Pilot)
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4) 3=Delay-ring to SSD
4=Delay-ring to Attendant Hunt Group
5=UNA “All” port
6=UNA Port #1
7=UNA Port #2
8=UNA Port #3
9=UNA Port #4
10=UNA Port #5
Day1/Day2/Night Delayed Ring Destination
BSSC-041:
D1 D-Destination
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group,
.depending on the setting in the above address.
FF5
Groups
Groups
Day1: FF2 0 BSSC
Day2: FF2 0 BSSC
Night: FF2 0 BSSC
FF6
04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
Destination Number:
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position Extension No. (0-9999)
B=CCU 1
(if “1=Delay-ring to Extension”)
SS=Slot 01-05
(if “2=Delay-ring to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
SSD Code No. (00-79 or 000-799)
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for
(if “3=Delay-ring to SSD”)
Attendant Hunt Grp Pilot No. (0-9999)
LTRK/4)
(if “4=Delay-ring to Attendant”)
default: [no assignment]
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Delayed ringing for DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) trunks is assigned in FF1 4 (pg. 1-236).
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type (pg. 2-15) Day1: FF2 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0-12) Hold Day2: FF2 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold
(0-12) Hold Night: FF2 0 BSSC 03 4 Hold (0-12) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-17
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Section 410-Programming
Exchange Delayed Ring Timer Day1 unanswered calls (pg. 1-185) FF1 1 02 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day2 unanswered calls (pg. 1-185) FF1 1 02 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
Night unanswered calls (pg. 1-186) FF1 1 02 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
DIL Busy (pg. 1-187) FF1 1 02 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
Extension Number Assignments Digital Keyphones and SLTs (pg. 3-6) FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
S-point ISDN Extensions (pg. 3-35) FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Virtual Ports (pg. 3-47) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
ERA Port (pg. 3-55) FF3 4 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Closed Numbering (pg. 6-46) FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
Tandem Relay Exchange (pg. 6-50) FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
Pilot Numbers Attendant Hunt Group (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Hunt Groups (pg. 5-14) FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM24s (pg. 4-9) FF4 0 BSSCC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
DSS/72s (pg. 4-17) FF4 1 BSSCC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
UNA Ringing Port by Tenant Group (pg. 1-165) FF1 0 27 00 (01-72) Hold (0-5) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-49) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
Extensions
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Tenant Group Assignment
BSSC-05 :0
Tenant Group
FF4
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Assign the trunk to a Tenant Group.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 0 BSSC
FF5
05 Hold (0-72) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
FF6
TRS/ARS
Tenant Group No. 1-12 (default 1)
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
Trunks that are assigned to Tenant Group #1 will automatically be assigned to Outbound (MCO-1)
Trunk Group 1 in FF5 2.
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
Maintenance
MOH Source for Trunks (pg. 1-146) FF1 0 12 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
MCO Outbound Trunk Group Members (pg. 5-20) FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-18
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Trunks
Introduction
Introduction
TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night)
BSSC-060 :1
Day1/2 TRS CLS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
Assign a TRS/Call Barring class to the trunk, applicable during Day1 and Day2/Night
modes when the trunk originates an outbound call (such as DISA).
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Day: FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
Night: FF2 0 BSSC
06
1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
FF2
Trunks
TRS Class No. 1-50
FF2
default: 1
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
In case of Auto Configuration, the default for installed trunks are “4”.
Additional cards after Auto Configuration are set to “1” as default.
To enable Call Forward to Outside or Trunk to Trunk, change to “4”.
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-17)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Trunk COS Assignment
BSSC-07 :1
Trunk COS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
FF5
Assign a Class of Service (COS) number to the trunk.
Groups
Groups
FF2 0 BSSC
FF6
BSSC: Analog Trunk Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-8 (or 1-4 for LTRK/4)
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
07 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF6
Trunk COS No. 1-16
TRS/ARS
default: 1
FF7
Applications
Notes:
This Trunk COS Assignment controls the ring tone for incoming calls on this trunk: exchange ring
tone, intercom ring tone, or (for DIL trunks) a specific ring pattern. The COS also controls various
network settings. For more information, see FF1 0 04: Trunk COS Definitions (pg. 1-114).
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Trunk COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-115) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Table (pg. 1-119) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Paging on DISA/Tie-Line Calls (pg. 1-120) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: DISA Security Code Verification (pg. 1-121) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Pattern (pg. 2-8) FF2 0 BSSC 01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type/Destination (pg. 2-15) FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0 thru 5)...
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
Page 2-19
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 410-Programming
2.
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
NOTE:
Introduction
For QSIG ISDN lines, use the programming addresses starting on page 2-85.
Trunk Number Assignment (1st Channel)
Trunk Number
FF2
FF2 1 BSS1 01 Hold (0-096) Hold
Exchange
BSS1: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
1=Circuit 1 (for BRI or PRI)
FF3
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF1
System
Assign a trunk number to the first ISDN channel only. The system will automatically
assign sequential numbers to the remaining channels on the card.
Trunks
FF4
System
Configuration
BSS1-01 :
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
0
Trunk No.
FF3
default: (none)
Extensions
Notes:
2B+D (BRI) : Supports up to 2 trunks (B-channels). Assign Trunk No. to the first B-channel only;
system will automatically assign the next sequential Trunk No. to the second B-channel.
PRI24 (used when PRI/30 card is used for 24-channel mode): Supports up to 24 trunks.
ISPT/30: Supports up to 30 trunks.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
Trunk Numbering (pg. 1-34)
FF4
FF1 0 02 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-20
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Introduction
Introduction
Trunk Connection Type (Point-to-Point/MultiPt)
BSSC-0200:0
Connection Type
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the ISDN line for Point-to-Point connection (for either BRI or PRI), or
Point-to-Multi-Point (BRI only).
0
System
Configuration
FF2 1 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
0=Point-to-Point (default)
1=Point-to-Multi-Point (BRI only)
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
If D-Channel Position (pg. 2-64) is specified, the above address must be set to “0=Point-to-Point”
(default).
Extensions
FF4
FF3
Extensions
For TBRI: If a single TEI (Terminal Endpoint Identifier) is used, set the above address to “0=Pointto-Point” (default). If there are two SPIDs (Service Profile IDs) per BRI assigned, and multiple TEIs
used (up to 8 per BRI), set the above address to “1=Point-to-Multi-Point.” Normally, TEIs are
automatically assigned by the network in a range from 64-126.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
D-Channel Position (pg. 2-64) FF2 1 BSS1 00 0 Hold (BSSC) Hold
Service Profile ID Requirement (pg. 2-71) FF2 1 BSSC 02 06 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
Figure 2-1: BRI Point-to-Multi-Point connection
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
CSU
or
DSU
BRI Card
FF7
Applications
PBX
A
B
PSTN
Applications
C
BRI Terminals - Fax Machines, etc.
FF8
FF7
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-21
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Ring Frequency
BSSC-0201:1
Ring Frequency
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
(for digital phones only) Set the ring frequency for incoming calls on this ISDN line.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 1 BSSC
FF1
02 01 Hold (0-6) Hold
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
System
Configuration
FF1
0=No Ring
1=400/562 Hz (default)
2=1000/1340 Hz
3=400 Hz
4=800/1040 Hz
5=1040/1320 Hz
6=660/1320 Hz
FF2
Trunks
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Distinctive ringing is provided for transferred incoming calls, depending on program settings. See table
on pg. 1-116 for details.
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
Trunk COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-115) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Pattern (pg. 3-10) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 03 06 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Ring Pattern
FF5
Groups
BSSC-0202:1
Ring Cycle PTN
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Set the ring pattern for incoming calls on this ISDN line.
FF2 1 BSSC
Groups
02 02 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
Setting Values
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Synchronise with exchange
1on/2off (in seconds) (default)
2on/1off
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.25on/2.75off
Setting Values
7
8
9
10
11
12
.25on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1.75off
FF8
.75on/.25off/.75on/1.25off
Maintenance
1on/.25off/.25on/1.5off
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
Appendix A
.25on/.25off/.25on/2.25off
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-22
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Notes:
Introduction
If this address is set to “0=Synchronise with exchange,” and the ISDN line’s Ring Type is DID/DNIS
(DDI/CLI) or DISA, the system will automatically use setting 1’s ring pattern.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
If Trunk COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-115) is set to “0=Use trunk’s Ring Pattern”
(default), the above Ring Pattern will apply to all incoming call types: multiple incoming, DIL, DID/
DNIS (DDI/CLI), DISA. However, if the Ring Tone Source is set to “1=Use intercom ring tone,” the
above Ring Pattern will apply only to multiple-incoming calls.
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Trunk COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-115) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS Assignment (pg. 2-34) FF2 1 BSSC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
Ring Type/Destination for T-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-30) FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0 thru 5) Hold...
Ring Pattern (pg. 3-10) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 03 06 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM24 Units (pg. 4-8)
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles (pg. 4-17)
Trunk Connection Type (Exchange or PBX)
FF2
Trunks
BSSC-0300:0
TRK Type CO/PBX
FF3
Extensions
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set whether the ISDN line connects directly to the exchange or is behind a PBX/Centrex.
FF4
FF2 1 BSSC
FF-/Soft Keys
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF4
03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
0=Exchange (default)
1=PBX
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
If set to “1=PBX,” check the PBX Trunk Access Codes (e.g, “dial 9 for an outside line”) in FF1 0 08.
TRS will recognise that the dialled access code (if defined in FF1 0 08) is not part of the dialled phone
number. However, if the user dials anything other than the access code as the first digit, TRS will read
it as part of the dialled phone number.
TRS/ARS
If set to “0=CO” (default), TRS will read all dialled digits as the phone number, regardless of the
settings in FF1 0 08.
Applications
Related Programming:
PBX Trunk Access Codes (pg. 1-141)
FF7
FF8
FF1 0 08 (0001-0006) Hold FL/R (0-9999) Hold
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-23
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
SMDR (Call Logging) for Outbound/Inbound Calls
BSSC-0302:1
SMDR Output/Out
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether outbound/Inbound calls on the ISDN line will be included in SMDR (Call
Logging) records.
0
System
Configuration
Outbound: FF2 1 BSSC 03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Inbound: FF2 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
System
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
0=Do not include in SMDR (Call Logging).
1=Include in SMDR (Call Logging). (default)
FF2
Exchange
Related Programming:
FF3
SMDR (Call Logging) Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-137) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
SMDR Format (pg. 1-142) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Long Talk Alarm
Extensions
BSSC-0305:0
Long-Talk Alarm
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Enable/Disable the alarm tone heard by an extension user during an outbound call
on this ISDN line, if the call lasts longer than the Long Talk Alarm Timer.
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF2 1 BSSC
FF6
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Disable Long Talk Alarm. (default)
1=Enable Long Talk Alarm.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
By default, individual extensions are enabled for the Long Talk Alarm (via Extension COS setting).
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
Long Talk Alarm #1 Timer (pg. 1-190) FF1 1 02 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
Long Talk Alarm #2 Timer (pg. 1-191) FF1 1 02 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm (pg. 1-92) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-24
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Introduction
Introduction
BSSC-0306:0
Alarm Ringing
Alarm Ringing
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enable/Disable Alarm Ringing for incoming calls on this ISDN line that ring
unanswered for longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF2 1 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
0=Disable Alarm Ringing. (default)
1=Enable Alarm Ringing.
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
Alarm Ringing: Ringing frequency/interval changes for an incoming call that rings unanswered for
longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF3
Extensions
Alarm Ringing will not work while Slide Ringing or Delayed Ringing is occurring.
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF4
Ring Alarm Frequency (pg. 1-156) FF1 0 21 0001 Hold (0-6) Hold
Ring Alarm Pattern (pg. 1-157) FF1 0 21 0002 Hold (0-12) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-188) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-189) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-189) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Groups
Slide Ringing
FF6
TRS/ARS
BSSC-0307:0
Slide Ringing
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Enable/Disable Slide Ringing for incoming calls on this ISDN line that ring
unanswered for longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF2 1 BSSC
FF7
TRS/ARS
03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
Applications
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF8
Maintenance
0=Disable Slide Ringing. (default)
1=Enable Slide Ringing.
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Slide Ringing: Applies to extensions that are Slide Ringing-enabled and have trunks (which are also
Slide Ringing-enabled) assigned to FF-keys. An incoming call on the trunk will ring at the assigned
extension or hunt group first (see Day1/2/Night Ring Assignments in FF2). Then, after the Slide Ring/
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-25
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Alarm Ring Timer (in FF1) expires, the call will also begin ringing on the FF-keys (see FF-Key
Feature Assignment in FF4).
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-188) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-189) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-189) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ringing Receive (pg. 3-12) on individual extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 04 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Type/Destination - Day1, Day2, Night (pg. 2-30) FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0-5) Hold (0-6 or 0-9999) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM24s) (pg. 4-9) FF4 0 BSSCC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
FF2
Indirect LCR
Trunks
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
BSSC-0308:0
Indirect LCR
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Enable/Disable the Indirect Least Cost Routing (LCR) function on the ISDN line.
FF2 1 BSSC
FF3
03 08 Hold
(0 or 1) Hold
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
0=Disable Indirect LCR. (default)
1=Enable Indirect LCR.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Notes:
Groups
Groups
Indirect LCR: System will send a pre-assigned code (set in the ARS Dial Conversion Tables) when an
extension seizes the line to make an outgoing call. This feature is used in the U.K. for sending a system
identification PIN number to the exchange.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table (pg. 6-41)
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-26
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Introduction
Introduction
B-Channel Select for Outgoing Calls
BSSC-0309:1
Bch Select
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the method used by the system to seize a B-channel for an outgoing call.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 1 BSSC
FF1
03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
System
Configuration
0=System will select the highest-numbered
channel.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
System
1=System will select the lowest-numbered
channel. (default)
FF2
Trunks
FF1
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
Set this address to the opposite of the exchange’s method, to prevent “glare” (when the same channel is
simultaneously seized by the exchange for an incoming call, and by the system for an outgoing call).
•
•
Select”0=Highest-numbered channel” if the exchange cannot change channels when glare occurs.
Select “1=Lowest-numbered channel” (default) if the exchange can change channels when “glare”
occurs.
If an SLT phone can’t dial long distance over a PRI because a DID is pointed to it, set this address to
“1=Lowest-numbered channel.”
Calling Number Send
BSSC-0312:1
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Calling # Send
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Set whether the system will send the “calling number” (originating phone number)
to the exchange when an outgoing call is placed on this ISDN line.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF2 1 BSSC
03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF7
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
0=Do not send calling number to exchange.
1=Send calling number to exchange. (default)
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Calling Number Area Code, Office Code, Subscriber Number (pg. 2-35) Area Code: FF2 1 BSSC 09 0 Hold (up
to 6 digits) Hold Office Code: FF2 1 BSSC 09 1 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold Subscriber #: FF2 1 BSSC 09 2 Hold (up
to 4 digits) Hold
Calling Number Office Code (pg. 2-64) FF2 1 BSSC 09 1 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
Calling Number Subscriber Number (pg. 2-64) FF2 1 BSSC 09 2 Hold (up to 4 digits) Hold
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-27
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Sub-Address Type
BSSC-0313:0
Sub Address Type
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the coding type used for sub-addressing on the ISDN terminal.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF2 1 BSSC
System
Configuration
03 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=IA5 coding (default)
1=BCD coding
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
IA5 stands for “International Alphabet No. 5” coding. BCD stands for “Binary Coded Decimal”
coding, used for the type of numbers.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF3
Related Programming:
Calling Number Area Code, Office Code, Subscriber Number (pg. 2-35) Area Code: FF2 1 BSSC 09 0 Hold (up
to 6 digits) Hold Office Code: FF2 1 BSSC 09 1 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold Subscriber #: FF2 1 BSSC 09 2 Hold (up
to 4 digits) Hold
Calling Number Office Code (pg. 2-64) FF2 1 BSSC 09 1 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
Calling Number Subscriber Number (pg. 2-64) FF2 1 BSSC 09 2 Hold (up to 4 digits) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
BSSC-0317:1
T309 Timer
T309 Timer
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 3.5 or higher
Enable/Disable the T309 Timer.
FF6
FF2 1 BSSC
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF6
03 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
TRS/ARS
0=Enable T309 Timer
1=Disable T309 Timer (default)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
The ICX does not support the T309 timer. This is a 90-second timer that is initiated on a Layer 2 failure.
If Layer 2 fails for any reason, a Restart is initiated to recover the link.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-28
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Introduction
Introduction
BSSC-0322:1
En Bloc/Overlap Digit Send
Send Digit
(all CPCs) - Version 3.5 or higher
Specify the method for sending dialled digits on the T-point ISDN line.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF2 1 BSSC
System
Configuration
03 22 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
0=En Bloc sending - all digits at once
1=Overlap sending - send each digit
as it is dialled (default)
FF1
System
FF2
Notes:
Trunks
The “0=En Bloc” setting allows for screening of digits before they are sent. This has the effect of a
delay before the exchange processes the call, unless the user presses # after dialling.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
The “1=Overlap” (default) setting sends each digit as it is dialled. This setting is dependent on exchange
provisioning; most exchanges support either method.
DID/DDI or MSN Trunk
BSSC-0323:0
DID/MSN Select
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Select the type of ISDN line for incoming calls: DID/DDI or MSN (Multiple Subscriber Numbering).
FF5
FF2 1 BSSC
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF5
03 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Groups
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position - 0=DID (DDI) (up to 4 digits; use FF1 4 01-04) (default)
B=CCU 1
1=MSN (up to 10 digits; use FF1 4 07-08)
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Notes:
For DID (DDI)s ringing in on ISDN-PRI trunks, the following two addresses must be manually set:
Network Interface No. (pg. 2-60) -- set to “4=NI-2”
Progress Indicator IE (pg. 2-62) -- set to “1=Use”
Related Programming:
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Tables - A and B Sides (pg. 1-236) FF1 4 (01 thru 04)
MSN Dial Table (pg. 1-245) FF1 4 (07 and 08)
Network Interface No. (pg. 2-60) FF2 1 BSSC 03 14 Hold (0-5) Hold
Progress Indicator IE (pg. 2-62) FF2 1 BSSC 03 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-29
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
BSSC-040 :0
Day1/day2/Night Ring Type
Day1 Ring Type
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the ISDN line’s ringing type for incoming calls during Day1, Day2, Night
mode.
System
Trunks
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
System
Configuration
Day1: FF2 1 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-12) Hold
Day2: FF2 1 BSSC 04 2 Hold (0-12) Hold
Night: FF2 1 BSSC 04 4 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF1
FF2
0
0=Multiple Incoming (default)
1=DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI)
2=DISA
3=DIL to Extension
4=DIL to Hunt Group (no Pilot)
5=DIL to SSD
6=DIL to Attendant Hunt Group
FF1
System
7=UNA “All” port
8=UNA Port #1
9=UNA Port #2
10=UNA Port #3
11=UNA Port #4
12=UNA Port #5
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Destination
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
BSSC-041 :
D1 Destination
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group
for a DIL (Direct In-Line) setting in the above address.
FF5
Groups
Groups
Day1: FF2 1 BSSC
Day2: FF2 1 BSSC
Night: FF2 1 BSSC
FF6
04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF6
TRS/ARS
Destination Number:
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position Extension No. (0-9999)
B=CCU 1
(if “3=DIL to Extension”)
Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
SS=Slot 01-05
(if “4=DIL to Hunt Group”)
SSD Code No. (00-79 or 000-799)
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI) (if “5=DIL to SSD”)
Attendant Hunt Grp Pilot No. (0-9999)
(if “6=DIL to Attendant”)
default: [no assignment]
FF8
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Notes:
When the system receives the digits from the exchange on the ISDN line, it will handle the call as a DID
(DDI) call.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Multiple Incoming: An incoming call on this trunk can ring on multiple extensions, if they have an
exchange or MCO FF-key line appearance for it (see FF4: Trunk FF-Key addresses starting on pg. 412).
Page 2-30
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Ring destinations for DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) trunks are assigned in FF1 4 (pg. 1-236). DISA trunks do
not require a ring destination assignment (the DISA caller can dial the desired extension after entering
the system).
Introduction
0
Extension Nos. as Ring Destinations: Acceptable entries include anything that is assigned an
Extension No. (Virtual Ports, Closed Nos., Pilot Nos.). Select “3=DIL to Extension” and enter the
assigned Extension No. (not the port no.) as the destination.
0
FF1
Hunt Groups as Ring Destinations: The “4=DIL to Hunt Group (no Pilot)” setting is for Extension
Hunt Groups that don’t use Pilot Nos. (Switchback or Circular hunting). For Extension Hunt Groups
that do use Pilot Nos. (Pilot Terminal or Pilot Distributed hunting), select “3=DIL to Extension” and
enter the Pilot No. as the destination.
FF1
System
Configuration
System
FF2
Trunks
System
Configuration
System
ERA: External Ringing Adapter Connected to the external paging audio port on the SCC Card, the
ERA provides 5 zone ports for external UNA (Universal Night Answer) ringing, in which users hear
incoming calls over the paging loudspeaker and can retrieve them on a “first-in, first-answer” basis.
The ERA audio port is programmed in FF3 4 (pg. 3-55). UNA ports are programmed either by Tenant
Group assignment or by direct trunk ringing; see pg. 1-166 for more information.
FF2
Trunks
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF3
Extension Number Assignments Digital Keyphones and SLTs (pg. 3-6) FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
S-point ISDN Extensions (pg. 3-35) FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Virtual Ports (pg. 3-47) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
ERA Port (pg. 3-55) FF3 4 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Closed Numbering (pg. 6-46) FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
Tandem Relay Exchange (pg. 6-50) FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
Pilot Numbers Attendant Hunt Group (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Hunt Groups (pg. 5-14) FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM24s (pg. 4-9) FF4 0 BSSCC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
DSS/72s (pg. 4-17) FF4 1 BSSCC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
UNA Ringing Port by Tenant Group (pg. 1-165) FF1 0 27 00 (01-72) Hold (0-5) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-49) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-31
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Day1/Day2/Night Delayed Ring Type
BSSC-050 :0
Day1 D-Ring Type
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the ISDN line’s delayed-ringing type during Day1, Day2, Night mode.
NOTE: Day1/day2/Night Ring Type (pg. 2-30) must be either “DIL” or “Multiple
Incoming” in order to set Day1 Delayed Ringing; DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) and DISA do
not apply here.
0
System
Configuration
Day1: FF2 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (0-10) Hold
Day2: FF2 1 BSSC 05 2 Hold (0-10) Hold
Night: FF2 1 BSSC 05 4 Hold (0-10) Hold
FF1
System
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF2
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Extensions
0=Disabled/no delay-ring (default)
1=Delay-ring to Extension
2=Delay-ring to Hunt Group (no Pilot)
3=Delay-ring to SSD
4=Delay-ring to Attendant HuntGrp
Exchange
5=UNA “All” port
6=UNA Port #1
7=UNA Port #2
8=UNA Port #3
9=UNA Port #4
10=UNA Port #5
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Day1/Day2/Night Delayed Destination
FF5
Groups
FF8
Maintenance
FF5
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group,
depending on the setting in the above address.
Groups
Day1: FF2 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (0-10) Hold
Day2: FF2 1 BSSC 05 3 Hold (0-10) Hold
Night: FF2 1 BSSC 05 5 Hold (0-10) Hold
TRS/ARS
Applications
Day1 D-Ring Type
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
FF7
BSSC-050 :0
BSSC: T-point ISDN
Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI)
or 1 (PRI)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Destination Number:
(if “1=delay-ring to Extension”)
(if “2=delay-ring to Hunt Group”)
(if “3=delay-ring to SSD”)
(if “4=delay-ring to Attendant”)
Extension No. (0-9999)
Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
SSD Code No. (00-79 or 000-799)
Attendant Hunt Grp Pilot No. (0-9999)
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
default: [no assignment]
Notes:
Delayed ringing for DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) lines is assigned in FF1 4 (pg. 1-236).
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Day1/day2/Night Ring Type (pg. 2-30)
Page 2-32
•
FF2 1 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-12) Hold
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Exchange Delayed Ring Timer Day1 unanswered calls (pg. 1-185) FF1 1 02 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day2 unanswered calls (pg. 1-185) FF1 1 02 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
Night unanswered calls (pg. 1-186) FF1 1 02 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
DIL Busy (pg. 1-187) FF1 1 02 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
Extension Number Assignments Digital Keyphones and SLTs (pg. 3-6) FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
S-point ISDN Extensions (pg. 3-35) FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Virtual Ports (pg. 3-47) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
ERA Port (pg. 3-55) FF3 4 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Closed Numbering (pg. 6-46) FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
Tandem Relay Exchange (pg. 6-50) FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
Pilot Numbers Attendant Hunt Group (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Hunt Groups (pg. 5-14) FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM24s (pg. 4-9) FF4 0 BSSCC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
DSS/72s (pg. 4-17) FF4 1 BSSCC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
UNA Ringing Port by Tenant Group (pg. 1-165) FF1 0 27 00 (01-72) Hold (0-5) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-49) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
Extensions
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Tenant Group Assignment (B-Channel)
BSSC-060 :0
TRK#001 Tenant G
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF4
Assign the B-channels of an ISDN line to Tenant Groups.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 1 BSSC
06
(00-30)
Hold
(0-12)
Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF5
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI)
or 1 (PRI)
B-Channel:
00=B-Channel 1
01=B-Channel 2
02=B-Channel 3
....
Tenant Group No. 1-12
default: 0 (no Tenant Group assigned)
Groups
0-12 = T.Group No.1-12 (default 1)
FF6
TRS/ARS
or 30=B-Channel 31
NOTE: B-Channel 31 is available
when common D-Channel is used.
FF7
Applications
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Trunks that are assigned to Tenant Group #1 will automatically be assigned to Outbound (MCO-1)
Trunk Group 1 in FF5 2.
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
MOH Source for Trunks (pg. 1-146) FF1 0 12 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
MCO Outbound Trunk Group Members (pg. 5-20) FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-33
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night)
BSSC-070 :1
Day1/2 TRS CLS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign a TRS/Call Barring class to the ISDN line, applicable during Day1 and Day2/Night
modes when the trunk originates an outbound call (such as DISA).
Day: FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
Night: FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF1
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
Trunks
TRS Class 1-50 for Day Mode
default: 1
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF3
In case of Auto Configuration, the default for installed trunks are “4”.
Additional cards after Auto Configuration are set to “1” as default.
To enable Call Forward to Outside or Trunk to Trunk, change to “4”.
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-17)
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Trunk COS Assignment
BSSC-08 :1
Trunk COS
FF5
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Assign a Trunk Class of Service (COS) to the ISDN line.
Groups
FF2 1 BSSC
FF6
08 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Trunk Class of Service 1-16
default: 1
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
This Trunk COS Assignment controls the ring tone for incoming calls on this ISDN line: exchange
ring tone, intercom ring tone, or (for DIL trunks) a specific ring pattern. The Trunk COS also controls
various network settings. See FF1 0 04: Trunk COS Definitions (pg. 1-114).
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Trunk COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-115) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Table (pg. 1-119) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: Paging on DISA/Tie-Line Calls (pg. 1-120) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS: DISA Security Code Verification (pg. 1-121) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Pattern (pg. 2-22) FF2 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0-12) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 2-34
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type/Destination (pg. 2-30)
FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0 thru 5)...
Calling Number
Area Code, Office Code, Subscriber Number
Introduction
BSSC-090 :
Area Code
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign a Calling Number Area Code, Office Code or Subscriber Number to the
ISDN line.
FF1
System
FF2
Area Code: FF2 1 BSSC 09 0 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
Office Code: FF2 1 BSSC 09 1 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
Subscriber #: FF2 1 BSSC 09 2 Hold (up to 4 digits) Hold
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
BSSC: T-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Area Code, Office Code (max. 6 digits)
Subscriber Number (max. 4 digits)
FF3
default: [no assignment]
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
This Calling Number Area Code, Office Code or Subscriber Number will be sent to the exchange
for outbound calls on the ISDN line, along with other Calling Number digits (if assigned) in the
following sequence:
Calling Number Area Code + Calling Number Office Code + Subscriber Number
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
Calling Number Send (pg. 2-27)
FF4
FF2 1 BSSC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 2-35
FF2 1: T-point ISDN Lines
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0
0
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Page 2-36
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Introduction
Introduction
3. Extension Programming (FF3)
0
Use the FF3 addresses in this chapter to set parameters for extensions in the
ICX phone system:
System
Configuration
FF3 0: Digital Keyphones and SLTs
FF3 1: S-Point ISDN Extensions
FF3 2: Virtual Ports
FF3 4: ERA Extension Port
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
This chapter covers the following FF3 addresses:
FF2
Trunks
FF2
FF Key Address
Topic
Default (all)
Page
FF3 0: Digital Keyphones and SLTs
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
3-3
FF3 0 BSSCC 00 Hold (1-3; 51-56*) Hold Phone Type
1 (dig.keyph/SLT)
FF3 0 BSSCC 01 Hold (1-5) Hold
Phone Version
auto-detect
FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment
(none)
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SLT Hookflash
0 (Detect)
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SLT Dial Type
1 (DTMF)
3-5
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 02 Hold (0-3) Hold
SLT On-Hook Detection Timer
0 (240ms detect;
160ms ignore)
3-5
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 03 Hold (0-3) Hold
SLT Hookflash Timer
0 (80 to 176 ms)
3-6
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 05 Hold (1-6) Hold
Ring Frequency
1 (400/562 Hz)
3-6
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 06 Hold (0-12) Hold
Ring Pattern
0 (use trunk’s Ring
Pattern in FF2)
3-7
Groups
Trunks
3-3
FF3
Extensions
3-4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Auto Answer (Handset)
1 (Enabled)
3-8
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ringing Line Preference (ON/OFF)
0 (Disabled)
3-8
FF6
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing Receive
0 (Disabled)
3-8
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Busy Override on Trunk Key
0 (Disabled)
3-9
TRS/ARS
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Auto Camp-On Receive
0 (Disabled)
3-10
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Off-Hook Signal
1 (Enabled)
3-10
FF7
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Voice Mail Port
0 (Not a VM port)
3-11
Applications
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SLT Fixed Ring Pattern
0 (Different)
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
End-to-End Signalling
1 (Enabled)
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Message Waiting LED
1 (Enabled)
3-11
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Data Security
0 (Allow interrupt)
3-12
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Large-LCD Fixed Menu Display During Idle 1 (Allowed)
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Key Operation: Direct Calls
1 (Ignored)
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Key Operation: HOLD
0 (Ignored)
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Key Operation: Multiple Call Pickup
0 (Retrieve call)
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Key Operation: Brokers Hold
0 (Disabled)
3-12
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
System Mode Display
0 (Disabled)
3-13
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Flash on PROG (Recall)
1 (Send flash)
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
Page 3-1
FF3: Extensions
Section 410-Programming
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 18 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Call Duration Display
0 (Enabled)
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 19 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Volume Control
1 (Separate)
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Loop (AEC) Disconnect Signal for VM
0 (No signal)
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Flash Signal Control
0 (Send flash)
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 22 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Variable Mode Release
0 (Release)
3-14
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
MCO Prime Line
0 (Disabled)
3-14
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Forced Account Codes
0 (Not Forced)
3-15
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Verified Account Codes
0 (Unverified)
3-16
FF1
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 27 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Hot Dial Pad
0 (Disabled)
3-17
FF1
System
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 30 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
NPDN Key: Outbound Call Restriction
0 (Allow)
3-17
System
FF3 0 BSSCC 05 Hold (1-12) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment
1
3-18
Day: FF3 0 BSSCC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night)
Night: FF3 0 BSSCC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
1
3-18
FF3 0 BSSCC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
Extension COS Assignment
1
3-19
FF3 0 BSSCC 08 Hold (1-8) Hold
Extension Digital Pad Class Assignment
1 (Analog)
3 (Digital)
3-19
FF3 0 BSSCC 10 Hold (0-8) Hold
Station Timer Class Assignment
0 (use Sys.timers)
3-20
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Introduction
3-13
FF3 1: S-Point ISDN Extensions
21
0
System
Configuration
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF3 1 BSS1 00 0 Hold (BSSC) Hold
Common D-Channel Position
(none)
FF3 1 BSS1 00 1 Hold (1-127) Hold
D-Channel Interface ID Code
(none)
FF4
FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment
(none)
3-21
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3 1 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Connection Type
0 (Point-to-Point)
3-22
FF3 1 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Passive Bus
0 (Short Loop)
3-22
FF3 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0-2) Hold
Layer 1 Operate Mode
0 (Active)
3-23
FF5
FF3 1 BSSC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
B-Channel Select
0 (Highest-No.’d)
3-23
Groups
FF3 1 BSSC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
B-Channel Numbering (Layer 3)
1 (Channel No.’g)
FF3 1 BSSC 03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Call ID Length
0 (1byte/BRI)
1 (2byte/PRI)
FF3 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Called Party Number (CPN)
0 (no indication)
3-24
FF3 1 BSSC 03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Called Sub-Address Indication
0 (no indication)
3-24
FF3 1 BSSC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Progress Tone
1 (Send)
3-25
FF3 1 BSSC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Data Security
0 (Off)
3-25
FF3 1 BSSC 03 08 Hold (0-2) Hold
En Bloc/Overlap Digit Send
2 (Auto-Select)
3-25
FF3 1 BSSC 04 Hold (1-12) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment
1
3-26
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
1
3-27
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
1
3-27
FF8
FF3 1 BSSC 06 Hold (1-16) Hold
Extension COS Assignment
1
3-27
FF8
Maintenance
FF3 1 BSSC 09 Hold (0-8) Hold
Station Timer Class Assignment
0 (use Sys.timers)
3-28
Maintenance
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF3 2: Virtual Ports
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF5
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
3-28
Extension Number Assignment
(none)
3-28
FF3 2 (001-576) 01 00 Hold (1-6) Hold
Ring Frequency
1 (400/562Hz)
3-29
FF3 2 (001-576) 01 01 Hold (1-12) Hold
Ring Pattern
1 (1on/2off)
3-30
FF3 2 (001-096) 02 Hold (1-12) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment
1
3-30
FF3 2 (001-096) 03 Hold (1-16) Hold
Extension COS Assignment
1
3-31
•
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF3 2 (001-096) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Page 3-2
FF4
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF3: Extensions
FF3 4: ERA Extension Port
FF3 4 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
0
System
Configuration
3-31
ERA Port: Extension Number
(none)
3-31
FF3 0: Digital Keyphones and SLTs
0
System
Configuration
Note for the S-ICX: In the following addresses, the “SS” Slot range in
“BSSCC” port position is 1 digit in length for Free Slots 01-05, 06 for
IS1(8DEC), and 07 for IS2 (API-AEC). Also, the “CC” Circuit (port)
position is 2 digits in length to accommodate new high-density cards:
FF1
System
01-04:
01-08:
01-16:
01-24:
FF2
Trunks
FF1
System
for SAEC/4
for DEC/8 or AEC/8
for DEC/16 (high-density/16-port)
for DEC/24 (high-density/24-port)
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Introduction
FF3
Phone Type
BSSC-00 :1
Extensions
Phone Type
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
Define the type of phone at the extension port.
In future, designate the AEC or DEC voice ports for each API unit.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3 0 BSSCC 00 Hold (1-3; 51-56*) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
BSSCC: Extension Port Position
B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
(S-ICX) Port position of AEC or DEC
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Groups
3=DSS/72
2= EM24
1 = Digital Keyphone, SLT, SBS,
or A-Series Keyphone (default)
*(S-ICX: Future Use)
51= AEC/DEC port to PanaVoice unit 1
52= AEC/DEC port to PanaVoice unit 2
53= AEC/DEC port to PanaVoice unit 3
54= AEC port to PVoice Courier ACD 1
55= AEC port to PVoice Courier ACD 2
56= AEC port to PVoice Courier ACD 3
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Maintenance
The setting “1=Digital Keyphone, SLT, SBS or A-Series Keyphone” (default) is automatically
detected by the system when the phone is plugged into the port.
Appendix A
EM24 units and DSS/72 consoles require their own port, separate from the phone. To mate them with a
phone, give both ports the same Extension Number (see next page). Up to 5 DSS/72s can be attached to
a digital keyphone. EM24 units are limited to 1 per digital keyphone.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-3
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
When this address is assigned, FF3 0 programming for these ports changes to API special programming.
Only those API-applicable addresses can be programmed for these ports.
Introduction
Voice ports are called “Virtual Terminals” in the display.
0
Maximum number of EM24s and DSS/72s per system is determined by the CPC used:
System
Configuration
MAXIMUM AVAILABLE
SETTINGS PER SYSTEM
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
S-ICX
(single cabinet)
CPC-HS CPC-HM
max. no. of EM24 units:
(max. no. if mated w/phones:)
24
12
56
28
max. no. of DSS/72 consoles:
4
4
FF1
System
EM24s and DSS/72s can have Automatic BLF key assignments (S-ICX: see pg. Intro-9).
FF2
Exchange
FF2
Related Programming:
Exchange
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4) FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Automatic BLF on DSS and EM24 Units (pg. 1-26) FF1 0 01 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Extension Number Assignment
BSSC-02 :
EXT Number
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
(S-ICX) Port position of AEC or DEC
FF6
TRS/ARS
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Groups
FF7
FF4
Assign an extension number (0-9999) to the extension port. For the S-ICX,
assign extension numbers to the Voice Ports for dial access to the 3rd-party(or BLK-DOWN)
VM/ACD system.
Groups
Extension Number (0-9999)
FF6
default: [no assignment]
TRS/ARS
FF7
Notes:
Press soft key #10 (BLK_DOWN) instead of the last HOLD in the above address, to scroll to the next
BSSC extension port position and assign it an Extension Number (stay in same address).
EM24 units and DSS/72 consoles require their own port, separate from the phone. To mate them with a
phone, give both ports the same Extension Number. Up to 5 DSS/72s can be attached to a digital
keyphone. EM24 units are limited to 1 per digital keyphone.
To view current BSSC/Extension No. assignments in normal operating mode, press: ON/OFF CONF 90,
then enter the Extension No. The BSSC position for that Extension No. will display. Press ON/OFF
again to exit.
Appendix B
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 3-4
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF3: Extensions
If extension number is manually assigned here, the extension numbers are automatically copied to API
Port Extension Numbers in FF7 2. The same applies in reverse; if manually assigned in FF7 2,
autocopies go to FF3 0.
Related Programming:
Phone Type (pg. 3-3)
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSCC 00 Hold (1-3; 51-56*) Hold
SLT Dial Type
BSSC-0301: 1
FF1
System
SLT Type DP/PB
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the dial signalling type for SLT phones.
FF2
FF2
Trunks
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 01
FF3
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
Extensions
Hold
Exchange
(0 or 1) Hold
FF3
0=Dial pulse
1=DTMF (default)
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
SLT On-Hook Detection Timer
BSSC-0302 :0
SLT ON-HK Timer
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set minimum on-hook time (how long hookswitch must be held down) before
the system disconnects the call. The setting value depends on the setting in .
FF6
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 02
TRS/ARS
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF6
Hold (0-3) Hold
0:
1:
2:
3:
TRS/ARS
240 ms (default)
1008 ms
1200 ms
1504 ms
FF7
Applications
Notes:
If the hookswitch is held down for less than this timer, but longer than the SLT Hookflash Timer (see
next address), the system will recognise it as a hookflash.
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
SLT Hookflash (pg. 3-6)
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SLT Hookflash Timer (pg. 3-6)
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 03 Hold (0-3) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-5
FF3: Extensions
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
SLT Hookflash Timer
BSSC-0303 :0
SLT Hooking TM
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set minimum on-hook time (how long hookswitch must be held down) before
the system recognises it as a hookflash.
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 03 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1
FF1
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
System
FF2
Exchange
System
0=80-176 ms (default-U.K.)
1=96-176 ms
2=208 ms
3=208 ms
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
If the hookswitch is held down for less than this timer, system will ignore the hookflash.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
If the hookswitch is held down for longer than this timer, but shorter than the SLT On-Hook Detection
Timer (see previous address), system will recognise it as a hookflash.
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF4
SLT Hookflash (pg. 3-6)
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SLT On-Hook Detection Timer (pg. 3-5)
FF3 0 BSSCC 03 02 Hold (0-3) Hold
Ring Frequency
FF3
FF-/Soft Keys
BSSC-0305:1
Ring Frequency
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
(for digital phones only) Set the ring frequency for incoming trunk calls on this extension.
FF6
FF3 0 BSSCC
TRS/ARS
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF6
03 05 Hold (1-6) Hold
TRS/ARS
1=400/562 Hz (default)
2=1000/1340 Hz
3=400 Hz
4=800/1040 Hz
5=1040/1320 Hz
6=660/1320 Hz
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
If the extension’s Ring Pattern (see next address) is set to “0=follow trunk’s Ring Pattern” (default),
an incoming exchange call will ring according to the trunk’s setting in FF2. Otherwise, the extension’s
Ring Pattern and Ring Frequency will be used for the incoming exchange call.
All incoming intercom calls will have intercom ring (2 short beeps, followed by 3 seconds of silence)
regardless of the above setting.
Page 3-6
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF3: Extensions
Distinctive ringing is provided for transferred incoming calls, depending on program settings. See table
on pg. 1-116 for details.
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Ring Frequency/Pattern for...
analog trunks (pg. 2-8) FF2 0 BSSC 01 11 Hold (0-6) Hold (0-12) Hold
analog Ac15 tie lines (pg. 2-37) FF2 0 BSSC 01 11 Hold (1-6) Hold (0-12) Hold
S-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-57) FF2 1 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0-6) Hold (0-12) Hold
Ring Pattern
0
System
Configuration
BSSC-0306:0
Ring Cycle PTN
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the ring pattern for incoming trunk calls on this extension.
FF2
FF3 0 BSSCC
Trunks
FF2
03 06 Hold (0-12) Hold
Exchange
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Setting Values
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
follow trunk’s FF2 Ring Pattern (default)
1on/2off (in seconds)
2on/1off
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.25on/2.75off
7
8
9
10
11
12
.25on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1.75off
FF4
.75on/.25off/.75on/1.25off
FF-/Soft Keys
1on/.25off/.25on/1.5off
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Applications
Groups
Continuous tone
.25on/.25off/.25on/2.25off
FF6
Notes:
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF5
TRS/ARS
If the above address is set to “0=follow trunk’s FF2 Ring Pattern” (default), an incoming exchange
call will ring according to the trunk setting in FF2. Otherwise, the extension’s Ring Pattern and Ring
Frequency will be used for the incoming exchange call.
FF7
Applications
All incoming intercom calls will ring as normal intercom calls regardless of the above setting.
Related Programming:
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Trunk COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-115) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Frequency/Pattern for...
analog trunks (pg. 2-8) FF2 0 BSSC 01 11 Hold (0-6) Hold (0-12) Hold
analog AC15 tie lines (pg. 2-37) FF2 0 BSSC 01 11 Hold (1-6) Hold (0-12) Hold
T-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-57) FF2 1 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0-6) Hold (0-12) Hold
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-7
FF3: Extensions
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Auto Answer (Handset)
BSSC-0400:1
Auto Answer
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the trunk key must be pressed to answer an incoming call, or
whether the call can be answered by simply picking up the handset.
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 00 Hold
0
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
System
FF2
0=Pick up handset AND press trunk key.
1=Pick up handset only. (default)
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Exchange
Ringing Line Preference (ON/OFF)
Ring PREF ON/OFF
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 01 Hold
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF3
Extensions
Set whether the trunk key must be pressed to answer an incoming call, or if the
call can be answered by pressing ON/OFF.
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
BSSC-0401:0
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF5
System
FF4
(0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
0=Must press trunk key to pick up call. (default)
1=Simply press ON/OFF to pick up the call.
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Slide Ringing Receive
BSSC-0402:0
Slide Ringing
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Enable/Disable the extension for receiving a Slide Ringing call.
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 02 Hold
FF8
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
Maintenance
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Do not allow Slide Ringing receive. (default)
FF8
Maintenance
1=Allow Slide Ringing receive.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-8
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF3: Extensions
Notes:
Introduction
Slide Ringing: An unanswered trunk call begins ringing on other extensions with a line appearance
(FF-key) for that trunk (equivalent to delayed ringing on an MCO key).
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-19) on analog trunks FF2 0 BSSC 02 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-65) on T-point ISDN lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-188) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-189) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-189) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
System
Busy Override on Trunk Key
BSSC-0403:0
CO-Key Override
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Exchange
Enable/Disable the extension’s ability to barge into a trunk call by pressing the
trunk FF-key.
FF3
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
(0 or 1) Hold
FF3
0=Do not allow Busy Override on
trunk key. (default)
1=Allow Busy Override on trunk key.
FF4
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 03 Hold
Extensions
Extensions
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
The extension must have a Direct Trunk appearance (an MCO line appearance won’t work).
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM24s) (pg. 4-9)
(Code) Hold
FF4 0 BSSCC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-9
FF3: Extensions
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Auto Camp-On Receive
BSSC-0404:0
Auto Camp-On
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enable/Disable the ability of other extensions to automatically “camp” onto
this (busy) extension simply by calling it.
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 04 Hold
0
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
System
FF2
Exchange
0=Do not allow Auto Camp-On Receive.
(default)
System
1=Allow Auto Camp-On Receive.
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
Set this address to “1=Allow” to receive a second call.
FF3
Camped-on calls will follow the extension’s Call Forward/No-Answer timeout and destination settings.
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Send (pg. 1-80) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 28 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Receive (pg. 1-81) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 29 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
Exchange Off-Hook Signal
BSSC-0405:1
Off-Hook Signal
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Groups
Set whether the extension phone will indicate a second incoming call during
talk. This setting must be activated for Exchange Off-Hook Signal and intercom
camp-on.
FF6
FF6
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 05 Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF5
(0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
0=Do not ring during talk.
1=Ring during talk.
Applications
FF8
Notes:
Digital keyphones indicate a second multiple-incoming call with a “beep” on-speaker. SLT phones
“beep” in the receiver.
Maintenance
Multiple Incoming: An incoming trunk call can ring on multiple extensions that have an FF-key line
appearance for it (see Trunk FF-Key addresses in FF4).
Appendix A
Appendix A
The destination extensions for receiving Multiple Incoming trunk calls are assigned in FF4.
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-10
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF3: Extensions
Related Programming:
Introduction
Trunk FF-Key ...
Outbound Call Restriction (pg. 4-12) FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF (0 or 1) Hold
Inbound Answer Restriction (pg. 4-13) FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day1 Ringing (pg. 4-13) FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1) Hold
Day2 Ringing (pg. 4-14) FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1) Hold
Night Ringing (pg. 4-15) FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1) Hold
No-Ring Auto Answer (pg. 4-16) FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1) Hold
Voice Mail Port
0
System
Configuration
BSSC-0406:0
VoiceMail Port
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set whether this extension port is used for 3rd-Party Voice Mail connection.
FF2
FF2
Trunks
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Exchange
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=This extension is not a voice mail
port. (default)
FF3
Extensions
1=This extension is a voice mail port.
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
Loop (AEC) Disconnect Signal for VM (pg. 3-13) FF3 0 BSSCC 04 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-19) FF3 0 BSSCC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF1 0 23 and 24: Voice Mail Codes (pg. 1-159)
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-23) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
Extension COS: Priority Message-Waiting Send (VM) (pg. 1-76) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Message Waiting LED
BSSC-0409:1
MW LED Control
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Enable/Disable Message Waiting LED on the extension for messages received
from other extensions.
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 09 Hold
FF8
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
Maintenance
Appendix A
(0 or 1) Hold
FF8
0=Disable Message Waiting LED.
Maintenance
1=Enable Message Waiting LED. (default)
Notes:
Appendix A
Even if this is set to “0=Disable,” the phone’s LCD display will indicate the Message-Waiting.
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-11
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Message-Waiting can now be sent during a Voice call without first having to switch to Tone calling.
Introduction
Related Programming:
Extension COS: Message-Waiting Send (pg. 1-77)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
Configuration
Data Security
BSSC-0410:0
Data Security
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
System
Enable/Disable interruptions such as Busy Override-Receive on this extension.
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 10 Hold
FF2
FF1
(0 or 1) Hold
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF3
Extensions
0=Allow interruptions on this extension.
(default)
FF3
1=Do not allow interruptions.
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
Set this address to “1=Do not allow interruptions” to protect data transmission.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Trunk Key Operation: Brokers Hold
FF5
Groups
BSSC-0415:0
CO Key OPT 4
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 15 Hold
FF6
FF5
Groups
Enable/Disable the Brokers Hold feature on a digital keyphone extension.
(0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU1
SS=Slot 01-07
FF7
0=Disable Brokers Hold. (default)
1=Enable Brokers Hold.
FF7
Applications
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Brokers Hold: The ability to toggle between two calls on trunk keys by pressing HOLD.
•
If this address is left at the default ”0=Disable,” the extension user will receive intercom dial tone
after putting the second call on hold (both calls will be on hold).
•
If this address is set to “1=Enable,” the first call will be automatically retrieved when the second call
is put on hold.
(the following applies only if Brokers Hold is left at default ”0=Disable”) If an appearance call (on an
FF-key) and a non-appearance call (on "INT" LED - no FF-key) are both on hold...
Appendix B
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 3-12
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
•
•
FF3: Extensions
the appearance call’s FF-key will blink. Retrieve it by pressing the FF-key.
Introduction
the "INT" LED will blink for the non-appearance call. Retrieve it by pressing HOLD.
0
0
System
Configuration
System Mode Display
BSSC-0416:0
S-Mode Display
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
System
System
Configuration
Enable/Disable the display of System Mode status (Day1/Day2/Night) on the
extension’s LCD.
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 16 Hold
FF1
System
(0 or 1) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF3
0=Do not display System Mode. (default)
Exchange
1=Display System Mode.
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
By default, in Extension COS: System Mode Switch (pg. 1-78), only the Attendant can change the
system mode.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Extension COS: System Mode Switch (pg. 1-78)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 26 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Groups
Loop (AEC) Disconnect Signal for VM
BSSC-0420:0
Loop Disconnect
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Enable/Disable a 1-second (open-loop) disconnect signal sent from this extension port at
hang-up, allowing for quick-disconnect from 3rd-Party and Built-In Voice Mail systems.
FF7
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 20 Hold
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF7
(0 or 1) Hold
Applications
0=Do not send Loop Disconnect signal. (default)
1=Send Loop Disconnect signal.
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Voice Mail Port (pg. 3-11)
Appendix A
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-13
FF3: Extensions
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Variable Mode Release
BSSC-0422:0
Variable Mode
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the phone stays in Variable Mode after the extension user executes
a feature in Variable Mode. This address applies to Small Display phones
only. (Large Display phones will automatically stay in Variable Mode.)
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 22 Hold
0
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF2
Exchange
0=Release Variable Mode. (default)
1=Stay in Variable Mode.
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Variable Mode: Activated via an FF-key programmed with the Variable Mode feature code. Provides
one-touch access to features on Large Display and Small Display phones. While Variable Mode is
activated (the FF-key will be lit red), a different menu of features can appear for each call state
(intercom calling, exchange dial tone, trunk call, and busy tone). Any of these features can be executed
during the call state in which they appear, by pressing the soft key next to the displayed feature.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
Soft Key Feature Assignment (pg. 4-23)
FF4 2 BSSCC 0 (01-30) Hold (Code) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
MCO Prime Line
BSSC-0423:0
MCO Preference
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Enable/Disable the MCO Prime Line feature on the extension.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1)
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
0=Disable MCO Prime Line. (default)
FF7
Applications
1=Enable MCO Prime Line.
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
MCO Prime Line: When the user picks up the handset (ON/OFF not affected; it always gets intercom
dial tone), the 1st-priority MCO group is picked up automatically.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
Related Programming:
FF1 3: MCO Access in Tenant Groups (pg. 1-229)
Page 3-14
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
Forced Account Codes
BSSC-0424:0
Forced ACCD
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Enable/Disable “Forced” entry of Account Codes for calls on this extension.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 24 Hold
FF1
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Disabled/Not Forced (default)
1=Enabled/Forced
Exchange
Account Codes: The user dials the feature code for Account Code Entry (#8 by default), the Account
Code (1-10 digits long), and # before dialling an outbound call. Or, during an inbound call, the user
dials MEMORY # [Account Code] #. Account Codes are useful for allocating telephone expenses on
SMDR reports. They are also useful (as Forced, Not Forced, Verified, or Unverified) for overriding the
extension’s TRS/Call Barring Class for outbound calls that are “exceptions to the rule,” as shown in the
following table.
Table 3-1. Account Codes and their interaction with TRS/Call Barring for outbound calls
(FF3 0 BSSC 04 24)
Are Account Codes
Forced or Not Forced
on this extension?
(FF3 0 BSSC 04 25)
Are Account Codes
Verified or Unverified
on this extension?
This TRS Class determines whether to allow the call or not...
Forced
Verified*
system-wide TRS Class for Account Code TRS Class
Forced Account Codes
(FF8 1 04)
(FF1 0 19)
Forced
Unverified
system-wide TRS Class for Extension TRS Class
Forced Account Codes
(FF3 0 BSSC 06)
(FF1 0 19)
If the user doesn’t enter an
Account Code:
If the user enters an
Account Code:
Not Forced
Verified*
Extension TRS Class
(FF3 0 BSSC 06)
Account Code TRS Class
(FF8 1 04)
Applications
Not Forced
Unverified
Extension TRS Class
(FF3 0 BSSC 06)
Extension TRS Class
(FF3 0 BSSC 06)
FF8
* Anytime the extension is set for “Verified” Account Codes, and the user enters an Account Code, it is checked
against the Verified Account Code Table in FF8 1 04. If no match is found, further dialling is not allowed (TRS
Class isn’t even considered; the user gets fast-busy immediately).
Maintenance
System
FF2
Notes:
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF1
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
For more information about Account Codes and their interaction with TRS, see Section 700-Feature
Operation.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Related Programming:
Appendix A
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes (pg. 1-153)
Verified Account Codes (pg. 3-16) for extensions
S-ICX-10-410
FF1 0 19 0001 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix B
•
Page 3-15
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
0
Section 410-Programming
TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night) (pg. 3-18) for extensions Day: FF3 0 BSSCC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold Night:
FF3 0 BSSCC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-19) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-13)
Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-21) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0001 Hold FL/R (up to 10 digits) Hold
TRS Class for Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-22) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0002 Hold (1-50) Hold
System
Configuration
System
0
System
Configuration
Verified Account Codes
FF1
Introduction
BSSC-0425:0
Verified ACCD
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Enable/Disable Verified Account Codes for calls on this extension.
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 25 Hold
FF1
System
(0 or 1) Hold
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF3
Extensions
0=Unverified (default)
1=Verified
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
If this address is set to “1=Verified,” the system will check the entered Account Code for a matching
entry in Verified Account Codes (FF8 1 04). If no match is found, the phone user receives fast-busy
tone and further dialling is not allowed. See the table (previous page) for other interactions.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes (pg. 1-153) FF1 0 19 0001 Hold (1-50) Hold
Forced Account Codes (pg. 3-15) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 04 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night) (pg. 3-18) for extensions Day: FF3 0 BSSCC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold Night:
FF3 0 BSSCC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-19) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-13)
Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-21) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0001 Hold FL/R (up to 10 digits) Hold
TRS Class for Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-22) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0002 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-16
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
BSSC-0427:1
Hot Dial Pad
Hot Dial Pad
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Enable/Disable the Hot Dial Pad feature on this extension.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 27
FF1
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1)
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
System
FF2
Trunks
System
Configuration
Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Disable Hot Dial Pad. (default)
1=Enable Hot Dial Pad.
System
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
Hot Dial Pad: The ability to dial a phone number without picking up the handset (call automatically
goes on-speaker).
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
NPDN Key: Outbound Call Restriction
BSSC-0430:0
NPDN Key-Out
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Set whether outbound calls (both intercom and outside-line) are allowed or restricted on
NPDN (Non-Primary Directory Number) keys on this extension.
FF3 0 BSSCC 04 30
FF5
FF-/Soft Keys
Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF6
TRS/ARS
0=Allow outbound calls on NPDN keys. (default)
1=Do not allow outbound calls on NPDN keys.
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
A user pressing an idle NPDN key will receive either internal dial tone (if the above address is set to
”0=Allow”) or fast-busy tone (if set to “1=Do not allow”).
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
FF8
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM24 Units (pg. 4-8)
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-17
FF3: Extensions
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Tenant Group Assignment
BSSC-05 :1
Tenant Group
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign the extension to a Tenant Group.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSCC
FF1
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
(S-ICX) Port position of AEC or DEC
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
05
Hold
System
Configuration
(1-12) Hold
FF1
Tenant Group No. 1-12
System
default: 1
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
This is the ring assignment for incoming calls in the Inbound MCO Trunk Group assigned to this Tenant
Group in FF1 3 03: Tenant Groups: Inbound Trunk Groups (pg. 1-234).
In addition to ring assignments for incoming calls, Tenant Groups can be used for controlling the
extension’s MCO access, MOH (Music-On-Hold) source for intercom calls, and SSD block assignment.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
MOH Source for Intercom Calls (pg. 1-148) FF1 0 14 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-149) FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
Tenant Groups: Inbound Trunk Groups (pg. 1-234) FF1 3 03 (0001-0072) Hold (1-99) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
Assign a TRS/Call Barring class to the extension, applicable to outbound calls
during Day1 and Day2/Night modes.
TRS/ARS
Day: FF3 0 BSSCC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
Night: FF3 0 BSSCC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Applications
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
(S-ICX) Port position of AEC or DEC
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix B
Day1/2 TRS CLS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Appendix A
BSSC-060 :1
FF7
Applications
TRS Class No. 1-50
default: 1
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
In case of Auto Configuration, the default for installed extensions are “4”. Additional cards after Auto
Configuration are set to “1” as default. To enable calling outside, change to “4”.
Page 3-18
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF3: Extensions
Related Programming:
Introduction
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-13)
0
System
Configuration
Extension COS Assignment
BSSC-07 :1
Extension COS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign a Class of Service (COS) to the extension.
FF1
FF3 0 BSSCC
System
07
Hold
FF1
(1-16) Hold
System
BSSCC: Extension Port Position Extension COS No. 1-16
B=CCU 1
default: 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
NOTE: Based on default settings, Ext. COS #15
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Exchange
is used for Voice Mail ports, and COS #16 for
Attendant phones.
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Notes:
Based on this Extension COS Assignment, extension features can be enabled/disabled.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
By default, trunk calls that ring directly to extensions (not appearing on an FF-key) are set for
“Exclusive Hold” for Voice Mail ports (Ext. COS #15; see FF1 0 03 (00-15) 05). This means that when
the call is put on hold for transferring to Voice Mail, it cannot be picked up.
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions (pg. 1-50)
Groups
Extension Digital Pad Class Assignment
TRS/ARS
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF4
BSSC-08 :1
EXT DPAD CLS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Assign a Digital Pad Class to the extension.
FF3 0 BSSCC
TRS/ARS
08
Hold
(1-8) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
(S-ICX) Port position of AEC or DEC
FF8
Maintenance
Extension Digital Pad Class No. 1-8
default: 1 (for Analog Extension Card)
3 (for Digital Extension Card)
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
This Digital Pad Class assignment can be used for controlling volume adjustments between the
extension and other extensions, trunks, conference calls, etc. See Digital Pad Settings (FF1 8).
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-19
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 410-Programming
In case of AEC card is installed, system automatically assign Pad Class “1” for all extensions.
In case of DEC card is installed, system automatically assign Pad Class ”3” for all extensions regardless
On-line SLT adaptor is connected.
If a One-Line SLT Adapter is connected to the DEC port, the above address should be changed to “1”
(for AEC)
In case of SBS Interface card is installed, system automatically assign Pad Class ”3” for all extensions
regardless On-line SLT adaptor is connected. If A-Series keyphone is connected to this card, Digital
Pad Class 7 must be assigned by manual.
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Related Programming:
System
FF1 8: Digital Pad Settings (pg. 1-248)
FF2
Exchange
Station Timer Class Assignment
BSSC-10 :0
FF2
Exchange
Timer CLS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign a Station Timer Class (if any) to the extension.
FF3
FF3 0 BSSCC
Extensions
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
10
Hold
FF3
(0-8) Hold
Extensions
0=follow System Timers in FF1 1 04. (default)
1-8=Station Timer Class No. 1-8
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Notes:
If a Station Timer Class is assigned in the above address, the extension will follow the Station Timers in
FF1 1 05, instead of the System Timers.
Groups
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
FF1 1 04: Extension Timer 2 (pg. 1-202)
FF1 1 05: Station Timer Class Definitions (pg. 1-212)
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-20
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
FF3: Extensions
3.
FF3 1: S-Point ISDN Extensions
NOTE:
System
Configuration
Introduction
This section is basically the same as T-point ISDN Line settings (FF2 1),
but here the PBX side is the exchange.
S-point BRI (SBRI Card: Part No. 44630)
S-point BRI hardware is for connecting ISDN Terminal Equipment (TE),
and therefore provides electric power. SBRI software acts as the ISDN line
provider. (In contrast, T-point BRI is connected to an ISDN line provided
by the network company, and the TBRI Card acts as a TE.)
SBRI does not support Direct Trunk Access (feature code 88xx).
Therefore, to make outgoing calls from a TE connecting an SBRI to the
exchange (via TBRI or TPRI), assign the TBRI or TPRI trunk to an MCO
Trunk Group in FF5 2 (see pg. 5-15).
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
NOTE:
FF5
S-point PRI (PRI Card: Part No. 44540 for both S- and T-point)
For S-point PRI, the card does not have to provide electric power; therefore,
the same card is used for both S-point and T-point. S-point software is
stored on the same ROM as T-point software. A dipswitch on the card
determines whether the PRI card will be used for S-point or T-point.
Note for the S-ICX: In the following addresses, the “SS” Slot range in
“BSSC” port position is 1 digit in length for Free Slots 01-05, 06 for
IS1(8DEC), and 07 for IS2 (SAEC/4).
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
BSSC-01 :
Extension Number Assignment
EXT Number
FF6
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign an extension number to the ISDN port only.
FF7
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Applications
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Applications
Extension Number of ISDN Port
FF8
default: [no assignment]
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-21
FF3: Extensions
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
BSSC-0200:0
Connection Type
Connection Type
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Choose the connection type for the ISDN extension.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 1 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
FF2
Exchange
System
Configuration
0=Point-to-Point (default)
1=Point-to-Multi-Point
FF1
System
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
If set to “1” (Point-to-MultiPoint), you can parallel-connect up to 8 different ISDN-BRI devices. This is
normally used with S-Point DID (DDI).
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
DID (DDI) Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. 1-242) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Called Party Number (CPN) (pg. 3-24) FF3 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
BSSC-0201:0
Passive Bus
Passive Bus
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Groups
Set the distance between the phone system and a station or another system.
Controls voice level on the ISDN extension.
FF6
FF3 1 BSSC 02 01 Hold
FF6
(0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF5
TRS/ARS
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
0=Short Loop (200m) (default)
1=Long Loop (1 km)
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-22
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
Layer 1 Operate Mode
BSSC-0202:0
Operate Mode
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the ISDN detection method by the exchange. (The exchange should be
contacted to match this detection method.)
0
System
Configuration
FF3 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
0=Continuous (default)
1=(Not Used)
2=Switch between Activate/De-Activate
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
If “0=Continuous” (default) is selected, the PBX will inform the exchange of the existence of the
ISDN extension when PBX power is turned on.
If “2=Switch between Activate/De-Activate” is selected, system will inform the exchange of the
existence of the ISDN extension when the extension makes an outgoing call, or the system detects an
incoming call.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
B-Channel Select
FF5
Groups
BSSC-0300:0
Bch Select
FF5
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the method used by the system to seize a B-channel for an outgoing call.
Groups
FF3 1 BSSC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
0=System will search for highest-numbered
B-channel; system cannot change
channel. (default)
1=System will search for lowest-numbered
B-channel; system can change channel by
request from ISDN terminal equipment.
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-23
FF3: Extensions
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
BSSC-0303:0
Called Party Number (CPN)
Called # INFO
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
For incoming calls, set whether the system will send the called party’s number
to the ISDN terminal.
0
System
Configuration
FF3 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
FF1
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
0=Non-CPN (default)
1=Inform CPN
FF2
Exchange
Related Programming:
DID (DDI) Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. 1-242) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Connection Type (pg. 3-22)
FF3 1 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Service Profile ID Requirement (pg. 3-37)
FF3 1 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Called Sub-Address Indication
BSSC-0304:0
FF-/Soft Keys
Sub-Address INFO
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
For incoming calls, set whether the PRI/BRI card will send the sub-address
that identifies the originating terminal, to the ISDN extension.
FF5
Groups
FF3 1 BSSC 03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF6
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
0=No sub-address indication. (default)
TRS/ARS
1=Sub-address indication.
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-24
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
Progress Tone
BSSC-0306:1
Progress Tone
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the system will send progress tones indicating call status (e.g.,
ringback tone, busy tone) to the analog terminal connected to the ISDN extension.
FF3 1 BSSC 03
06
0
System
Configuration
Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
0=Do not send progress tones.
1=Send progress tones. (default)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Exchange
Data Security
BSSC-0307:0
Data Security
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
Set whether to allow interruptions (such as Busy Override-Receive) at the
analog terminal connected to the ISDN extension.
FF4
FF3 1 BSSC 03
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
07
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF4
Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
0=Data Security OFF; interruptions
are allowed. (default)
1=Data Security ON; do not allow
interruptions.
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
En Block/Overlap Digit Send
BSSC-0308:2
Digit Send
FF7
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Applications
Specify the method for sending dialled digits on the S-point ISDN line.
FF3 1 BSSC 03
FF8
08
Hold (0-2) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Maintenance
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
0=En Bloc sending - all digits at once
1=Overlap sending - send each digit as it
is dialled
2=Auto-Select (default)
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-25
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
The “1=Overlap” setting sends each digit as it is dialled. This setting is recommended by the
manufacturer. Configure as required by the TE (Terminal Equipment) used.
0
0
System
Configuration
Tenant Group Assignment
BSSC-04 :1
System
Configuration
Tenant Group
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
Assign the ISDN extension’s PRI-/BRI-line to a Tenant Group.
System
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Exchange
Extensions
System
FF3 1 BSSC 04 Hold (1-12) Hold
FF2
FF3
FF1
FF2
Tenant Group No. 1-12
Exchange
default: 1
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
Tenant Groups cannot be assigned to individual channels; instead, they are assigned by PRI- or BRI-line
basis.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
This is the ring assignment for incoming calls in the Inbound MCO Trunk Group assigned to this Tenant
Group in FF1 3 03: Tenant Groups: Inbound Trunk Groups (pg. 1-234).
In addition to ring assignments for incoming calls, Tenant Groups can be used for controlling the
extension’s MCO access, MOH (Music-On-Hold) source for intercom calls, and SSD block assignment.
Groups
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
MOH Source for Intercom Calls (pg. 1-148) FF1 0 14 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-149) FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
Tenant Groups: Inbound Trunk Groups (pg. 1-234) FF1 3 03 (0001-0072) Hold (1-99) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-26
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night)
BSSC-050 :1
Day1/2 TRS CLS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign a TRS/Call Barring class to the ISDN extension, applicable to
outbound calls during Day1 and Day2/Night modes.
0
System
Configuration
Day: FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
Night: FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
TRS Class No. 1-50
default: 1
FF2
Exchange
Related Programming:
FF3
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-13)
Extensions
Extension COS Assignment
BSSC-06 :1
Extension COS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Assign a Class of Service (COS) to the ISDN extension.
FF3 1 BSSC 06 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF6
TRS/ARS
Extension COS No. 1-16
FF6
default: 1
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF7
Based on this Extension COS Assignment, extension features can be enabled/disabled.
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions (pg. 1-50)
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-27
FF3: Extensions
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Station Timer Class Assignment
BSSC-09 :0
Timer CLS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign a Station Timer Class (if any) to the ISDN extension.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 1 BSSC
FF1
BSSC: S-point ISDN Line Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
FF2
Exchange
09
Hold
System
Configuration
(0-8) Hold
0=follow System Timers in FF1 1 04. (default)
1-8=Station Timer Class No. 1-8
FF1
System
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
If a Station Timer Class is assigned in the above address, the extension will follow the Station Timers in
FF1 1 05, instead of the System Timers.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF1 1 04: Extension Timer 2 (pg. 1-202)
FF1 1 05: Station Timer Class Definitions (pg. 1-212)
FF4
FF3 2: Virtual Ports
FF-/Soft Keys
Extension Number Assignment
001-00 :
EXT Number
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Assign an extension number to the Virtual Port. This will be the number
dialled to reach the Virtual Port.
(or BLK-DOWN)
TRS/ARS
FF3 2
FF7
TRS/ARS
(001-096) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Virtual Port No.
Applications
FF6
FF7
Extension No. 0-9999
Applications
default: (none)
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Notes:
FF8
IMPORTANT: If the Extension No. starts with a “9”, it may not work if the “9” MCO access code is
being used (“9” is the default access code for MCO-1 in Tenant Group #1). Check the Virtual Port’s
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-30) and the Tenant Group’s associated MCO settings in FF1 3:
MCO Access in Tenant Groups (pg. 1-229).
Press the BLK-DOWN soft key instead of the last HOLD in the above address, to scroll to the next
Virtual Port position and assign it an Extension Number (stay in same address).
Appendix B
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 3-28
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF3: Extensions
Virtual Ports: Extensions that do not physically exist, and do not require any hardware (doesn’t take up
a slot, port, etc.). Virtual Ports can be used for multiple ringing. Some examples are as follows:
• Incoming DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) or DIL calls to a Virtual Port can ring on multiple phones.
• Virtual Ports can be assigned to Hunt Groups.
• Virtual Ports can receive calls going through Auto Attendant (e.g., “for Customer Service, press
1”).
• Virtual Ports can be used as System Park orbits.
System
There are two kinds of Virtual Ports -- a Virtual Extension which is a Virtual Port with an assigned
(diallable) extension number (to set up multiple ringing), and a Floating Virtual Port which does not
have an extension number (similar to a Park Orbit).
FF2
If *9 (Floating Hold Pickup Code) is to be used for pickup of station-parked calls, it will pick up Virtual
Port Nos. beginning with “0” as floating-hold calls, and “1” or higher as station-parked calls. See FF1 0
02 0025 (pg. 1-47) for more information.
FF1
Trunks
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #1 (pg. 1-19) FF1 0 01 0007 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #2 (pg. 1-20) FF1 0 01 0008 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Floating Hold on Trunk Key (pg. 1-21) FF1 0 01 0009 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Floating Hold on Virtual Port Key (pg. 1-21) FF1 0 01 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Station Park/Floating Hold Pickup (*9) (pg. 1-47) FF1 0 02 0025 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM24s) (pg. 4-9) FF4 0 BSSCC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Ring Frequency
001-0100
:1
Ring Frequency
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set the ring frequency for incoming calls to the Virtual Port.
FF3 2
FF6
(001-576) 01 00 Hold (1-6) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Virtual Port No.
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
1=400/562 Hz (default)
2=1000/1340 Hz
3=400 Hz
4=800/1040 Hz
5=1040/1320 Hz
6=660/1320 Hz
FF7
Applications
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Distinctive ringing is provided for transferred incoming calls, depending on program settings. See table
on pg. 1-116 for details.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 3-29
FF3: Extensions
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Ring Pattern
001-0101
:1
Ring Cycle PTN
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the interval between rings for incoming calls to the Virtual Port.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 2
(001-576) 01 01 Hold (1-12) Hold
Virtual Port No.
FF1
System
Configuration
(see Setting Values below)
FF1
System
System
Setting Values (U.K. only)
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1on/2off (in seconds) (default)
2on/1off
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.25on/2.75off
.25on/.25off/.25on/2.25off
.25on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1.75off
.75on/.25off/.75on/1.25off
FF2
1on/.25off/.25on/1.5off
Exchange
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
Extensions
Related Programming:
Ring Frequency (previous page)
FF4
FF3 2 (001-576) 01 00 Hold (1-6) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment
FF3
FF-/Soft Keys
001-02 :1
Tenant Group
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Assign the Virtual Port to a Tenant Group.
FF3 2 (001-096) 02 Hold (1-12) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Virtual Port No.
FF7
Tenant Group No.
default: 1
FF7
Applications
Applications
Notes:
FF8
This is the ring assignment for incoming calls in the Inbound MCO Trunk Group assigned to this Tenant
Group in FF1 3 03: Tenant Groups: Inbound Trunk Groups (pg. 1-234).
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
In addition to ring assignments for incoming calls, Tenant Groups can be used for controlling the
extension’s MCO access, MOH (Music-On-Hold) source for intercom calls, and SSD block assignment.
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
MOH Source for Intercom Calls (pg. 1-148) FF1 0 14 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-149) FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
Tenant Groups: Inbound Trunk Groups (pg. 1-234) FF1 3 03 (0001-0072) Hold (1-99) Hold
Page 3-30
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS Assignment
001-03 :1
Extension COS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign a Class of Service (COS) to the Virtual Port.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF3 2 (001-096) 03 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF1
Extension COS No. 1-16
default: 1
Virtual Port No.
System
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
Based on this Extension COS Assignment, extension features for incoming calls can be enabled/
disabled, such as restricting the receiving of camp-on calls or callbacks.
FF2
Exchange
Related Programming:
FF3
FF3
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions (pg. 1-50)
Extensions
Extensions
FF3 4: ERA Extension Port
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
NOTE:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
ERA (External Ringing Adapter) is available. Connected to the external
paging audio port on the CPC Card, the ERA provides 5 zone ports for
external UNA (Universal Night Answer) ringing, in which users hear
incoming calls over the paging loudspeaker and can retrieve them on a
“first-in, first-answer” basis.
ERA Port: Extension Number
00
:
EXT Number
(all CPCs) - Version 3.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Assign an extension number to the system’s ERA port.
FF3 4 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
ERA Port Extension No. 0-9999
default: no assignment
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Assign an extension number to the ERA port so that calls can ring directly to the ERA port unattended,
or a call can be transferred to it.
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
UNA Ringing Port by Tenant Group (pg. 1-165) FF1 0 27 00 (01-72) Hold (0-5) Hold
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type...
for analog trunks (pg. 2-22) FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-12) Hold
for T-point ISDN lines (pg. 2-73) FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-12) Hold
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
Page 3-31
FF3: Extensions
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0
0
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Page 3-32
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Introduction
Introduction
4. FF-Keys and Soft Keys (FF4)
0
Use the FF4 programming addresses in this chapter to assign Feature Codes
(including trunk FF-key ringing) to FF-keys and soft keys on ICX phones.
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM24 Units
System
Configuration
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles
FF4 2: Soft Keys on Display Phones
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
This chapter covers the following FF4 addresses:
FF2
Trunks
FF Key Address
Topic
Default (all)
Page
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM24 Units
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF4 0 BSSCC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code)
Hold
FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF (0 or 1)
Hold
FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Hold (0
or 1) Hold
FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx2
(0 or 1) Hold
FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx3
(0 or 1) Hold
FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx4
(0 or 1) Hold
FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx5
(0 or 1) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital
Keyphones, SLTs, EM24s)
Trunk FF-Key: Outbound Call
Restriction
Trunk FF-Key: Inbound Answer
Restriction
Trunk FF-Key: Day1 Ringing
4-7
0 (Allowed)
4-10
DN: 0 (No Ring/Day1)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Extensions
DN: 0 (Immed.Ring/Day1)
0 (No ring)
4-11
0 (No ring)
4-12
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
DN: 0 (Immed.Ring/Day2)
Trunk FF-Key: Night Ringing
4-12
0 (No ring)
DN: 0 (No Ring/Night)
Trunk FF-Key: No-Ring Auto Answer
4-13
0 (Disabled)
FF5
Groups
DN: 0 (Immed.Ring/Night)
4-13
FF-Key Feature Assignment (DSS/72)
(none)
4-13
DSS Trunk FF-Key: Outbound Call
Restrictionn
DSS Trunk FF-Key: Inbound Answer
Restriction
DSS Trunk FF-Key: Day1 Ringing
0 (Allowed)
4-14
0 (Allowed)
TRS/ARS
4-15
DN: 0 (Immed.Ring/Day1)
0 (No ring)
4-16
DN: 0 (No Ring/Day2)
DSS Trunk FF-Key: Day2 Ringing
FF6
DN: 0 (No Ring/Day1)
0 (No ring)
FF7
Applications
4-16
DN: 0 (Immed.Ring/Day2)
DSS Trunk FF-Key: Night Ringing
0 (No ring)
4-17
DN: 0 (No Ring/Night)
DSS Trunk FF-Key: No-Ring Auto
Answer
Soft Key Feature Assignment
FF8
Maintenance
0 (Disabled)
4-17
DN: 0 (Immed.Ring/Night)
FF4 2: Soft Keys on Display Phones
FF4 2 BSSCC 0 (01-30) Hold (Code) Hold
FF3
4-11
0 (Allowed)
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles
FF4 1 BSSCC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code)
Hold
FF4 1 BSSCC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF (0 or 1)
Hold
FF4 1 BSSCC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Hold (0
or 1) Hold
FF4 1 BSSCC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx2
(0 or 1) Hold
FF4 1 BSSCC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx3
(0 or 1) Hold
FF4 1 BSSCC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx4
(0 or 1) Hold
FF4 1 BSSCC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx5
(0 or 1) Hold
Exchange
4-6
(none)
DN: 0 (No Ring/Day2)
Trunk FF-Key: Day2 Ringing
FF2
4-18
(none)
4-18
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 4-1
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Introduction: Feature Codes in Programming Mode
Introduction
Use the FF-Key/Soft Key Feature Codes table below for all FF4 addresses.
(Note that some of the features cannot be programmed into soft keys.)
0
The codes that you program into FF-keys and soft keys are called Fixed Feature
Codes. A different set of codes (called Flexible Feature Codes) for the same
features can be manually dialled or programmed by end-users; see FF1 2: Dial
Plan (pg. 1-219) to create or change the Flexible Codes. Here in FF4
programming, however, you must enter the Fixed Codes.
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
If the Flexible Codes are changed in the Dial Plan, it is not necessary to reprogram
extensions. When an end-user programs a Flexible Code into an FF-key or soft
key, the system will translate the Flexible Code into the Fixed Code. The enduser can still press the same FF-key or soft key to perform the feature, even if the
feature’s Flexible Code is changed in programming.
FF2
Exchange
When you display the FF-key or soft key setting, it will always show the Fixed
Code.
FF3
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Table 4-1. FF-Key/Soft Key Fixed Feature Codes
FF4
NOTE:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
All features can be programmed on FF-Keys, and most (but not all) can also be programmed on
Soft Keys (the “Soft Key” column will be shaded for exceptions). Also, some features cannot be
assigned a Flexible Code for end-users, and can be set only in Programming Mode (the “EndUser” column will be shaded for these exceptions).
Description
Trunk Key
For outgoing calls on a
particular trunk.
# + (Trunk No. 1-96)
MCO Trunk Key
For incoming and outgoing
calls.
MCO-1 = ”9” access code
MCO-2 = “81” access code
MCO-3 = “82” access code
MCO-4 = “83” access code
MCO-5 = “84” access code
1 + (MCO 1-5) + (MCOIncoming Group 01-99)
Virtual Port Key
For both Floating Hold and
Virtual Extensions.
*9 + (Virtual Port 1-096)
DSS/BLF - Outgoing only
Call ext. / View status only.
9 + (Ext.No. 0-9999)
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
+ (additional digits to
program into key)
DSS/BLF - Delayed Ring
Call ext. / View status /
Also delay-rings incoming call
(can answer).
82 + (Ext.No. 0-9999)
DSS/BLF - Flash/No-Ring
Call ext. / View status /
Also flashes for incoming call
(can answer).
83 + (Ext.No. 0-9999)
2-Way Call Recording
*#51
Page 4-2
•
(default Flex.
Feature Code)
Soft Key
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
81 + (Ext.No. 0-9999)
Built-In VM: Stop
End-User
FF-/Soft Keys
example: “1101” for
Access Code 1, MCO-1,
Incoming Trunk Group 01
DSS/BLF - Immediate Ring Call ext. / View status /
Also rings immediately for
incoming call (can answer).
Appendix A
Appendix B
Fixed Feature Code
Feature
FF4
FF7
Applications
Soft Key
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Feature
Description
ACD-1 Log-In/Out Button
System
Configuration
ACD-1 Unavailable Button
ACD-2 Log-In/Out Button
ACD-2 Work Unit
ACD-2 Unavailable Button
FF1
+ (additional digits to
program into key)
*#80
*#81 + (Work Unit 00-19)
*#82
*#85
*#86 + (Work Unit 00-19)
*#87
000-799 or
*01 + (SSD
PSD 80-99)
ACD-1 Work Unit
0
Fixed Feature Code
Speed-Dial Send Button
End-User
(default Flex.
Feature Code)
Introduction
Soft Key
0
System
Configuration
FF1
80
Soft Key
*
*03
*04
*05
88
Soft Key
89
Soft Key
*9
*41
Soft Key
Priority Message-Waiting:
Cancel (for VM)
*06
*49
Soft Key
FF3
Message-Waiting: Cancel
FF3
Message-Waiting: Callback
*5
*6
Soft Key
Extensions
*07
*08
Soft Key
Extensions
70 + (Ext.No. 0-9999)
721 + (0-9999)
Soft Key
*09
*10
731 + (0-9999)
Soft Key
741
Soft Key
Soft Key
System
Direct Trunk Access
02
Verified ID Code Send
FF2
Trunks
Floating Hold Answer
similar to Park Orbit Pickup
Priority Message-Waiting:
Send (for VM)
Call Forward (All): Set
Call Forward (All): Clear
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Call Forward (All): Set from
Other Ext.
*
751
Call Forward (No Answer):
Set
71 + (Ext.No. 0-9999)
723 + (0-9999)
Soft Key
Soft Key
*
733 + (0-9999)
Call Forward (No Answer):
Set from Other Ext.
*13
743
Soft Key
Call Forward (No Answer):
Clear from Other Ext.
*14
753
Soft Key
Call Forward (Busy): Set
72 + (Ext.No. 0-9999)
722 + (0-9999)
Soft Key
Call Forward (Busy): Clear
*15
*16
732 + (0-9999)
Soft Key
12
742
Soft Key
Call Forward (Busy): Set
from Other Ext.
FF4
*
752
Soft Key
DND Set/Clear
*18
*19
*20
*21
720
Soft Key
740
Soft Key
750
Soft Key
7**
Soft Key
*22
*23
*24
*25
*31
*39
*30
Soft Key
760
Soft Key
Alarm Set
Alarm Clear
BGM On/Off
switch to next mode
S-ICX issued January 2000
FF6
FF7
Applications
17
DND Set from Other Ext.
Groups
TRS/ARS
Call Forward (Busy): Clear
from Other Ext.
S-ICX-10-410
Exchange
FF5
Call Forward (No Answer):
Clear
Day 1/Day2/Night Toggle
FF2
FF-/Soft Keys
11
DND/Call Forward/Absence
Message Clear
Appendix B
Soft Key
Call Forward (All): Clear
from Other Ext.
DND Clear from Other Ext.
Appendix A
System
Soft Key
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Soft Key
•
Page 4-3
Appendix B
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Feature
Description
Day 2
switch to Day2 (LED not lit)
Night 1
switch to Night1 (LED not lit)
Night 2 (for Built-In VM)
switch to Night2 (LED not lit)
Paging
Meet-Me Answer
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Call Pickup Group/
All Calls
Call Pickup Group/
Exchange Calls Only
Call Pickup Group/
Specified
Pick up a call in another Call
Pickup Group.
Direct Call Pickup
Trunk Call Pickup
Extensions
Program Key
Recall - Flash Key
PSD Name Assignment
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Ext. Directory Name
Assignment
Groups
(default Flex.
Feature Code)
Introduction
Soft Key
761
Soft Key
762
Soft Key
763
Soft Key
# (0-9)
Soft Key
##
Soft Key
701
Soft Key
*32
702
Soft Key
33 + (Call Pickup Group
*1-99)
703
Soft Key
73 + (Ext.No. 0-9999)
704
Soft Key
*0
Soft Key
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Soft Key
Soft Key
Soft Key
FF3
Soft Key
Extensions
Soft Key
Soft Key
Soft Key
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Speed-Dial Directory Name
Assignment
FF5
End-User
*26
*27
*28
*29 + (Page Group 0-9)
*30
*31
*
*35
*36
*37
*38
*39
*40
*41
3-party Conference Key
Transfer Key
+ (additional digits to
program into key)
34
Headset Mode On/Off
FF3
Fixed Feature Code
42
Soft Key
*
MCO-1 Access
For outgoing calls (default: 9)
MCO-2 Access
For outgoing calls (default: 81)
MCO-3 Access
For outgoing calls (default: 82)
MCO-4 Access
For outgoing calls (default: 83)
MCO-5 Access
For outgoing calls (default: 84)
*43
*44
*45
*46
*47
9
Soft Key
81
Soft Key
FF5
82
Soft Key
Groups
83
Soft Key
84
Soft Key
FF6
NOTE: No more than 5 MCO keys can be assigned per phone. *43 thru *47 cannot be assigned on EM24 or DSS units.
FF6
TRS/ARS
Mic/Mute (Talkback Key)
TRS/ARS
Callback at Busy Tone
Camp-On at Busy Tone
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Message-Waiting Set at
Busy Tone
*48
*49
*50
*51
Soft Key
Soft Key
Soft Key
Soft Key
Applications
Message-Waiting Priority
Set at Busy Tone
*
52
Soft Key
Busy Override Send
*53
*54
Soft Key
Message-Waiting Set at
Ringback Tone
*55
Soft Key
Message-Waiting Priority
Set at Ringback Tone
*56
Soft Key
Account Code Entry
*57
*59
Switch to Voice Call at
Ringback Tone
Extension Port Number
Confirm
Page 4-4
•
FF7
Soft Key
FF8
Maintenance
8#
Soft Key
Appendix A
Soft Key
Appendix B
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Feature
Description
Trunk Port No. Confirm
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Soft Key
Voice Mail Transfer Key #2 set access code in FF1 0 24
75 + (VM Pilot Ext.No.
0-9999)
Soft Key
Variable Mode
*61
*62
*63
Soft Key
Caller ID Log Confirmation
Station Call Park Hold/
Answer
Applications
park & pickup calls on user’s
phone only
Station Call Park Hold
park on user’s phone only
Station Call Park Answer
(own extension)
pickup parked calls on user’s
phone only
Station Call Park Answer
(other extensions)
pickup a call parked at another
extension
Station Call Park Transfer
park a call at another extension
Release Key
for headset on regular phone
Answer Key
for headset on regular phone
OHVA
Off Hook Voice Announce
Split Key
OHVA/Silent Transfer/Talkback
(often used for an intercom call
to a busy phone)
Walking TRS
override TRS on another phone
ANY Key
Change phone status to
“Monitor ON”; put current exch.
call on hold.
NOTE: The “ANY” key LED won’t
light.
(all CPCs-Version 2.3
Groups
FF7
Maintenance
Soft Key
*64
*65
771
Soft Key
772
Soft Key
*
66
773
Soft Key
*67
*68
*69
*70
*71
774
Soft Key
FF4
72
*
8 + (up to 4 digits,
*including
0-9, #, )
*
87
FF-/Soft Keys
Soft Key
FF5
Groups
747
Soft Key
Station Lockout Cancel
(Other Ext.)
*#03
748
Soft Key
Walking TRS/Station
Lockout Security Code
Change
*#04
749
Soft Key
Callback Cancellation
58
769
Soft Key
766
Soft Key
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Direct Call to a PDN Ext.
Text Message Send
(see FF8 1 11 0)
Text Message Reply
(see FF8 1 11 1)
S-ICX-10-410
Exchange
Extensions
*#02
ACD-2 Wrap Key
System
Soft Key
Station Lockout Set
(Other Ext.)
ACD-1 Wrap Key
FF1
FF3
Soft Key
Network Flash During Talk
on FF-Key
System
Configuration
FF2
746
UNA Pickup
Appendix B
Soft Key
*#01
Absence Message Code
Appendix A
0
Station Lockout Set/Cancel
(Own Ext.)
ZIP Mode On/Off (toggle)
FF8
Introduction
Soft Key
74 + (VM Voice Port
Ext.No. 0-9999)
FF5
TRS/ARS
(default Flex.
Feature Code)
Voice Mail Transfer Key #1
or higher)
FF6
End-User
Soft Key
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
+ (additional digits to
program into key)
*60
0
System
Configuration
Fixed Feature Code
(see FF8 1 12)
*
*73
*74
*75 + (Message No. 0-9)
*76 + (Message No. 0-9)
*77
*78 + (Message No. 0-9)
*79
Soft Key
Soft Key
FF8
Maintenance
Soft Key
705
Soft Key
729
Soft Key
767
Soft Key
Appendix A
#83
*
*#88
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix B
•
Page 4-5
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Feature
Description
02
PDN #3 Key
PDN: Primary Directory No.
Receives trunk and intercom calls. Also
used for outgoing calls (hit key, get
intercom dialtone, then dial 9 for an
outside line; or use as pooled trunk key).
NPDN #1 Key
NPDN: Non-Primary Directory No.
Represents other extensions.
01 + (Ext.No. 0-9999)
PDN #2 Key
System
Configuration
NPDN #2 Key
FF1
+ (additional digits to
program into key)
End-User
(default Flex.
Feature Code)
Introduction
Soft Key
01
PDN #1 Key
0
Fixed Feature Code
NPDN #3 Key
0
03
System
Configuration
02 + (Ext.No. 0-9999)
FF1
03 + (Ext.No. 0-9999)
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
System
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones,
SLTs, and EM24 Units
TRS/ARS
Extensions
•
The extension’s Phone Type must be set to “1=Digital Keyphone or SLT” (default) or
“2=EM24.” See Phone Type (pg. 3-3): FF3 0 BSSCC 00 Hold (1-3; 51-56*) Hold.
•
Although SLTs do not have Flexible Function Keys, the following addresses can be used for
assigning trunk or Virtual Port ringing to them.
FF4
•
There are 32 assignments for FF-keys in the following FF4 0 addresses. The largest phone
programmed by this address, the 24-key Small Display phone (see illustration, next page) has
24 FF-keys. The remaining 8 assignments for this phone can be used for Virtual Port ringing.
Virtual Ports can also be assigned on other phones using the extra FF-key assignments.
FF5
FF5
FF6
Exchange
FF3
Before Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF2
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
•
When programming NPDN (non-primary directory numbers), the PDN (primary directory
numbers) key must be programmed first. Otherwise, the NPDN will not function properly.
(See Section 700 [ICX] or Section 750 [S-ICX] for additional Directory Number details.)
•
When you enter the Feature Code in the FF4 addresses, the Feature Name will display.
Feature Names are hardcoded and cannot be renamed.
Note for the S-ICX: In the following addresses, the “SS” Slot range in
“BSSCC” port position is 1 digit in length for Free Slots 01-05, Slot 6 (IS1for
8DEC), and Slot 7 (IS2 for SAEC/4). Also, the “CC” Circuit (port) position is
2 digits in length to accommodate new high-density cards:
FF7
Applications
01-04:
01-08:
01-16:
01-24:
FF8
Maintenance
for SAEC/4
for DEC/8 or AEC/8
for DEC/16 (high-density/16-port)
for DEC/24 (high-density/24-port)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-6
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Introduction
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones,
SLTs, EM24s)
BSSCC-00 :#1
FF Assign
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
0
Assign Feature Codes to the FF-keys on digital keyphones, SLTs, or EM24 units.
System
Configuration
(to clear current
feature assignment)
FF4 0 BSSCC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
Trunks
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
32=FF32 key
Feature Code Assignment (see pg. 4-2)
initial default: [no assignment]
System
See figures starting on pg. 4-8 for
FF-key numbering on phones.
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
EM24 units require their own extension port, separate from the phone. Therefore, when programming
the FF-keys on an EM24 unit, enter the EM24 port position (not the phone’s port position). The EM24
port must be set correctly in Phone Type (pg. 3-3) to be able to program its keys.
To copy FF-key and ring assignments from one phone to another, use
the COPY and PASTE commands (soft keys 6 and 7) as follows:
FF-/Soft Keys
(1)
FF5
Enter the first part of the above address without specifying an
FF-key number to program:
FF4 0 BSSCC 0 Hold (for BSSCC, enter the port
position of the phone you want to copy settings from)
Groups
FF7
(3)
(4)
Applications
(5)
FF8
Maintenance
BSSC-0**
FF-Key #
Press the COPY soft key. The display won’t change, but the
phone will beep once to indicate it has recognised the copy
command.
Use the BLK-DOWN or BLK_UP soft key to toggle to the next
extension you want to copy to. The display will change to the
new BSSC port position and extension number assignment.
100
PRINT
1
COPY
PASTE
2
6
7
HYPHEN
PAUSE BLK_UP
SPD_ID BLK_DOWN
3
4
(2)
TRS/ARS
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF6
FF3
5
PROG
CONF
FF7
FF8
FF1
FF2
1
8
FF5
9
Groups
10
MIC
MENU
PREV
NEXT
FF3
FF4
FF5
FF6
FF6
2 ABC 3DEF
DND/CF
TRS/ARS
FL/R
Press the PASTE soft key. The display won’t change, but the
phone will beep once to indicate the paste command.
FF7
Applications
Repeat steps (3) and (4) for all extensions you want to copy to.
WARNING: Be careful not to COPY/PASTE over a Voice Mail port. Otherwise, the callforward ID digits (see FF8 1 05) may not be sent to the voice mail system.
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 4-7
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Section 410-Programming
If you assign a Trunk (Exchange or MCO), Virtual
Port, or DSS/BLF Key in the above address: Keys FF1
through FF6 on the phone will become toggle switches for
the Trunk FF-Key addresses starting on pg. 4-10. These
keys will be lit either green for a “0” setting, or red for a
“1” setting. Press the corresponding FF-key to change the
setting:
FF1 = Outbound Call Restriction
FF2 = Inbound Answer Restriction
FF3 = Day1 Ringing
FF4 = Day2 Ringing
FF5 = Night Ringing
FF6 = No-Ring Auto Answer
(green/0=Allow)
(green/0=Allow)
(green/0=Do not ring)
(green/0=Do not ring)
(green/0=Do not ring
(green/0=Disabled-No effect)
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF1
FF2
FF3
FF4
FF5
1
2 ABC 3 DEF
DND/CF
4 GHI
5 JKL 6MNO
INT
7 PRS 8TUV 9WXY
MIC
FF6
FL/R
0
System
Configuration
REDIAL
MEMORY
FF1
System
For Example: Extension No. 300 is located in CCU 1, Card Slot 01, Circuit 1. Extension 300’s FF1
key is already assigned Trunk #1. To restrict incoming calls for FF1 (Trunk #1), first display FF1’s
assignment:
... punch in: FF4 0 1011 001 Hold LCD display shows:
(FF1 thru FF6 are all lit green for “0” setting)
FF3
Introduction
FF2
Exchange
1011-001 :#1
FF Assign
... press FF2 to restrict incoming calls for Trunk #1 on the FF1 key. FF2 will now be lit red for
“1=Restrict”. (Corresponding address is FF4 0 BSSC 101 Hold CONF Hold 1 Hold.)
FF3
If you assign a PDN (Primary Directory Number) or NPDN (Non-Primary Directory Number) in the
above address, keys FF1 through FF6 on the phone will become toggle switches for the settings below.
FF1-FF6 will be lit either green for a “0” setting, or red for a “1” setting. Press the corresponding FFkey to change the setting:
FF4
FF1 = Day1 Ring/No Ring
FF2 = Day1 Immediate/Delay-Ring
FF3 = Day2 Ring/No Ring
FF4 = Day2 Immediate/Delay-Ring
FF5 = Night Ring/No Ring
FF6 = Night Immediate/Delay-Ring
green/0=No Ring (default)
green/0=Immediate Ring (default)
green/0=No Ring (default)
green/0=Immediate Ring (default)
green/0=No Ring (default)
(green/0=Immediate Ring (default)
red/1=Ring
red/1=Delayed Ring
red/1=Ring
red/1=Delayed Ring
red/1=Ring
red/1=Delayed Ring
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
BLF Delayed Ring Timer (pg. 1-201) FF1 1 03 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
Phone Type (pg. 3-3) FF3 0 BSSCC 00 Hold (1-3; 51-56*) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-8
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Figure 4-1: FF-key layout on a Small Display phone
12-key Small Display phone
Introduction
24-key Small Display phone
END
MODE
11 APR FRI 03:14
164 Davidson C
0
System
Configuration
11 APR FRI 03:14
164 Davidson C
PROG
PROG
CONF
CONF
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF19 FF20
FF21 FF22
FF23 FF24
FF1
System
FF13 FF14
FF15 FF16
FF17 FF18
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF7
FF8
FF9
FF10
FF1
FF2
FF3
FF4
FF11 FF12
FF7
FF8
FF9
FF10 FF11 FF12
FF5
FF1
FF2
FF3
FF4
1
2 ABC 3 DEF
DND/CF
4 GHI
5 JKL 6MNO
INT
7 PRS 8TUV 9WXY
MIC
0
Extensions
LINE
FF6
1
FL/R
2 ABC 3 DEF
DND/CF
REDIAL
4 GHI 5 JKL 6MNO
INT
MEMORY
7 PRS 8TUV 9WXY
MIC
0
ON/OFF
VOLUME
FF5
LINE
HOLD
FF6
FF2
FL/R
Exchange
REDIAL
MEMORY
ON/OFF
FF3
Extensions
HOLD
VOLUME
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Figure 4-2: FF-key layout on an EM/24 unit
FF5
FF5
EM/24 Unit (mated with a 12-key Small Display phone)
Groups
Groups
END
MODE
11 APR FRI 03:14
164 Davidson C
FF6
FF12
FF24
FF11
FF23
FF10
FF22
FF9
FF21
FF8
FF20
FF7
FF19
FF6
FF18
FF5
FF17
FF4
FF16
FF3
FF15
FF2
FF14
FF1
FF13
FF6
PROG
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
CONF
FF7
Applications
FF7
FF8
Maintenance
To program these
FF-keys on the
Small Display phone,
enter the phone’s
extension port
position (BSSC) in
the FF4 0 address.
FF8
FF1
FF2
1
FF9
FF3
FF10 FF11 FF12
FF4
2 ABC 3 DEF
DND/CF
5 JKL 6MNO
INT
7 PRS 8TUV 9WXY
MIC
4 GHI
0
Appendix A
FF5
LINE
FF6
FL/R
REDIAL
FF7
To program these
FF-keys on the EM/24
Unit, enter the EM/24’s
extension port position
(BSSC) in the FF4 0
address.
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
MEMORY
ON/OFF
VOLUME
Appendix A
HOLD
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 4-9
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Trunk FF-Key: Outbound Call Restriction
BSSCC-1011:0
FF Key/Bit 1
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(for digital keyphones, SLTs, and EM24s) Allow/Restrict outbound calls on the
FF-key programmed as a trunk, MCO trunk group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
For PDN/NPDN keys, this address determines Day1 ringing. (Outbound Call Restriction
for NPDN keys is controlled by FF3 0 BSSCC 04 30.)
0
System
Configuration
FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
System
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
32=FF32 key
0=Allow outbound calls. (default)
1=Do Not Allow outbound calls.
for PDN/NPDN:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF2
Exchange
0=No Ring during Day1. (default)
1=Ring during Day1.
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
The LCD display will show the allow/restrict settings for this and the next 5
addresses after the first “Hold” is pressed in the above address:
FF4
FF1
BSSCC-101*:xoxxxx
Key INFO
x = setting “0”
If Outbound Call Restriction is set to “0=Allow” (default), and
o = setting “1”
Inbound Answer Restriction is set to “1=Do Not Allow”,
the FF-key cannot be used while an incoming call is ringing in on it (the LED will blink green). Once
the call is answered on another phone, however, the LED will extinguish and the FF-key will become
available for making an outbound call.
FF4
To set delayed ringing for trunk FF-keys, use the Day1/2/Night Delayed Ring Type/Destination
addresses in FF2.
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
A PDN (Primary Directory Number) key can make outbound calls regardless of the above setting.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
Trunk Key Operation: Direct Calls (pg. 3-16) FF3 0 BSSCC 04 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Key Operation: HOLD (pg. 3-16) FF3 0 BSSCC 04 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Key Operation: Multiple Call Pickup (pg. 3-17) FF3 0 BSSCC 04 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Key Operation: Brokers Hold (pg. 3-17) FF3 0 BSSCC 04 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-10
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Introduction
Trunk FF-Key: Inbound Answer Restriction
BSSCC-1012:0
FF Key/Bit 2
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(for digital keyphones, SLTs, and EM24s) Allow/Restrict the ability to answer incoming calls
on the FF-key programmed as a trunk, MCO trunk group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
For PDN/NPDN keys, this address controls Immediate/Delayed Ring during Day1 mode.
0
System
Configuration
FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
BSSCC: Extension Port Position - 01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
B=CCU 1
03=FF3 key
SS=Slot 01-07
...
CC=Circuit 01-24
32=FF32 key
0=Allow inbound answer. (default)
1=Do Not Allow inbound answer.
System
for PDN/NPDN:
0=Immediate Ring during Day1. (default)
1=Delayed Ring during Day1.
FF2
If Inbound Answer Restriction is set to “1=Do Not Allow,” the FF-key will still flash green for an
incoming exchange or MCO trunk call, although the user won’t be able to answer it.
FF3
FF4
Trunk FF-Key: Day1 Ringing
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Trunks
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF5
Groups
BSSCC-1013:0
FF Key/Bit 3
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
(for digital keyphones, SLTs, and EM24s) Allow/Restrict phone ringing during
Day1 mode for an incoming call on the FF-key programmed as a trunk, MCO trunk
group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
For PDN/NPDN keys, this address determines Day2 ringing.
FF5
Groups
FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
32=FF32 key
0=Do Not Ring during Day1. (default)
1=Ring during Day1
for PDN/NPDN:
0=No Ring during Day2. (default)
1=Ring during Day2.
Notes:
Even if this address is set to “0=Do Not Ring” (default), the user can still pick up the incoming call by
pressing the FF-key, as long as Inbound Answer Restriction (pg. 4-11) is set to “0=Allow” (default).
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
For DSS/BLF keys, if this address is set to “1=Ring,” Auto-Answer will apply; user simply picks up the
handset to answer the incoming call on the DSS/BLF key.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
BLF Call Pickup (pg. 1-36)
FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 4-11
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Trunk FF-Key: Day2 Ringing
BSSCC-1014:0
FF Key/Bit 4
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF1
(for digital keyphones, SLTs, and EM24s) Allow/Restrict phone ringing during
Day2 mode for an incoming call on the FF-key programmed as a trunk, MCO trunk
group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
For PDN/NPDN keys, this address controls Immediate/Delayed Ring during Day2 mode.
0
System
Configuration
FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1) Hold
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
System
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
32=FF32 key
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 0-07
C=Circuit 01-24
Notes:
0=Do Not Ring during Day2. (default)
1=Ring during Day2
for PDN/NPDN:
FF2
Exchange
.
0=Immediate
Ring during Day2. (default)
1=Delayed Ring during Day2.
FF3
(same as Day1 Ringing)
Related Programming:
Extensions
(same as Day1 Ringing)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
FF4
Trunk FF-Key: Night Ringing
BSSCC-1015:0
FF-/Soft Keys
FF Key/Bit 5
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF6
(for digital keyphones, SLTs, and EM24s) Allow/Restrict phone ringing during
Night mode for an incoming call on the FF-key programmed as a trunk, MCO trunk
group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
For PDN/NPDN keys, this address determines Night ringing.
FF5
Groups
FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF6
TRS/ARS
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
Notes:
01=FF1 key
0=Do Not Ring during Night. (default)
02=FF2 key
1=Ring during Night.
03=FF3 key for PDN/NPDN:
...
0=No Ring during Night. (default)
32=FF32 key
1=Ring during Night.
Applications
FF8
(same as Day1 Ringing)
Related Programming:
FF7
Maintenance
(same as Day1 Ringing)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-12
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Introduction
Trunk FF-Key: No-Ring Auto Answer
BSSCC-1016:0
FF Key/Bit 6
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF1
(for digital keyphones, SLTs, and EM24s) Allow/Restrict the phone’s ability to answer
incoming calls that are blinking, but not ringing, on the FF-key programmed as a trunk,
MCO trunk group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key, simply by picking up the handset.
For PDN/NPDN keys, this address controls Immediate/Delayed Ring during Night mode.
0
System
Configuration
FF4 0 BSSCC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1) Hold
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1
System
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
C=Circuit 01-24
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
32=FF32 key
0=Disabled; this address has no effect.
(default)
1=Enabled; pick up handset to answer call.
(don’t have to press FF-key)
FF2
Exchange
for PDN/NPDN:
0=Immediate Ring during Night. (default)
1=Delayed Ring during Night.
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Even if this is set to “1=Enabled,” pressing ON/OFF will not pick up the call; the user must pick up the
handset to answer the call.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
BLF Call Pickup (pg. 1-36)
FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
Groups
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Before Programming:
FF7
Applications
•
The DSS/72 port’s Phone Type (pg. 3-3) must be set to “3=DSS/72.”
FF-Key Feature Assignment (DSS/72)
BSSCC-001 :
Function# nnnn
FF7
Applications
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Assign Feature Codes to the FF-keys.
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
(to clear current
feature assignment)
FF8
FF4 1 BSSCC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
BSSCC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
...
72=FF72 key
Maintenance
Feature Code Assignment (see pg. 4-2)
initial default: [no assignment]
See figure below for FF-key numbering on a DSS/72.
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
Page 4-13
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
See Notes on pg. 4-7. The same applies to DSS/72 consoles.
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
Phone Type (pg. 3-3) on extensions
FF3 0 BSSCC 00 Hold (1-3; 51-56*) Hold
0
System
Configuration
Figure 4-3: FF-key layout on a DSS/72 Attendant Console
DSS/72 Console (attached to a Large Display phone)
FF1
System
11 APR FRI 03:14
FF2
PERSONAL DIAL
SYSTEM DIAL
EXTENSION
FUNCTION SYSTEM
FUNCTION EXT
Exchange
FF3
PROG
To program
these FF-keys,
use the FF4 0
addresses.
CONF
MIC
MENU
PREV
FF70 FF71
FF72
FF61 FF62
FF63
FF64 FF65
FF66
FF56 FF57
FF58 FF59
FF60
FF1
System
NEXT
FF50 FF51
FF52 FF53
FF54
FF44 FF45
FF46 FF47
FF48
FF37
FF38 FF39
FF40
FF41 FF42
To program
these FF-keys,
use the FF4 1
addresses.
FF2
Exchange
FF7
FF8
FF9
FF10
FF11 FF12
FF31
FF32 FF33
FF34 FF35
FF36
FF2
FF3
FF4
FF5
FF25
FF26 FF27
FF28 FF29
FF30
FF19
FF20 FF21
FF22 FF23
FF24
FF3
FF13
FF14 FF15
FF16 FF17
FF18
Extensions
FF7
FF8
FF9
FF10
FF11 FF12
FF1
FF2
FF3
FF4
FF5
2 ABC 3DEF
1
DND/CF
4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO
INT
7 PRS 8TUV 9 WXY
MIC
LINE
FF-/Soft Keys
FF49
FF43
FF1
0
FF4
Groups
FF69
FF55
FF6
FL/R
Extensions
FF5
FF67 FF68
164 Davidson C
REDIAL
MEMORY
FF6
ON/OFF
VOLUME
ANSWER
HOLD
FF4
RELEASE
FF-/Soft Keys
DSS Trunk FF-Key: Outbound Call Restriction
BSSCC-1011:0
FF5
Groups
FF Key/Bit 1
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Allow/Restrict outbound calls on the FF-key programmed
as a trunk, MCO trunk group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
For PDN/NPDN keys, this address determines Day1 ringing. (Outbound Call Restriction for
NPDN keys is controlled by FF3 0 BSSCC 04 30.)
FF4 1 BSSCC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF (0 or 1) Hold
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
BSSCC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
72=FF72 key
0=Allow outbound calls. (default)
1=Do Not Allow outbound calls.
for PDN/NPDN:
0=No Ring during Day1. (default)
1=Ring during Day1.
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-14
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Notes:
Introduction
The LCD display will show the allow/restrict settings for this and the next 5
addresses after the first “Hold” is pressed in the above address:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
BSSCC-101*:xoxxxx
Key INFO
x = setting “0”
o = setting “1”
If Outbound Call Restriction is set to “0=Allow” (default), and
Inbound Answer Restriction is set to “1=Do Not Allow”,
the FF-key can’t be used while an incoming call is ringing in on it (the LED will blink green). Once the
call is answered on another phone, however, the LED will extinguish and the FF-key will become
available for making an outbound call.
To set delayed ringing for trunk FF-keys, use the Day1/2/Night Delayed Ring Type/Destination
addresses in FF2.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
A PDN (Primary Directory Number) key can make outbound calls regardless of the above setting.
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF2
Related Programming:
Exchange
Trunk Key Operation: Direct Calls (pg. 3-16) FF3 0 BSSCC 04 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Key Operation: HOLD (pg. 3-16) FF3 0 BSSCC 04 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Key Operation: Multiple Call Pickup (pg. 3-17) FF3 0 BSSCC 04 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Key Operation: Brokers Hold (pg. 3-17) FF3 0 BSSCC 04 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
DSS Trunk FF-Key: Inbound Answer Restriction
BSSCC-1012:0
FF Key/Bit 2
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF-/Soft Keys
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Allow/Restrict the ability to answer incoming calls on the FF-key
programmed as a trunk, MCO trunk group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
For PDN/NPDN keys, this address controls Immediate/Delayed Ring during Day1 mode.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF4
FF5
FF4 1 BSSCC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSCC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
72=FF72 key
0=Allow inbound answer. (default)
1=Do Not Allow inbound answer.
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
for PDN/NPDN:
0=Immediate Ring during Day1. (default)
1=Delayed Ring during Day1.
FF7
Notes:
Applications
If this address is set to “1=Do Not Allow,” the FF-key will still flash green for an incoming exchange or
MCO call, although the user won’t be able to answer it.
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 4-15
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
DSS Trunk FF-Key: Day1 Ringing
BSSCC-1013:0
FF Key/Bit 3
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF1
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Allow/Restrict phone ringing for an incoming call during
Day1 mode on the FF-key programmed as a trunk, MCO trunk group, Virtual Port,
or DSS/BLF key.
For PDN/NPDN keys, this address determines Day2 ringing.
0
System
Configuration
FF4 1 BSSCC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1) Hold
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF1
System
BSSCC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
72=FF72 key
0=Do Not Ring during Day1. (default)
1=Ring during Day1.
FF2
Exchange
for PDN/NPDN:
0=No Ring during Day2. (default)
1=Ring during Day2.
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
Even if this address is set to “0=Do Not Ring” (default), the user can still pick up the incoming call by
pressing the FF-key, as long as Inbound Answer Restriction is set to “0=Allow” (default).
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs - Version 2.3 or higher) For DSS/BLF keys, if this address is set to “1=Ring,” Auto-Answer will
apply; user simply picks up the handset to answer the incoming call on the DSS/BLF key.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
BLF Call Pickup (pg. 1-36)
FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
DSS Trunk FF-Key: Day2 Ringing
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
BSSCC-1014:0
FF Key/Bit 4
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Allow/Restrict phone ringing for an incoming call during
Day2 mode on the FF-key programmed as a trunk, MCO trunk group, Virtual Port,
or DSS/BLF key.
For PDN/NPDN keys, this address controls Immediate/Delayed Ring during Day2 mode.
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF4 1 BSSCC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1) Hold
BSSCC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
Notes:
•
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
(same as Day1 Ringing)
Related Programming:
Page 4-16
01=FF1 key
0=Do Not Ring during Day2. (default)
02=FF2 key
1=Ring during Day2.
03=FF3 key
for PDN/NPDN:
...
0=Immediate Ring during Day2. (default)
72=FF72 key
1=Delayed Ring during Day2.
Applications
(same as Day1 Ringing)
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Introduction
BSSCC-1015:0
DSS Trunk FF-Key: Night Ringing
FF Key/Bit 5
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF1
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Allow/Restrict phone ringing for an incoming call on during
Night mode on the FF-key programmed as a trunk, MCO trunk group, Virtual Port,
or DSS/BLF key.
For PDN/NPDN keys, this address determines Night ringing.
0
System
Configuration
FF4 1 BSSCC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1) Hold
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
System
BSSCC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
Notes:
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
72=FF72 key
0=Do Not Ring during Night. (default)
1=Ring during Night.
for PDN/NPDN:
0=No Ring during Night. (default)
1=Ring during Night.
FF3
(same as Day1 Ringing)
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF2
Exchange
Extensions
FF4
FF1
(same as Day1 Ringing)
DSS Trunk FF-Key: No-Ring Auto Answer
BSSCC-1016:0
FF Key/Bit 6
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Allow/Restrict the phone’s ability to answer incoming calls that are
blinking, but not ringing, on the FF-key programmed as a trunk, MCO trunk group, Virtual
Port, or DSS/BLF key, simply by picking up the handset.
For PDN/NPDN keys, this address controls Immediate/Delayed Ring during Night mode.
FF5
Groups
FF4 1 BSSCC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
BSSCC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
Applications
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
72=FF72 key
0=Disabled; this address has no effect.
(default)
1=Enabled; pick up handset to answer call.
(no need to press FF-key)
for PDN/NPDN:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
0=Immediate Ring during Night. (default)
1=Delayed Ring during Night.
FF8
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Maintenance
Even if this is set to “1=Enabled,” pressing ON/OFF will not pick up the call; the user must pick up the
handset to answer the call.
Related Programming:
BLF Call Pickup (pg. 1-36)
FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 4-17
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF4 2: Soft Keys on Display Phones
Before Programming:
•
•
0
System
Configuration
This address applies to both Large Display and Small Display phones.
The extension’s Phone Type (pg. 3-3) must be set to “1=Digital Keyphone” (default).
FF1
System
FF1
Soft Key Feature Assignment
BSSCC-001 :
System
Function # nnnn
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Assign Feature Codes to the soft keys on Large Display and Small Display phones.
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
FF4 2 BSSCC 0 (01-30) Hold (Code) Hold
FF3
Extensions
BSSCC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-07
CC=Circuit 01-24
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
01-10: during Dial Tone or dialling Feature Code Assignment
(see pg. 4-2)
11-15: during Ringback Tone
16-20: during Busy Tone
default: [no assignment]
21-25: during OHVA/Receive
26-30=during Talk
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(See figures, next page, for soft key numbering on phones)
Notes:
FF5
Groups
•
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF5
These features will apply in the following modes:
•
Groups
On Large Display phones: Press the FUNCTION EXT soft key to access these features. Up to 5
features are displayed at a time, and are executable by pressing the soft keys on the left side of the
LCD. During Dial Tone or dialling (which can have up to 10 feature assignments), press the NEXT
or PREV keys to toggle between the 2 screens of 5 functions each. Press the MENU key to exit.
On Small Display phones: Activate Variable Mode (default code = *61, or press the FF-key
programmed with this code). One feature at a time is displayed, and can be executed by pressing
EXEC (R) or (L). Use the VOLUME-UP or VOLUME-DOWN keys to change the feature name to
be displayed. Press the FF-key again to exit.
Applications
Variable Mode ON:
(FF-key: lit red)
FF7
FUNC DISP OFF
[assigned function]
FF8
TRS/ARS
Applications
Variable Mode OFF:
FUNC DISP ON
FF6
100
Panasonic
FF8
(FF-key: unlit)
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Dial Plan Assignment (pg. 3-31) to extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 09 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
Flexible Feature Codes ..
at Dial Tone, for Dial Plan “A” (pg. 1-220) FF1 2 02 (0001-0071) Hold (max. 4-digit Code) Hold
at Dial Tone, for Dial Plan “B” (pg. 1-223) FF1 2 03 (0001-0071) Hold (max. 4-digit Code) Hold
at Ringback Tone, for Dial Plan “A” (pg. 1-225) FF1 2 04 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 4-18
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
at Ringback Tone, for Dial Plan “B” (pg. 1-226) FF1 2 05 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code) Hold
at Busy Tone, for Dial Plan “A” (pg. 1-227) FF1 2 06 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code) Hold
at Busy Tone, for Dial Plan “B” (pg. 1-228) FF1 2 07 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code) Hold
Introduction
0
Figure 4-4: Soft key layout on a Large Display phone
FF1
System
Talk
26
27
28
29
30
FF2
Trunks
16
17
18
19
20
11
12
13
14
15
06
07
08
09
10
System
164 Davidson C
PERSONAL DIAL
SYSTEM DIAL
EXTENSION
FUNCTION SYSTEM
FUNCTION EXT
01
02
03
04
05
PROG
FF3
FF1
11 APR FRI 03:14
OHVA Busy Ringback Dial Tone
Receive Tone Tone
or Dial
21
22
23
24
25
System
Configuration
CONF
MIC
MENU
PREV
(these soft keys
are the same)
FF2
Exchange
NEXT
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Figure 4-5: Soft key layout on a Small Display phone
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
END
MODE
11 APR FRI 03:14
26-30 21-25 16-20 11-15
FF6
01-10
164 Davidson C
FF6
PROG
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
CONF
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 4-19
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0
0
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Page 4-20
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Introduction
Introduction
5. Groups (FF5)
0
Use the FF5 programming addresses in this chapter to set parameters for the
following groups in the ICX:
System
Configuration
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups
FF5 2: MCO Outbound Trunk Groups
FF5 3: MCO Inbound Trunk Groups
FF5 4: Paging Groups
FF5 5: Hot Line Group
FF5 6: Call Pickup Groups
FF1
System
FF2
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
This chapter covers the following FF5 addresses:
FF3
FF Key Address
Topic
Default (all)
Page
Extensions
Extensions
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 02 01 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF5 0 02 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 02 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 02 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 02 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Groups
FF5 0 03 01 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
FF5 0 03 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 03 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF5 0 03 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 03 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 04 01 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
FF5 0 04 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 04 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 04 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 04 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Maintenance
5-2
Attendant HG: Pilot Number
Attendant HG: Day1 Hunt Mode
Attendant HG: Day1 Members
Attendant HG: Day1 Delayed (No Answer) Hunt
Timer
Attendant HG: Day1 Queuing Timer
Attendant HG: Day1 Next Extension/Hunt
Group
Attendant HG: Day2 Hunt Mode
Attendant HG: Day2 Members
Attendant HG: Day2 Delayed (No Answer) Hunt
Timer
Attendant HG: Day2 Queuing Timer
Attendant HG: Day2 Next Extension/Hunt
Group
Attendant HG: Night Hunt Mode
Attendant HG: Night Members
Attendant HG: Night Delayed (No Answer) Hunt
Timer
Attendant HG: Night Queuing Timer
Attendant HG: Night Next Extension/Hunt
Group
0
1 (Pilot terminal)
(none)
0 (Stay at idle ext.)
5-2
5-3
5-3
5-4
0 (Stay in HG)
(none)
5-4
5-5
1 (Pilot terminal)
(none)
0 (Stay at idle ext.)
5-5
5-6
5-6
0 (Stay in HG)
(none)
5-7
5-7
1 (Pilot terminal)
(none)
0 (Stay at idle ext.)
5-8
5-8
5-9
0 (Stay in HG)
(none)
5-9
5-10
FF5 1 (01-12) 01 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF5 1 (01-12) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 1 (01-12) (03-22) Hold FL/R (09999) Hold
FF5 1 (01-12) 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
Extension HG: Hunt Mode
Extension HG: Pilot Number
Extension HG: Members
1 (Terminal)
(none)
(none)
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups
Appendix A
FF3
5-10
5-10
5-12
5-12
Appendix A
Extension HG: Delayed (No Answer) Hunt
Timer
S-ICX issued January 2000
16 (seconds)
5-13
Appendix B
•
Page 5-1
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
FF5 1 (01-12) 24 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 1 (01-12) 25 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension HG: Queuing Timer
Extension HG: Next Extension/Hunt Group
0 (Stay in HG)
(none)
FF5 2: MCO Outbound Trunk Groups
0
System
Configuration
FF5 2 (01-99) 001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5 2 (01-99) (002-097) Hold (1-096)
Hold
FF1
System
0 (Reverse order)
(none)
FF2
(none)
External Page Port
Paging Group Members
up to 72 Members
FF3
FF5 5 (01-20) 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Hot Line Extension
FF5 5 (01-20) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Hot Line Mode
FF5 5 (01-20) 03 Hold (1-9999 or 00/0- Hot Line Destination
79/9) Hold
5-19
(none)
0 (Extension)
(none)
5-19
5-20
5-20
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
5-21
Call Pickup Group Members
(none)
5-21
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
System
5-18
5-19
(none)
FF5 6: Call Pickup Groups
FF4
System
Configuration
FF1
FF5 5: Hot Line Group
FF5 6 (01-16) (01-08) Hold (1-9999)
Hold
0
5-17
5-18
Exchange
Extensions
5-15
5-16
5-16
MCO Inbound Trunk Group Members
FF5 4: Paging Groups
FF5 4 (01-10) 01 Hold (BSSC) Hold
FF5 4 (01-10) (02-73) Hold (0-9999)
Hold
Introduction
5-15
MCO Outbound Search Mode
MCO Outbound Trunk Group Members
FF5 3: MCO Inbound Trunk Groups
FF5 3 (01-99) (001-072) Hold (1-096)
Hold
5-13
5-14
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
Attendant HG: Pilot Number
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
01-01
:0
ATT Pilot #
FF6
TRS/ARS
Enter the pilot number for the system’s Attendant Hunt Group.
FF7
FF7
FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Applications
Applications
Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No. 0-9999
(digit length: 1-4 digits - must match Extenson No. configuration)
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
default: 0
Notes:
Only one Attendant Hunt Group is allowed per system.
Appendix A
A pilot number is a “phantom” extension number not assigned to a physical port. In pilot hunting, calls
are directed to the pilot number and sent to hunt group members from there.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 5-2
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Introduction
Attendant HG: Day1 Hunt Mode
02-01
:1
ATT-D1 Hunt Mod
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the hunting method for the Attendant Hunt Group during Day1 mode.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF5 0 02 01 Hold (0-2) Hold
Day1
FF1
Attendant Hunt Group
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
System
Configuration
NOTE: If this address is reset to 0=no hunting,
the members in the next address will be automatically cleared.
0=no hunting
1=Pilot Terminal hunting (default)
2=Pilot Distributed hunting
FF1
System
(see explanation in Notes below)
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Pilot Terminal hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Member #1 is tried first. Hunting
proceeds forward through the sequential members to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last
member) doesn’t answer, the call returns to Member #1 again, and the hunt cycle repeats until a member
answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs first).
Extensions
Pilot Distributed hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Hunting begins at the next sequential
member after the member that received the last call. Hunting then proceeds forward from that member,
to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last member) doesn’t answer, the call goes to Member #1,
and hunting proceeds forward through the entire hunt group. The latter hunt cycle (Member #1 thru
Member #20) repeats until a member answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs
first).
FF-/Soft Keys
Attendant HG: Day1 Members
02-02
:
ATT-D1 Member
FF4
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign extensions as members of the Attendant Hunt Group during Day1 mode.
FF7
Day1
FF8
FF7
FF5 0 02 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Applications
Attendant Hunt Group
Maintenance
Applications
Extension No. 0-9999
Member Position:
02=Member #1
03=Member #2
04=Member #3
...
21=Member #20
FF8
default: [no assignment]
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 5-3
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Day1 Attendant Hunt Group Members can also be Day2 and Night Attendant Hunt Group
Members. However, an Extension Hunt Group Member cannot also be an Attendant Hunt Group
Member.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
Configuration
Attendant HG: Day1 Delayed (No Answer)
Hunt Timer
02-22
:0
ATT-D1 Delayed
FF1
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
System
Set the amount of time before an unanswered call ringing an idle member in the
Attendant Hunt Group, is forwarded to the next member during Day1.
FF2
Day1
Attendant Hunt Group
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
FF5 0 02 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
Exchange
Exchange
Delayed (No Answer) Hunt Timer:
0=stay at idle extension (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
Attendant HG: Day1 Queuing Timer
02-23
FF3
Extensions
:0
ATT-D1 Queuing
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - aVersion 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set the amount of time an incoming call is queued in the Attendant Hunt Group
(waiting for a member to become available) before being forwarded to the next
hunt group or extension, during Day1 mode.
FF5
Groups
FF5 0 02 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF6
FF6
Day1
TRS/ARS
Attendant Hunt Group
Queuing Timer:
0=stay in the same Hunt Group (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
A call is queued in a hunt group after the idle members are tried (once each) and the remaining members
are busy.
FF8
Maintenance
If there is no assigned Next Extension/Hunt Group (see next address), intercom and network calls will
be dropped after the Queuing Timer expires. Exchange calls will return to “Multiple Incoming” status.
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Attendant HG: Day1 Next Extension/Hunt Group (pg. 5-5)
FF5 0 02 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-4
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Introduction
Attendant HG: Day1 Next Extension/Hunt Group
02-24
:
ATT-D1 Next HUN
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enter the Hunt Group pilot number or Extension number that will receive the
Attendant Hunt Group’s unanswered calls during Day1.
0
System
Configuration
FF5 0 02 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF1
Day1
System
Attendant Hunt Group
Next Extension/Hunt Group
(enter Hunt Group Pilot No. or Extension No.)
FF1
System
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
The “Hunt Group Pilot No.” can be an Extension Hunt Group or Attendant Hunt Group.
The “Extension No.” can be a Virtual Extension or an actual extension number.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Attendant HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-2) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-12) FF5 1 (01-12) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-43) FF3 2 (001-096) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-6) FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Attendant HG: Day2 Hunt Mode
FF5
Groups
03-01
:1
ATT-D2 Hunt Mod
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Groups
Set the hunting method for the Attendant Hunt Group during Day2 mode.
FF5 0 03 01 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
Day2
Attendant Hunt Group
FF7
FF5
FF6
TRS/ARS
1=Pilot Terminal hunting (default)
2=Pilot Distributed hunting
(see explanation in Notes below)
Applications
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Pilot Terminal hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Member #1 is tried first. Hunting
proceeds forward through the sequential members to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last
member) doesn’t answer, the call returns to Member #1 again, and the hunt cycle repeats until a member
answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs first).
Pilot Distributed hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Hunting begins at the next sequential
member after the member that received the last call. Hunting then proceeds forward from that member,
to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last member) doesn’t answer, the call goes to Member #1,
and hunting proceeds forward through the entire hunt group. The latter hunt cycle (Member #1 thru
Member #20) repeats until a member answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs
first).
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 5-5
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF5: Groups
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Attendant HG: Day2 Members
03-02
:
ATT-D2 Member
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign extensions as members of the Attendant Hunt Group during Day2 mode.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Configuration
FF5 0 03 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Day2
Attendant Hunt Group
Member Position:
02=Member #1
03=Member #2
04=Member #3
...
21=Member #20
System
FF2
Exchange
Extension No. 0-9999
default: [no assignment]
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Day2 Attendant Hunt Group Members can also be Day1 and Night Attendant Hunt Group
Members. However, an Extension Hunt Group Member cannot also be an Attendant Hunt Group
Member.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Attendant HG: Day2 Delayed (No Answer)
Hunt Timer
FF-/Soft Keys
03-22
:0
ATT-D2 Delayed
FF5
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set the amount of time before an unanswered call ringing an idle member in the
Attendant Hunt Group, is forwarded to the next member during Day2.
Groups
FF5 0 03 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Day2
Attendant Hunt Group
FF7
Delayed (No Answer) Hunt Timer:
0=stay at idle extension (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-6
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Introduction
Attendant HG: Day2 Queuing Timer
03-23
:0
ATT-D2 Queuing
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time an incoming call is queued in the Attendant Hunt Group
(waiting for a member to become available) before being forwarded to the next
hunt group or extension, during Day2 mode.
0
System
Configuration
FF5 0 03 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Day2
Attendant Hunt Group
FF2
Queuing Timer:
0=stay in the same Hunt Group (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
Trunks
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
A call is queued in a hunt group after the idle members are tried (once each) and the remaining members
are busy.
If there is no assigned Next Extension/Hunt Group (see next address), intercom and network calls will
be dropped after the Queuing Timer expires. Exchange line calls will return to “Multiple Incoming”
status.
Related Programming:
Attendant HG: Day2 Next Extension/Hunt Group (pg. 5-7)
Extensions
FF4
FF5 0 03 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Attendant HG: Day2 Next Extension/Hunt Group
FF3
FF-/Soft Keys
03-24
:
ATT-D2 Next HUN
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Enter the Hunt Group pilot number or Extension number that will receive the
Attendant Hunt Group’s unanswered calls during Day2.
FF6
FF6
FF5 0 03 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
TRS/ARS
Day2
FF7
Attendant Hunt Group
Applications
TRS/ARS
Next Extension/Hunt Group
(enter Hunt Group Pilot No. or Extension No.)
FF7
Applications
default: [no assignment]
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
FF8
The “Hunt Group Pilot No.” can be an Extension Hunt Group or Attendant Hunt Group.
The “Extension No.” can be a Virtual Extension or an actual extension number.
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Attendant HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-2) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-12) FF5 1 (01-12) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-43) FF3 2 (001-096) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-6) FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
Page 5-7
FF5: Groups
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Attendant HG: Night Hunt Mode
04-01
:1
ATT-N Hunt Mode
(all
r CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the hunting method for the Attendant Hunt Group during Night mode.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF5 0 04 01 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
Night
FF1
Attendant Hunt Group
System
1=Pilot Terminal hunting. (default)
2=Pilot Distributed hunting.
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Pilot Terminal hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Member #1 is tried first. Hunting
proceeds forward through the sequential members to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last
member) doesn’t answer, the call returns to Member #1 again, and the hunt cycle repeats until a member
answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs first).
Pilot Distributed hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Hunting begins at the next sequential
member after the member that received the last call. Hunting then proceeds forward from that member,
to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last member) doesn’t answer, the call goes to Member #1,
and hunting proceeds forward through the entire hunt group. The latter hunt cycle (Member #1 thru
Member #20) repeats until a member answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs
first).
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Attendant HG: Night Members
FF5
FF2
04-02
:
ATT-N Member
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Assign extensions as members of the Attendant Hunt Group during Night mode.
Groups
FF5 0 04 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF6
FF6
Night
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Extension No. 0-9999
Attendant Hunt Group
Member Position:
02=Member #1
03=Member #2
04=Member #3
...
21=Member #20
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
default: [no assignment]
FF7
Applications
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Night Attendant Hunt Group Members can also be Day1 and Day2 Attendant Hunt Group
Members. However, an Extension Hunt Group Member cannot also be an Attendant Hunt Group
Member.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-8
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Introduction
Attendant HG: Night Delayed (No Answer)
Hunt Timer
0
System
Configuration
04-22
:0
ATT-N Delayed T
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time before an unanswered call ringing an idle member in the
Attendant Hunt Group, is forwarded to the next member during Night mode.
FF5 0 04 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Night
Attendant Hunt Group
FF2
Delayed (No Answer) Hunt Timer:
0=stay at idle extension (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Exchange
Attendant HG: Night Queuing Timer
FF7
Applications
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5 0 04 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
Night
Attendant Hunt Group
Groups
FF3
Extensions
Set the amount of time an incoming call is queued in the Attendant Hunt Group
(waiting for a member to become available) before being forwarded to the next
hunt group or extension, during Night mode.
FF5
TRS/ARS
:0
ATT-N Queuing
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF-/Soft Keys
FF6
04-23
Queuing Timer:
0=stay in the same Hunt Group (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
Notes:
A call is queued in a hunt group after the idle members are tried (once each) and the remaining members
are busy.
If there is no assigned Next Extension/Hunt Group (see next address), intercom and network calls will
be dropped after the Queuing Timer expires. Exchange line calls will return to “Multiple Incoming”
status.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
Attendant HG: Night Next Extension/Hunt Group (pg. 5-10)
FF8
FF5 0 04 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 5-9
FF5: Groups
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Attendant HG: Night Next Extension/Hunt Group
04-24
:
ATT-N Next HUNT
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enter the Hunt Group pilot number or Extension number that will receive the
Attendant Hunt Group’s unanswered calls during Night mode.
0
System
Configuration
FF5 0 04 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF1
Night
System
Attendant Hunt Group
Next Extension/Hunt Group
(enter Hunt Group Pilot No. or Extension No.)
FF1
System
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Exchange
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
The “Hunt Group Pilot No.” can be an Extension Hunt Group or Attendant Hunt Group.
The “Extension No.” can be a Virtual Extension or an actual extension number.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Attendant HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-2) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-12) FF5 1 (01-12) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-43) FF3 2 (001-096) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-6) FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Groups
Extension HG: Hunt Mode
01-01
:1
HG Hunt Mode
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the hunting method for each Extension Hunt Group.
FF7
FF7
FF5 1 (01-12) 01 Hold (0-4) Hold
Applications
Applications
Extension Hunt Group No.
FF8
Maintenance
0=No hunting.
1=Pilot Terminal hunting. (default)
2=Pilot Distributed hunting.
3=Switchback hunting.
4=Circular hunting.
FF8
Maintenance
(see explanation in Notes below)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-10
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF5: Groups
Notes:
Introduction
If this address is reset to “0=No hunting,” the pilot number and members in the next addresses will be
automatically cleared.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Pilot Terminal hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Member #1 is tried first. Hunting
proceeds forward through the sequential members to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last
member) doesn’t answer, the call returns to Member #1 again, and the hunt cycle repeats until a member
answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs first).
Pilot Distributed hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Hunting begins at the next sequential
member after the member that received the last call. Hunting then proceeds forward from that member,
to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last member) doesn’t answer, the call goes to Member #1,
and hunting proceeds forward through the entire hunt group. The latter hunt cycle (Member #1 thru
Member #20) repeats until a member answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs
first).
Switchback hunting. The hunting cycle always starts at (and returns to) the member that first received
the call. Hunting proceeds forward through the Hunt Group members to the end of the Hunt Group, then
returns to the member extension and hunts backward until Member #1 is reached. The call returns again
to the original member, and hunts forward, then returns again/hunts backward. This cycle is repeated
until a member answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs first).
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Circular hunting. Hunting begins at the member extension receiving the call, and proceeds forward to
end of the Hunt Group. If Member #20 (last member) doesn’t answer, Member #1 (first member) is
tried next. Hunting proceeds forward to the end of the Hunt Group again. The latter hunt cycle
(Member #1 thru Member #20) repeats until a member answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires
(whichever occurs first).
If a trunk’s Ring Type is set to “4=DIL to Hunt Group,” the Ring Destination must be a Hunt Group
No. (01-72 -- not the Pilot No.). For this setting to work, the Hunt Group must be set for Circular or
Switchback hunting, which do not use Pilot Nos. If the Hunt Group DOES have a Pilot No., set the
trunk to “3=DIL to Extension” and enter the Pilot No. as the destination.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type & Destination for...
analog CO trunks (pg. 2-22) FF2 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0-12) Hold (0-9999) Hold...
S-point ISDN trunks (pg. 2-73) FF2 1 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-12) Hold (0-9999) Hold...
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 5-11
FF5: Groups
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension HG: Pilot Number
01-02
:
HG Pilot #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enter the pilot number of the Extension Hunt Group. Applies only if the hunt group
is assigned Pilot Terminal or Pilot Distributed hunting (see previous address).
FF5 1 (01-12)
FF1
02
Pilot No. 0-9999
(digit length: 1-4 digits - must match
Extenson No. configuration)
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
System
Configuration
Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Hunt Group No.
System
0
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
A pilot number is a “phantom” extension number not assigned to a physical port. In pilot hunting, calls
are directed to the pilot number and sent to hunt group members from there.
The pilot number cannot match an existing Extension No. or a Flexible Feature Code.
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
Extension HG: Hunt Mode (pg. 5-10)
FF4
FF5 1 (01-12) 01 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Extension HG: Members
01-03
:
HG Member
FF5
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Assign extensions as members of an Extension Hunt Group.
Groups
(to clear current
assignment)
FF5 1 (01-12) (03-22)
FF6
Hold
FL/R
(0-9999) Hold
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Extension Hunt Group No.
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF6
Member Position:
03=Member #1
04=Member #2
05=Member #3
...
22=Member #20
Extension No. 0-9999
default: [no assignment]
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
An Extension Hunt Group Member cannot also be an Attendant Hunt Group Member.
Each extension can belong to only one Extension Hunt Group. (The most recent assignment is the
priority.)
Appendix A
To change an Extension Hunt Group Member, clear the current member by pressing FL/R first, then
entering the new extension member. Otherwise, the new extension will have the member position; the
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 5-12
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF5: Groups
old extension will move forward to the next member position; and the other assigned extensions will
also move forward one member position (the last extension will be dropped from the group).
:16
Extension HG: Delayed (No Answer) Hunt Timer 01-23
Delayed Hunt TM
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time before an unanswered call ringing an idle member in the
Extension Hunt Group, is forwarded to the next member in the group.
FF1
Extension Hunt Group No.
FF2
Trunks
System
Delayed (No Answer) Hunt Timer:
0=stay at idle extension
1-255=no. of seconds
default: 16 seconds
FF3
Extensions
FF1
FF5 1 (01-12) 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
This timer applies only to Pilot Hunting (not to Circular or Switchback hunting).
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
When programming Built-In ACD virtual ports 05-24, the above Hunt Timer should be set to “0=stay
at idle extension” in order for ACD to work properly.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Extension HG: Hunt Mode (pg. 5-10)
FF5
FF5 1 (01-12) 01 Hold (0-4) Hold
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Groups
Extension HG: Queuing Timer
01-24
:0
Queuing Timer
(all CPCs) - version 1.0 or higher
TRS/ARS
Set the amount of time an incoming call is queued in the Extension Hunt Group
(waiting for a member to become available) before being forwarded to the next
hunt group or extension.
Applications
FF7
Applications
FF5 1 (01-12) 24 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF8
Extension Hunt Group No.
Maintenance
FF6
Queuing Timer:
0=stay in the same Hunt Group (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
A call is queued in a hunt group after the idle members are tried (once each) and the remaining members
are busy.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 5-13
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
If there is no assigned Next Extension/Hunt Group (see next address), intercom and network calls will
be dropped after the Queuing Timer expires. Exchange line calls will return to “Multiple Incoming”
status.
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
Extension HG: Next Extension/Hunt Group
FF5 1 (01-12) 25 Hold (0-9999) Hold
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Extension HG: Next Extension/Hunt Group
FF1
System
01-25
:
Next Hunting
FF1
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Enter the Hunt Group pilot number or Extension number that will receive the
Extension Hunt Group’s unanswered calls.
System
FF5 1 (01-12) 25 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
Extension Hunt Group No.
FF3
Next Extension/Hunt Group
(enter Hunt Group Pilot No. or Extension No.)
default: [no assignment]
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
The “Hunt Group Pilot No.” can be an Extension Hunt Group or Attendant Hunt Group.
The “Extension No.” can be a Virtual Extension or an actual extension number.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Attendant HG: Pilot Number FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension HG: Pilot Number FF5 1 (01-12) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment FF3 2 (001-096) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-14
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF5: Groups
FF5 2: MCO Outbound Trunk Groups
Introduction
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
MCO Outbound Search Mode
01-001
:0
TG-Out Search
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
Set the hunting method for each MCO Outbound Trunk Group.
FF1
System
System
FF5 2 (01-99) 001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
MCO Outbound Trunk Group No.
(max. 99 Groups per system)
Trunks
0=Hunt for trunks in reverse order by
Member No. (default)
FF2
Exchange
1=Hunt for trunks in distributed order.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF3
This Search Mode becomes important when a trunk is assigned to both an Inbound and an Outbound
Trunk Group.
•
For both Inbound and Outbound Trunk Groups, the system automatically re-sorts trunk members
so that the highest-numbered trunk is Member #1.
•
For Inbound Trunk Groups, the system always tries Member #1 first, then Member #2, etc.
(This cannot be adjusted in programming.)
Groups
•
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Extensions
Notes:
For Outbound Trunk Groups, Member #576 -- the lowest-numbered trunk -- is tried first by default
(the above address is set to “0”). But this can be adjusted (by setting the above address to “1”) so
that the system will try Member #1 -- the highest-numbered trunk -- first.
To prevent “glare” (when the same trunk is simultaneously seized for an incoming and outgoing call),
leave the above setting at “0=reverse order” (default) so that the system will try to seize the lowestnumbered trunk (Member #096) for outgoing calls and the highest-numbered trunk (Member #1) for
incoming calls.
Applications
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
MCO Outbound Trunk Group Members (pg. 5-16) FF5 2 (01-99) (002-097) Hold (1-096) Hold
MCO Inbound Trunk Group Members (pg. 5-17) FF5 3 (01-99) (001-072) Hold (1-096) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 5-15
FF5: Groups
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
MCO Outbound Trunk Group Members
01-002
:
TG-Out Member
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign trunks as members of each MCO Outbound Trunk Group.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF5 2
FF1
(01-99)
MCO Outbound
Trunk Group No.
(max. 99 Groups
per system)
System
FF2
(002-097)
Hold
Member Position:
002=Member #1
003=Member #2
004=Member #3
....
097=Member #096
(1-096)
System
Configuration
Hold
FF1
Trunk No. 1-096
System
default: (none)
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
As each trunk is added as a member, the system re-sorts the members from the highest-numbered trunk
as Member #1, to the lowest-numbered trunk as the last assigned Member Position. This means that you
can enter trunks in no particular order.
If you are unable to enter trunks in this address (get an error beep when you punch-in the trunk no.),
make sure the MCO strap is cut on the CPC card, which enables pooled line access.
A trunk cannot belong to more than one Outbound Trunk Group (the most recent assignment is the
priority). However, a trunk can belong to one Inbound and one Outbound Trunk Group.
Individual MCO Outbound Trunk Groups can be assigned to MCO Access codes (“9”, “81”, etc.) in
FF1 3. Alternatively, they can be used in TRS/ARS routing. See FF6 for more information.
Groups
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Trunk Groups (pg. 1-230)
Hold
FF6 1 00: TRS Class: Path Settings (pg. 6-13)
FF6 2: ARS and Network Routing (pg. 6-20)
FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99 or 0-72)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF5 3: MCO Inbound Trunk Groups
NOTE: The Search Mode (hunting method) for MCO Inbound Trunk Groups cannot be
adjusted in programming. The system automatically tries Member #1 first, then
Member #2, etc.
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-16
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Introduction
MCO Inbound Trunk Group Members
01-001
:
TG-In Member
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign trunks as members of the MCO Inbound Trunk Group.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF5 3
FF1
(01-99)
MCO Inbound
Trunk Group No.
(max. 99 Groups
per system)
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
(001-072)
Hold
(1-096)
System
Configuration
Hold
FF1
Member Position:
Trunk No. 1-096
001=Member #1
002=Member #2
default: (none)
003=Member #3
....
056=Member #056 (for CPC-HS)
....
072=Member #072 (for CPC-HM)
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
As each trunk is added as a member, the system re-sorts the members from the highest-numbered trunk
as Member #1, to the lowest-numbered trunk as the last assigned Member Position. This means that you
can enter trunks in no particular order.
A trunk cannot belong to more than one Inbound Trunk Group (the most recent assignment is the
priority). However, a trunk can belong to one Inbound and one Outbound Trunk Group.
MCO Inbound Trunk Groups are used in the Trunk Group Pickup feature. See Section 700-Feature
Operation for more information.
Groups
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
Tenant Groups: Inbound Trunk Groups (pg. 1-234)
FF1 3 03 (0001-0072) Hold (1-99) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 5-17
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF5 4: Paging Groups
0
0
System
Configuration
External Page Port
01-01
:*
System
Configuration
External Port
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set the position on the card (e.g., Trunk Card) where the Paging Adapter for
external paging is installed for each Paging Group.
FF5 4
(01-10)
01
Hold
(BSSC)
FF1
System
Hold
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Paging Group:
01=Paging Group 1
02=Paging Group 2
...
10=Paging Group 0
FF3
Extensions
External Page Adapter Port Position -B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
default: * (use paging port on CPC card)
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
If the above address is left at the default “*”, voice will be sent through the paging port on the CPC card.
To disable external page output, press FL/R after 01 Hold in the above address to clear the “*” setting.
If the External Page Adaptor is installed, the Paging Groups will correspond to the following page zone
relays:
Paging Group 1: (dial #1)
Paging Group 2: (dial #2)
Paging Group 3: (dial #3)
Paging Group 4: (dial #4)
Paging Group 9: (dial #9)
Paging Group 0: (dial #0)
=
=
=
=
=
=
Zone 2 (S2 relay)
Zone 3 (S3 relay)
Zone 4 (S4 relay)
Zone 5 (S5 relay)
Zone 1 (S1 relay)
all zones (fires all relays)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-18
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Introduction
Paging Group Members
01-02
:
Page Member
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign extensions as members of the Paging Group (up to 72 extensions per group).
0
0
System
Configuration
FF5 4
FF1
(01-10)
Paging Group:
01=Paging Group 1
02=Paging Group 2
...
10=Paging Group 0
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
(02-73)
Hold
Paging Group Member
position:
02=Member #1
03=Member #2
04=Member #3
...
73=Member #72
(0-9999)
System
Configuration
Hold
FF1
Extension No.
(digit length: 1-4 digits)
System
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
An extension can belong to more than one Paging Group.
Paging Group 0 (address 10) will override any other page in progress.
If a page is in progress, a page attempt to another Paging Group will return busy.
Phones set to DND will not receive pages. However, phones set to Call Forward/All will receive pages.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
Extension COS: Paging (pg. 1-67)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF5 5: Hot Line Group
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Hot Line Extension
01-01
:
Hot-L ORG EXT #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Assign up to 20 “Hot Line” extensions per system.
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF5 5
FF8
(01-20)
01
Hot Line Member No.:
01=Hot Line #1
02=Hot Line #2
...
20=Hot Line #20
Maintenance
Hold
(0-9999)
Hold
FF8
Extension No. 0-9999
(digit length: 1-4 digits)
Maintenance
default: [no assignment]
Appendix A
Appendix A
Notes:
Appendix B
Hot Line Extension: Go off-hook. Phone automatically dials another extension or SSD code.
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 5-19
Appendix B
FF5: Groups
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Hot Line Mode
01-02
:0
Hot-L DEST Type
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the Hot Line destination is another extension or a System Speed
Dial (SSD) code.
FF5 5
FF1
(01-20)
02
Hold
(0 or 1)
Hot Line Member No.:
01=Hot Line #1
02=Hot Line #2
...
20=Hot Line #20
System
FF2
0
System
Configuration
Hold
FF1
0=Extension (default)
1=SSD Code
System
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Hot Line Extension (pg. 5-19)
FF5 5 (01-20) 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-19) FF8 1 02 Hold 1 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
01-03
Hot Line Destination
:
Hot-L DEST INFO
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Assign an extension number or System Speed Dial (SSD) code as the Hot Line
destination.
FF5
Groups
FF5
FF5 5
(01-20)
03
Hot Line Member No.:
01=Hot Line #1
02=Hot Line #2
...
20=Hot Line #20
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Hold
(1-9999 or 00/0-79/9)
Hold
Extension No. (1-9999) or
SSD Code (00-79 or 000-799)
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
default: [no assignment]
FF7
Applications
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
Maintenance
Hot Line/MCO Preference for “ON/OFF” Key (pg. 1-22) FF1 0 01 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Access in Speed Dialling (pg. 1-35) FF1 0 02 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Hot Line Extension (pg. 5-19)
FF5 5 (01-20) 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-19) FF8 1 02 Hold 1 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-20
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF5: Groups
Introduction
FF5 6: Call Pickup Groups
Call Pickup Group Members
01-01
:
Pick-Up Member
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign extensions as members of a Call Pickup Group.
FF1
FF5 6 (01-16)
System
FF2
Call Pickup Group No.
(01-08)
Hold
Member Position:
01=Member #1
02=Member #2
...
08=Member #8
Trunks
(1-9999)
FF1
Hold
System
Extension No. 1-9999
(digit length: 1-4 digits)
FF2
Exchange
default: (none)
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
Group Call Pickup can be performed for both single-ringing calls (ringing only one extension) or
multiple-ringing calls (ringing on multiple extensions).
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF4
The following types of single-ringing calls can be retrieved via Group Call Pickup:
• DIL (Direct In-Line)
• DID/DDI (Direct Inward Dial/Direct Dial In)
• DISA (Direct Inward System Access)
• Caller ID
• Network
• Intercom (tone and voice)
• Virtual Port
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
The following types of multiple-ringing calls can be retrieved via Group Call Pickup:
• Multiple Incoming trunks
• BLF (Busy Lamp Field)
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 5-21
FF5: Groups
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0
0
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Page 5-22
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Introduction
Introduction
6. TRS(Call Barring)/ARS (FF6)
Use the FF6 addresses in this chapter to set TRS (Toll Restriction Service, or
Call Barring) and ARS (Automatic Route Selection, or Least Cost Routing)
parameters in the ICX. FF6 0: TRS/ARS Common
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions
FF6 2: ARS and Network Routing
FF1
FF1
This chapter covers the following FF6 addresses:
System
FF-key Address
Topic
System
Default (all)
Pg.
FF2
FF6 0: TRS/ARS Common
6-4
FF2
Trunks
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table
6-4
Trunkss
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0001 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold Leading Digits Table: Prefix String
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0002 Hold (0-99) Hold
Leading Digits Table: Prefix ID
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0003 Hold (0-16) Hold
Leading Digits Table: Follow Digit
Maximum
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0004 Hold (0-8) Hold
Leading Digits Table: TRS Level
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0006 Hold (1-200/100/50) Hold Leading Digits Table: Route Number
(none)
0 (not linked to
AnalyseDigits)
0 (no limit)
6-5
6-6
6-6
Extensions
0
0 (no routing)
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table
6-7
6-8
6-9
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: Prefix ID
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0002 Hold (up to 8 digits) Hold Analyse Digits Table: Digit String
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0003 Hold (0-16) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: Follow Digit
Maximum
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0004 Hold (0-8) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: TRS Level
0 (none)
(none)
0 (no limit)
6-9
6-10
6-11
0
6-11
Groups
TRS/ARS
0(no routing)
6-13
FF6 1 00: TRS Class: Path Settings
6-13
9 (allow all)
FF8
Maintenance
FF5
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-20) Hold
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
6-16
Outbound Dialled-Digit Maximum
Dialling Restriction During Inbound Calls
TRS Override on SSD Dialling
Star (*) and Pound (#) Dialling Restriction
0 (no limit)
0 (no restr.)
0 (not allowed)
0 (allowed)
Allowed SSD Range
0 (no TRS)
FF6 1 03: TRS Class: SSD Range
6-17
6-18
6-18
6-19
6-19
FF6 1 03 0001 Hold (000-799) Hold
FF6
6-14
FF6 1 02: TRS Class: Dialling Restrictions
Applications
FF-/Soft Keys
6-12
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions
FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold (0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold TRS Level for Path (non-ARS)
FF7
FF4
Groups
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0006 Hold (0-200/100/50) Hold Analyse Digits Table: Route Number
FF6
FF3
FF6 2: ARS and Network Routing
6-19
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
6-20
FF6 2 04: Route Table
6-20
FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
Route Table: Trunk Group Assignment
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No.
0 (none)
0 (none)
6-20
6-21
Appendix A
Appendix A
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table
FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-24) Hold
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
6-21
Digit Modify Table: Delete Beginning
Digits
S-ICX issued January 2000
0
6-22
Appendix B
•
Page 6-1
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0002 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0003 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
Digit Modify Table: Add Beginning Digits (none)
Digit Modify Table: Add Ending Digits
(none)
6-23
6-24
FF6 2 06: Authorisation Codes
6-25
FF6 2 06 (0001-0008) Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
0
System
Configuration
Authorisation Code (U.K. only)
(none)
(none)
6-26
0 (no limit)
6-27
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0003 Hold (0-8) Hold
Closed Number Table: PBX Routing
Code
Closed Number Table: Follow Digit
Maximum
Closed Number Table: TRS Level
6-27
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0005 Hold (1-200/100) Hold
Closed Number Table: Route Type
Closed Number Table: Route Number
0 (Restrict all
outbound)
0 (use Route)
0 (none)
6-25
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
System
FF2
Trunkss
FF6 2 08: Tandem Relay Exchange Table
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0-16) Hold
FF3
Extensions
6-25
FF6 2 07: Closed Number Table
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0002 Hold (0-16) Hold
FF1
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0004 Hold (0-200/100) Hold
FF6 2 09 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
Groups
System
Configuration
FF1
System
(none)
6-30
0 (no limit)
6-30
0 (use Route)
0 (none)
6-31
6-31
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
6-32
Closed No. for MSG ID Notify (VM/Other (none)
PBX)
6-32
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
0
6-28
6-28
6-29
Tandem Relay Exch. Table: PBX Routing
Code
Tandem Relay Exch. Table: Follow Digit
Maximum
Tandem Relay Exch. Table: Route Type
Tandem Relay Exch. Table: Route
Number
FF6 2 09: Network MSG ID
FF4
Introduction
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
General TRS/ARS Concepts in the ICX
TRS:
FF5
Groups
Toll Restriction Service (or “Call Barring”)
Outgoing calls are allowed or blocked, based on the path (originating
extension or DISA trunk, seizing an outgoing trunk) and the dialled digits.
FF6
In the S-ICX, TRS is always on. By default (via the TRS Class
assignments to extensions and trunks), all calls are allowed.
TRS/ARS
FF7
ARS:
Automatic Route Selection (also called “Least Cost Routing”)
ARS is disabled system-wide by default (in FF1 0 02 0010). If ARS is
enabled, calls are automatically routed to the least expensive trunk when
the user dials the MCO-1 access code (“9” or “0” by default) to make an
outgoing call.
Applications
FF8
ARS routing is based on the originating extension or DISA trunk and the
dialled phone number. If desired, it can also be based on when the call is
placed (Time of Day, Day of Week, or Special Day such as a holiday).
Maintenance
Trunk selection for ARS routing is defined here in FF6, overriding the
trunk group setup in “MCO Access in Tenant Groups” in FF1 3. The MCO
Outbound Trunk Groups, defined in FF5 2, are inserted into the FF6 ARS
routing tables.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 6-2
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Implementing
TRS/ARS:
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
There are two ways you can use TRS/ARS in the ICX:
•
•
TRS by itself.
TRS and ARS together.
(You cannot use ARS alone; it must go through TRS restrictions also.)
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
If TRS is used by itself, the trunk is selected before the system analyses
the path and the dialled phone number to determine whether to allow/
restrict the call.
FF1
System
If TRS is used with ARS, however, the system will not select a trunk until
the user has dialled enough digits to match an entry in the Leading Digits
Table. TRS will allow or block the call by comparing the TRS Levels
assigned to the originator and the dialled phone number. If the call passes
TRS, a trunk group is then selected for the call based on ARS settings.
FF2
Trunks
See Important Program Settings (next page) for suggestions on setting
up TRS/ARS system-wide.
FF3
Extensions
FF1
System
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
Important Systemwide Program Settings
• (suggested initial setup) Assign all trunks to Tenant Group #1, so that they will
FF4
automatically be assigned to MCO Outbound Trunk Group 01 in FF5.
FF4
Tenant Group Assignment for Trunks
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
default for all trunks: [no assignment]
analog trunks:
analog AC15 tie lines:
T-point ISDN lines:
QSIG ISDN lines:
FF5
(pg. 2-29)
(pg. 2-51)
(pg. 2-80)
(pg. 2-97)
FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 06 (00-23/30) Hold (0-72) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 06 (00-22/29) Hold (0-72) Hold
Groups
FF5
Groups
• Create trunk groups (if using more than one), and define the MCO-1 access code (if
different from default “9”):
FF6
MCO Outbound Trunk Group
Members (pg. 5-16)
TRS/ARS
FF5 2 (01-99) (002-097) Hold (1-576) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
default: [no assignment], or Trunk Group 01 includes
all trunks assigned to Tenant Group #1 in FF2
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Code for
MCO Trunk Access (pg. 1-220)
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF1 2 02 0004 Hold (max. 4 digits) Hold
default: 9 (0 for Taiwan)
• Group extensions and DISA trunks (as originators of outbound calls) into TRS
Classes: (this can be done after programming TRS/ARS in FF6)
Maintenance
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
TRS Class Assignment (Day/Night)
default for all: TRS Class 1 during Day and Night modes
digital keyphones & SLTs:
S-point ISDN extensions:
analog trunks:
analog AC15 tie lines:
T-point ISDN lines:
QSIG ISDN lines:
Appendix A
(pg. 3-28)
(pg. 3-41)
(pg. 2-29)
(pg. 2-52)
(pg. 2-81)
(pg. 2-98)
FF3 0 BSSCC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold (1-50) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-3
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 410-Programming
• To activate ARS, enable the following address: (recommended to be done after
Introduction
Introduction
programming TRS/ARS in FF6)
ARS/LCR Setting (pg. 1-39)
FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
default: 0 (disabled). Set it to 1 (Enabled).
0
• Groups of extensions can be limited to MCO-1 access only, to get an outside line:
System
Configuration
Extension COS: Forced ARS (pg. 1-94)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 42 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
default: 0 (Not Forced). Set it to 1 (Forced).
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-29)
FF1
FF3 0 BSSCC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF1
default: Ext. COS #1
System
FF2
System
FF6 0: TRS/ARS Common
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Trunkss
NOTE: These FF6 0 addresses contain the Leading Digits Table and the Analyse Digits
Table. These tables store the dialled-digit string definitions, along with their assigned
TRS Level and ARS route. These tables are used with TRS/ARS and TRS alone.
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Extensions
IMPORTANT: In these tables, all dial string possibilities should be entered. If there is
no match, there is no restriction. As a catch-all, use * as a wild-card (for example, enter
1900976* to cover all 1-900-976 phone calls). If there is more than one match, the
system will pick the most exact match and follow its settings (in the same example, the
system would follow the 1900976* entry instead of a 1900* entry).
Maintenance
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table
Groups
Table 6-1. Leading Digits Table: FF6 0 00 (001-100) (0001 thru 0006) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
Leading Digits Table: FF6 0 00 .......
(001-100)
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
Bin No.
Prefix String
Prefix ID
Follow Digit
Maximum
TRS Level
Route Type
Route No.
001
0-9,
(up to 10 dig.)
0-99
(up to 16 dig.
after Prefix
string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
002
0-9,
(up to 10 dig.)
0-99
(up to 16 dig.
after Prefix
string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
Applications
FF8
FF3
FF7
Applications
*
*
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-4
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Leading Digits Table: FF6 0 00 .......
(001-100)
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
Bin No.
Prefix String
Prefix ID
Follow Digit
Maximum
TRS Level
Route Type
Route No.
...
0-9,
(up to 10 dig.)
0-99
(up to 16 dig.
after Prefix
string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
100
0-9,
(up to 10 dig.)
0-99
(up to 16 dig.
after Prefix
string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
FF1
*
*
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
NOTE: The system will automatically re-sort this table after you exit Programming
Mode. The purpose of the re-sort is to place the longest and most exact phone-number
matches first, and the least number of wild-card *’s last. For example, the following
entries will appear in this order (starting with Bin #1): 1*** 976, * 976, ** , * .
FF2
When the system searches this Table for a dialed-digit match, it will start at Bin #1 (the
first entry), and move down through the table. It will use the first match it finds.
FF3
FF4
Leading Digits Table: Prefix String
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0001 :
LD001 Number
Trunkss
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Assign up to 100 dial strings, which will be matched with the first dialled
digits of outbound calls.
FF5
Groups
FF5
Groups
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0001 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
Leading Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-100
FF6
TRS/ARS
Leading Digits Prefix String (up to 10 digits)
valid entries: digits 0-9, and
*
(for wild-card)
FF6
TRS/ARS
default: [no assignment]
FF7
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
FF7
Applications
FF6 0 00 (001-100)...
Applications
0001 Hold...
Default Prefix String
FF8
Maintenance
0004 Hold...
Default TRS Level
00
8
0
6
1-9
3
(wild-card for all
*other
prefix strings)
8
Applies to these
countries
when Auto
Configuration
(pg.0-7) is
performed.
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-5
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
These prefix dial strings will be searched by the system to check for TRS restrictions and ARS call
routing when the digits are dialled by the user.
0
This address includes all leading digits dialled except for the MCO-1 Access Code (“9” by default) .
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Leading Digits Table: Prefix ID
FF1
System
0
0002 :0
LD001 ID Code
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
Assign a prefix ID to each Leading Digits entry, if you intend to use FF6 0 01:
Analyse Digits Table (pg. 6-9) to further analyse this Leading Digits dial string.
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0002
FF2
Hold
System
(0-99) Hold
FF2
Trunkss
Trunkss
Leading Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-100
FF3
Prefix ID No. 1-99
default: 0=not linked to
Analyse Digits Table
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Prefix IDs serve as “pointers” to the Analyse Digits Table, for the purpose of determining TRS and ARS
for the dial string. The same Leading Digits can have several different routing possibilities depending
on what is dialled after the Leading Digits. The Analyse Digits Table can handle these possibilities.
FF5
If you assign a prefix ID 1-99 here, the system will not check the remaining FF6 0 00 addresses of the
Leading Digits Table. Instead, it will go straight to the Analyse Digits Table and look for the closest
match to the entire dialled number (not just the Leading Digits).
Groups
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table (pg. 6-9)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
TRS/ARS
Leading Digits Table: Follow Digit Maximum
0003 :0
LD001 Follow DGT
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Applications
(for TRS/ARS only) For each Leading Digits entry, enter the maximum
number of digits a phone user can dial after the digits defined in Leading
Digits Table: Prefix String (pg. 6-5).
Maintenance
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0003
Leading Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-100
Appendix A
FF7
FF8
Maintenance
Hold (0-16) Hold
Maximum No. of Dialled Digits Allowed
after Prefix String (0-16)
Appendix A
default: 0=no maximum limitation
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-6
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Notes:
Introduction
This address applies only to TRS/ARS routing. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
0
System
Configuration
The system will start analysing the call immediately after the user has dialled the maximum number of
digits set in this address (1-16). However, if this address is set to 0=no maximum (default), the system
doesn’t know how many digits will be dialled. Therefore, the system will wait until the appropriate
Interdigit Timer expires before processing the call.
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
Leading Digits Table: Prefix String (pg. 6-5) FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0001 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
Interdigit Timer (ARS and T-point ISDN) (pg. 1-174) FF1 1 01 0010 Hold (1-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (DP SLTs) (pg. 1-198) FF1 1 03 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (DTMF SLTs) (pg. 1-199) FF1 1 03 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (Digital Keyphones) (pg. 1-199) FF1 1 03 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
System
FF2
Trunks
Trunkss
Leading Digits Table: TRS Level
0004 :0
LD001 TRS Level
FF3
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
Assign a TRS Level to each Leading Digits entry. This TRS Level must be lower
than the path’s or originator’s TRS Level for the call to be allowed.
Extensions
FF6 0 00 (001-100)
FF4
0004
Hold
(0-8) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Leading Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-100
FF5
TRS Level 0-8
default: 0
FF5
Groups
Groups
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
FF6 0 00 (001-100)...
0001 Hold...
Default Prefix String
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
0004 Hold...
Default TRS Level
00
8
0
6
1-9
3
(wild-card for all
*other
prefix strings)
8
Applies to these
countries
when Auto
Configuration
(pg.0-7) is
performed.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
The TRS Level for the dial string (above address) will be compared to the TRS Level for the path or
originator of the call attempt (assigned in FF6 1). The call will be allowed only if the path/originator’s
TRS Level is higher than the dial string’s TRS Level.
•
Appendix A
•
The “path” is the extension or DISA trunk seizing an outbound trunk. Applies when TRS alone is
used (without ARS).
The “originator” is the extension or DISA trunk attempting an outgoing call (before the system
selects a trunk). Applies when TRS/ARS is used.
Appendix B
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-7
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
When assigned to the path/originator: TRS Level 0 blocks all calls; TRS Level 9 allows all calls.
TRS Level 9 can be assigned to the path or originator, but not to the dial string (0-8 only).
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
for analog trunks:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-29)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-30)
for analog E&M/AC15 tie lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-52)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-52)
for T-point ISDN lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-81)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-81)
for digital keyphones and SLTs:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-28)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-29)
for S-Point ISDN extensions:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-41)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-41)
0
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF1
System
FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSCC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSCC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2
Trunkss
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3
TRS Level for Path (non-ARS) (pg. 6-14) FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold (0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold
TRS Level for Originator (TRS/ARS) (pg. 6-19) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-9) Hold
Leading Digits Table: Route Number
Extensions
0006 :0
LD001 Route #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
(for TRS/ARS only) Assign a route number for each Leading Digits entry,
depending on the Route Type set in the previous address.
Groups
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0006
FF6
Hold
Leading Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-100
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
(1-200/100/50) Hold
Groups
Route 1-200
Route List 1-100
Time List 1-50
FF6
default: 0 (no routing)
FF7
TRS/ARS
Applications
Notes:
This address applies only to TRS/ARS routing. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
Leading Digits Table: Route Type (pg. 6-10)
FF6 2 02: Time List Tables (pg. 6-29)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-20)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-20)
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-8
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table
Table 6-2. Analyse Digits Table: FF6 0 01 (001-500) (0001 thru 0006) Hold
0
System
Configuration
Analyse Digits Table: FF6 0 01 .......
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
(001-500)
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
Bin No.
Prefix ID
Digit String
Follow Digit
Maximum
TRS Level
Route Type
Route No.
001
0-99
0-9,
(up to 8 digits)
(up to 16 dig.
after Analyse
Digit string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
002
0-99
0-9,
(up to 8 digits)
(up to 16 dig.
after Analyse
Digit string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
...
0-99
0-9,
(up to 8 digits)
(up to 16 dig.
after Analyse
Digit string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
(up to 16 dig.
after Analyse
Digit string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
*
*
*
Extensions
500
0-99
0-9,
(up to 8 digits)
*
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF6
If the Analyse Digits Table is used, the system will ignore the Leading Digits Table
settings (Follow Digit Maximum, TRS Level, Route Type and Route Number), and will
follow the settings here instead.
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
System
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
NOTE: The system will search the Analyse Digits Table only if a Prefix ID 1-99 is entered
for a dial string defined in the Leading Digits Table (pg. 6-4). The Analyse Digits Table
allows further analysis of a dialled phone number whose beginning digits match an entry
in the Leading Digits Table.
FF5
FF1
Analyse Digits Table: Prefix ID
0001 :0
FD001 ID Code
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Enter the Prefix ID created in Leading Digits Table: Prefix ID (pg. 6-6).
FF8
FF6 0 01 (001-500)
0001
Hold
FF8
(0-99) Hold
Maintenance
Maintenance
Analyse Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-500
Prefix ID No. 1-99
default: 0=none
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-9
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Prefix IDs serve as index numbers for Leading Digit strings. The same Prefix ID (Leading Digit string)
can be entered in the Analyse Digits Table as many times as necessary to cover all dialling possibilities
for that Leading Digit string.
0
System
Configuration
For example, Prefix ID #1 is assigned to Leading Digit String “1-900.” Prefix ID #1 can have multiple
entries in the Analyse Digits Table, to cover such dialling possibilities as “1-900-976,” “1-900-888,”
“1-900-973-5555,” etc.:
Bin No.
Prefix ID
001
1
002
1
003
1
FF1
System
FF2
Trunkss
System
Configuration
Analyse Digit String
FF1
976
*
888
*
System
9735555
FF2
Related Programming:
Trunkss
Leading Digits Table: Prefix ID (pg. 6-6)
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0002 Hold (0-99) Hold
FF3
Extensions
0
FF3
Analyse Digits Table: Digit String
0002 :
Extensions
FD001 Number
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
Assign up to 500 dial strings, which (along with the Leading Digits prefix
string) will be matched with an actual dialled number.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0002 Hold (up to 8 digits) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Analyse Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-500
Digit String (up to 8 digits)
valid entries: digits 0-9, and
Groups
* (wild-card)
default: (none)
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
Leading Digits Table: Prefix String (pg. 6-5)
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0001 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-10
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
Analyse Digits Table: Follow Digit Maximum
0003 :0
FD001 Follow DGT
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(for TRS/ARS only) Assign the maximum number of digits the user can dial after the
Analyse Digit string (defined in the previous address).
FF6 0 01 (001-500)
0003
Hold
0
System
Configuration
(0-16) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
Analyse Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-500
Maximum No. of Dialled Digits Allowed
after Analyse Digit string: 1-16 digits
default: 0=no maximum limitation
FF2
Trunks
System
FF2
Trunkss
Notes:
This address applies only to TRS/ARS routing. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
The system will start analysing the call immediately after the user has dialled the maximum (1-16) set in
this address. However, if this address is set to ”0=no maximum (default)”, the system doesn’t know
how many digits will be dialled. Therefore, the system will wait until the appropriate Interdigit Timer
expires before processing the call.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
Analyse Digits Table: Digit String (pg. 6-10) FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0002 Hold (up to 8 digits) Hold
Interdigit Timer (ARS and T-point ISDN) (pg. 1-174) FF1 1 01 0010 Hold (1-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (DP SLTs) (pg. 1-198) FF1 1 03 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (DTMF SLTs) (pg. 1-199) FF1 1 03 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (Digital Keyphones) (pg. 1-199) FF1 1 03 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: TRS Level
FF5
Groups
FF6
0004 :0
FD001 TRS Level
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Assign a TRS Level to each Analyse Digits entry. This TRS Level must be
lower than the path’s or originator’s TRS Level for the call to be allowed.
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF6 0 01 (001-500)
FF8
0004
Hold
Analyse Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-500
Maintenance
(0-8) Hold
FF8
TRS Level 0-8
default: 0
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
The TRS Level for the dial string (above address) will be compared to the TRS Level for the path or
originator of the call attempt (assigned in FF6 1). The call will be allowed only if the path/originator’s
TRS Level is higher than the dial string’s TRS Level.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-11
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
•
•
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
The “path” is the extension or DISA trunk seizing an outbound trunk. Applies when TRS alone is
used (without ARS).
The “originator” is the extension or DISA trunk attempting an outgoing call (before the system
selects a trunk). Applies when TRS/ARS is used.
When assigned to the path/originator: TRS Level 0 blocks all calls; TRS Level 9 allows all calls.
TRS Level 9 can be assigned to the path or originator, but not to the dial string (0-8 only).
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
System
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
for analog trunks:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-29)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-30)
for analog AC15 tie lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-52)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-52)
for T-point ISDN lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-81)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-81)
for digital keyphones and SLTs:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-28)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-29)
for S-Point ISDN extensions:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-41)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-41)
FF1
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
System
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2
Trunkss
FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSCC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSCC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF4
TRS Level for Path (non-ARS) (pg. 6-14) FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold (0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold
TRS Level for Originator (TRS/ARS) (pg. 6-19) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-9) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: Route Number
FF-/Soft Keys
0006 :0
FD001 Route #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
(for TRS/ARS only) Assign a route number for each Analyse Digits entry,
depending on the Route Type set in the previous address.
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6 0 01 (001-500)
FF7
0006
Hold
Analyse Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-500
Applications
(0-200/100/50) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
Route 1-200
Route List 1-100
Time List 1-50
Applications
default: 0=no routing
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
This address applies only to TRS/ARS routing. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Analyse Digits Table: Route Type (pg. 6-15)
FF6 2 02: Time List Tables (pg. 6-29)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-20)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-20)
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-12
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions
NOTE: In these FF6 1 addresses, define TRS Classes 1-50 by assigning TRS restrictions
and ARS routing to each of them.
These TRS Classes can be assigned to trunks in FF2 and extensions in FF3. The default
for all is TRS Class 1. The TRS Class assignment is used for TRS/ARS (or TRS alone)
when the extension or DISA trunk originates an outbound call.
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF6 1 00: TRS Class: Path Settings
FF2
Trunks
NOTE: This applies only when TRS alone is used. It does not apply to TRS/ARS.
FF2
Trunkss
Table 6-3. TRS Level for Path: FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold (0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold
FF3
FF3
TRS Level for Path: FF6 1 00 ......
Extensions
FF4
(0001-0099)
(0-9)
TRS Class
Trunk Group No.
TRS Level
01
0001
0002
0003
...
0099
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
02
0001
0002
0003
...
0099
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
...
0001
0002
0003
...
0099
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
0001
0002
0003
...
0099
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
50
FF8
Maintenance
Extensions
(01-50)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-13
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0001 :9
TRS Level for Path (non-ARS)
CLS01 TG01 LV
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(for TRS only) Assign a TRS Level to each path possibillity (between the
originator’s TRS Class and the seized Trunk Group).
FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold
0
System
Configuration
(0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the terminal/circuit that
will originate the call (eg.,
extension, DISA trunk, etc.)
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Trunk Group 1-99 that the
seized trunk belongs to:
0001=Trunk Group #1
0002=Trunk Group #2
0003=Trunk Group #3
....
0099=Trunk Group #99
TRS Level 0-9:
0=Restrict all outbound calls.
1-8=Restrict dialling according
to TRS settings in FF6.
9=Allow all calls. (default)
Notes:
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
This address applies only when TRS is used by itself. It does not apply to TRS/ARS.
Extensions
The TRS Level you assign to the path (above address) will be compared to the TRS Level assigned (in
FF6 0) to the dialled digit string. The call will be allowed only if the path’s TRS Level is higher than
the dialled digit string’s TRS Level.
•
System
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
The “path” is the extension or DISA trunk seizing an outbound trunk.
TRS Level 0 (when assigned to the path) blocks all calls. TRS Level 9 (when assigned to the path)
allows all calls.
FF5
Groups
FF5
See figure (next page) for illustration.
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF5 2: MCO Outbound Trunk Groups (pg. 5-15)
for analog trunks:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-29)
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-30)
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
for analog AC15 tie lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-52)
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-52)
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
for T-point ISDN lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-81)
FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-81)
FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
for digital keyphones and SLTs:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-28)
FF3 0 BSSCC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-29)
FF3 0 BSSCC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
for S-Point ISDN extensions:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-41)
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-41)
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table (pg. 6-4)
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table (pg. 6-9)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-14
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Figure 6-1: TRS Levels comparison to allow/block the call
EXAMPLE #1: The originator’s/path’s TRS Level is higher than the dialled-digit string’s TRS Level.
Introduction
TRS Level 9
0
System
Configuration
TRS Level 8
TRS Level 7
TRS Level 6
TRS Level 5
FF1
System
TRS Level 4
TRS Level 3
Call Is Allowed
TRS Level 7
assigned to
Path or
Originator
(in FF6 1)
TRS Level 2
0
System
Configuration
TRS Level 6
assigned to
Dialled Digit
String
(in FF6 0)
FF1
System
TRS Level 1
FF2
TRS Level 0
FF2
Trunks
Trunkss
EXAMPLE #2: The originator’s/path’s TRS Level is equal to the dialled-digit string’s TRS Level.
TRS Level 9
FF3
TRS Level 8
Extensions
TRS Level 7
TRS Level 6
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
TRS Level 5
TRS Level 4
TRS Level 3
FF3
Call Is Blocked
Extensions
TRS Level 7
assigned to
TRS Level 7
assigned to
Path or
Originator
(in FF6 1)
Dialled Digit
String
(in FF6 0)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
TRS Level 2
FF5
Groups
TRS Level 1
FF5
TRS Level 0
Groups
EXAMPLE #3: The originator’s/path’s TRS Level is lower than the dialled-digit string’s TRS Level.
FF6
TRS Level 9
TRS/ARS
TRS Level 8
TRS Level 7
FF7
Applications
TRS Level 6
TRS Level 5
TRS Level 4
TRS Level 3
FF8
Maintenance
FF6
TRS/ARS
Call Is Blocked
TRS Level 7
assigned to
Path or
Originator
(in FF6 1)
TRS Level 8
assigned to
Dialled Digit
String
(in FF6 0)
FF7
Applications
TRS Level 2
FF8
TRS Level 1
Maintenance
TRS Level 0
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-15
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF6 1 02: TRS Class: Dialling Restrictions
Table 6-4. TRS Class: Dialling Restrictions: FF6 1 02 (01-50) (0001 thru 0004) Hold
0
System
Configuration
TRS Class: Dialling Restrictions: FF6 0 02 .......
FF1
System
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
(01-50)
0001
0002
0003
0004
TRS Class No.
Outbound DialledDigit Maximum
Dialling Restriction
During Inbound Calls
TRS Override on
SSD Dialling
Star (*) and Pound (#)
Restriction
01
0=no restriction
1-20=max. no. of
digits allowed
0=no restriction
1=restrict
0=restrict
1=no restriction
0=no restriction
1=restrict
02
0=no restriction
1-20=max. no. of
digits allowed
0=no restriction
1=restrict
0=restrict
1=no restriction
0=no restriction
1=restrict
...
0=no restriction
1-20=max. no. of
digits allowed
0=no restriction
1=restrict
0=restrict
1=no restriction
0=no restriction
1=restrict
0=no restriction
1-20=max. no. of
digits allowed
0=no restriction
1=restrict
0=restrict
1=no restriction
0=no restriction
1=restrict
Extensions
50
FF4
FF1
System
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-16
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
Outbound Dialled-Digit Maximum
0001 :0
CLS 01 DGT TRS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the maximum number of digits that can be dialled by originators with this TRS Class.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 1 02 (01-50)
FF1
0001
Hold
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the originator of an outbound
call (eg., extension, DISA
trunk, etc.)
System
FF2
System
Configuration
(0-20) Hold
FF1
0=No restriction. (default)
System
1-20=Maximum number of digits allowed
in dial string.
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Trunks
Applies to these
countries
Trunkss
for TRS Class Nos.
Default
TRS Class 1
max. 1 digit
TRS Class 2
max. 5 digits
TRS Class 3
max. 10 digits
TRS Class 4
max. 10 digits
TRS Class 5
max. 15 digits
FF4
TRS Class 6
max. 15 digits
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
TRS Class 7
max. 20 digits
FF-/Soft Keys
TRS Class 8
max. 20 digits
FF3
Extensions
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
when Auto
Configuration
(pg.0-7) is
performed.
FF3
Extensions
FF5
Notes:
When a user makes an outbound call attempt in TRS/ARS routing, the system will read this setting first,
then (if the maximum is not exceeded) will check the Leading Digits Table.
Related Programming:
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table (pg. 6-4)
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table (pg. 6-9)
for analog trunks:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-29)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-30)
for analog AC15 tie lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-52)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-52)
for T-point ISDN lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-81)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-81)
for digital keyphones and SLTs:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-28)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-29)
for S-Point ISDN extensions:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-41)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-41)
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF8
FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Maintenance
FF3 0 BSSCC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSCC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Appendix A
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-17
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table (pg. 6-4)
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table (pg. 6-9)
Introduction
Dialling Restriction During Inbound Calls
0002 :0
CLS 01 INCOME TRS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether dialling during an incoming call is restricted for originators with this TRS Class.
FF6 1 02
FF1
(01-50)
0002
Hold
(0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
System
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the originator of an outbound
call (eg., extension, DISA
trunk, etc.)
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
0=No restriction. (default)
1=Do not allow dialling on the extension during
an incoming call.
Notes:
If an extension user receives an incoming call and remains off-hook after the caller hangs up, sometimes
the exchange will send dial tone to the extension, allowing an outgoing call to be placed without being
routed through TRS or ARS. This address prevents that from happening, if set to “1=Do not allow.”
FF4
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
0003 :0
TRS Override on SSD Dialling
CLS 01 SSD TRS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Set whether SSD dialling will override TRS for originators with this TRS Class.
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6 1 02 (01-50)
FF6
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the originator of an outbound
call (eg., extension, DISA
trunk, etc.)
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
0003 Hold
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Do not allow SSDs to override TRS.
(default)
1=Allow SSDs to override TRS.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
If this is set to “0=Do not allow” (default), the system will check the phone number stored inside the
SSD bin for TRS restrictions, and allow or block the call based on those restrictions.
If this is set to “1=Allow,” users in this TRS Class can dial SSD numbers regardless of any TRS
restrictions that may apply to the dialled number.
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Allowed SSD Range (pg. 6-19) FF6 1 03 0001 Hold (000-799) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-19) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 6-18
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
Star ( ) and Pound (#) Dialling Restriction
*
0004 :0
CLS 01 */# TRS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Allow/Restrict dialling the
0
System
Configuration
* or # key for originators with this TRS Class.
FF6 1 02 (01-50)
FF1
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the originator of an outbound
call (eg., extension, DISA
trunk, etc.)
System
0004
Hold
0
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Allow
* and # dialling. (default)
1=Do not allow * or # dialling.
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunkss
FF6 1 03: TRS Class: SSD Range
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Allowed SSD Range
0001 :0
SSD Override #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Set the highest-numbered SSD code allowed to be dialled by originators with
TRS Classes that are enabled for TRS Override on SSD Dialling (pg. 6-18).
FF-/Soft Keys
FF6 1 03 0001 Hold (000-799) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
NOTE: The lowest allowed SSD code is
always 000.
Highest-Numbered SSD Code Allowed
default: 0 (No TRS)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF6
Notes:
TRS/ARS
The system will check this setting only if TRS Override on SSD Dialling (pg. 6-18) is set to
“1=Allow” (the default is “0=Do Not Allow”).
Applications
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
TRS Override on SSD Dialling (pg. 6-18)
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-19
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF6 2: ARS and Network Routing
NOTE: These addresses include ARS routing tables:
Time List Tables
Route List Table
Closed Numbering Table (for Private networking)
Tandem Exchange Table (for Private networking)
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
FF1
System
FF6 2 04: Route Table
NOTE: The Route Table contains up to 200 entries. Each entry is assigned a Trunk
Group and a Digit Modify Pattern No. (which points to the Digit Modify Table in FF6 2
05, for adding digits to the beginning or end of the dialled number, or deleting digits from
the beginning of it).
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Table 6-5. Route Table: FF6 2 04 (001-200) (0001 and 0002) Hold
Extensions
Route Table: FF6 2 04 ......
(001-200)
0001
0002
Route No.
Trunk Group
Digit Modify Pattern
001
0-99
0-50
002
0-99
0-50
FF5
...
0-99
0-50
FF5
Groups
200
0-99
0-50
Groups
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF6
Route Table: Trunk Group Assignment
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0001 :0
RT001 Trunk G #
FF6
TRS/ARS
Assign a Trunk Group to each Route.
FF7
FF6 2 04 (001-200)
Applications
0001
Hold
Route No. 001-200
FF8
(0-99)
FF7
Hold
Applications
Trunk Group No. 1-99
FF8
default: 0 (none)
Maintenance
Maintenance
Notes:
Trunks are assigned to Trunk Groups in FF5 2.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Related Programming:
Appendix A
MCO Outbound Search Mode (pg. 5-15) FF5 2 (01-99) 001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
MCO Outbound Trunk Group Members (pg. 5-16) FF5 2 (01-99) (002-097) Hold (1-576) Hold
Page 6-20
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No.
0002 :0
RT001 MD TBL #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign a Digit Modify Pattern to each Route.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 04 (001-200)
0002
Hold
Hold
Digit Modify Pattern No. 1-50
default: 0 [no assignment]
Route No. 001-200
FF1
(0-50)
System
Configuration
System
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Digit Modify Patterns are used for deleting digits from the beginning of a dialled number, or adding
digits to the beginning and/or end of it.
Related Programming:
Route Table: Trunk Group Assignment (pg. 6-20) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
Digit Modify Table: Delete Beginning Digits (pg. 6-22) FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-24) Hold
Digit Modify Table: Add Beginning Digits (pg. 6-23) FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0002 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
Digit Modify Table: Add Ending Digits (pg. 6-24) FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0003 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF5
NOTE: The Digit Modify Table contains up to 50 entries (“Patterns”) for any
combination of the following:
-- deleting digits from the beginning of the dialed number
-- adding digits to the beginning of the dialed number
-- adding digits to the end of the dialed number.
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
The Digit Modify Patterns can be assigned to Route Table entries in FF6 2 04.
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Table 6-6. Digit Modify Table: FF6 2 05 (01-50) (0001 thru 0003) Hold
FF7
Applications
Digit Modify Table: FF6 2 05 ......
(01-50)
0001
0002
0003
Digit Modify Pattern No.
Delete Beginning Digits
Add Beginning Digits
Add Ending Digits
01
up to 24 digits
up to 10 digits, including up to 10 digits, including
0-9, , #, and One-Touch 0-9, , #, and One-Touch
keys + codes
keys + codes
*
02
up to 24 digits
Maintenance
*
up to 10 digits, including up to 10 digits, including
0-9, , #, and One-Touch 0-9, , #, and One-Touch
keys + codes
keys + codes
*
Appendix A
FF8
*
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-21
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Digit Modify Table: FF6 2 05 ......
Introduction
(01-50)
0001
0002
0003
Digit Modify Pattern No.
Delete Beginning Digits
Add Beginning Digits
Add Ending Digits
...
up to 24 digits
0
System
Configuration
up to 10 digits, including up to 10 digits, including
0-9, , #, and One-Touch 0-9, , #, and One-Touch
keys + codes
keys + codes
*
50
up to 24 digits
*
up to 10 digits, including up to 10 digits, including
0-9, , #, and One-Touch 0-9, , #, and One-Touch
keys + codes
keys + codes
*
FF1
*
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunkss
Trunkss
Digit Modify Table: Delete Beginning Digits
0001 :0
MD 01 Delete DGT
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
Set the number of digits the system will take away from the beginning of the
dialled-digit string when the number is sent to the exchange.
FF6 2 05 (01-50)
0001
Hold
(0-24)
FF3
Extensions
Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Digit Modify Pattern No. 01-50
FF5
No. of digits to be removed from the
beginning of a dialled number
FF5
default: 0
Groups
Groups
Notes:
The Digit Modify Patterns can be assigned to Routes in the Route Table (pg. 6-20).
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No. (pg. 6-21)
FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-22
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
Digit Modify Table: Add Beginning Digits
0002 :
MD 01 Prefix DG
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Specify the digit(s) that the system will add to the beginning of a dialled-digit
string when the number is sent to the exchange.
FF6 2 05 (01-50)
0002
Hold
(up to 10 char.)
0
System
Configuration
Hold
FF1
FF1
Digit Modify Pattern No. 01-50
Digits or Codes to be added to the beginning of
a dialled number, including:
Digits 0-9
and #
(“OT” = One-Touch key)
OT-4 (for pause)
OT-5 + 6 (for DTMF conversion)
OT-5 + 9 (for itemised code) -U.K. only
OT-5 + (1-8) (for auth. code) -U.K. only
System
*
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
default: (none)
Extensions
System
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
The “itemised code” OT-5 + 9 is used in the U.K. to send the calling extension’s number to the
exchange.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
The “authorisation code” OT-5 + (1-8) is used in the U.K. to send a system identifier code to the
exchange when the system seizes the trunk.
FF5
FF5
The Digit Modify Patterns can be assigned to Routes in the Route Table (pg. 6-20).
Groups
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No. (pg. 6-21) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
Authorisation Code (pg. 6-25) FF6 2 06 (0001-0008) Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-23
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Digit Modify Table: Add Ending Digits
0003 :
MD 01 Suffix DGT
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Specify the digit(s) that the system will add to the end of a dialled digit string
when the number is sent to the exchange.
FF6 2 05 (01-50)
0003
0
System
Configuration
Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF1
FF1
Digit Modify Pattern No. 01-50
System
FF2
(“OT” = One-Touch key)
Trunkss
Digits or Codes to be added to the end of
a dialled number, including:
Digits 0-9
and #
OT-4 (for pause)
OT-5 + 6 (for DTMF conversion)
OT-5 + 9 (for itemised code)
OT-5 + (1-8) (for auth. code)
OT-5 + (for VM-PBX Call-Fwd ID Code,
Centralised Voice Mail)
*
*
FF3
Extensions
System
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
default: (none)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Notes:
FF4
The “itemised code” OT-5 + 9 is used in the U.K. to send the calling extension’s number to the
exchange.
The “authorisation code” OT-5 + (1-8) is used in the U.K. to send a system identifier code to the
exchange when the system seizes the trunk.
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
The Digit Modify Patterns can be assigned to Routes in the Route Table (pg. 6-20).
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No. (pg. 6-21) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
Authorisation Code (pg. 6-25) FF6 2 06 (0001-0008) Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-23) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.)
Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-24
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
FF6 2 06: Authorisation Codes
Authorisation Code
0
0001 :
Authorization 1
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
(U.K. use only) Specify the digit(s) of the Authorisation Code sent to the
exchange every time a trunk is seized.
FF1
System
System
FF6 2 06 (0001-0008)
FF2
Hold
Code Entry No. 1-8
Trunks
(up to 10 digits)
Hold
FF2
Authorisation Code
(up to 10 digits, including 0-9)
Trunkss
default: (none)
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
When the Authorisation Code is assigned in this address, it is not displayed on the LCD (per
government regulations). Instead, a appears for each digit in the Code.
*
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
Digit Modify Table: Add Beginning Digits (pg. 6-23) FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0002 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
Digit Modify Table: Add Ending Digits (pg. 6-24) FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0003 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6 2 07: Closed Number Table
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
NOTE: Closed Numbering is intercom calling on a tie line between two PBXs which can
be located in different parts of the country. Each PBX is assigned a routing code, which
represents the first digit(s) of the Closed Number dialled by the intercom caller to reach
an extension in the remote PBX.
• Closed Number calling will take precedence over a Feature Access Code or Extension
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Number that has the same digits.
FF8
Maintenance
• Closed Numbers can be dialled by DISA trunk callers.
FF8
Maintenance
• DID (DDI) numbers and DIL trunks can be programmed as Closed Number
destinations.
• Closed Numbers can be automatically redialled by pressing the REDIAL key during
Appendix A
internal dial tone.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-25
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 410-Programming
• Closed Numbers cannot be direct Call-Forward destinations. However, they can be
Introduction
Introduction
stored inside SSD bins at the remote PBX, and the phone programmed to Call
Forward-Outside to the SSD.
For more information about Closed Numbering, see Section 565: Networking Reference.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Table 6-7. Closed Number Table: FF6 2 07 (001-150) (0001 thru 0005) Hold
FF1
System
FF1
Closed Number Table: FF6 2 07 ......
System
(001-150)
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
FF2
Entry No.
Closed No. PBX Routing Code
Follow Digit
Maximum
TRS Level
Route Type
Route No.
FF2
Trunkss
001
1 to 4 digits long,
including 0-9,
and #
0-16 digits can be
dialled after PBX
Routing Code
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
1-200
1-100
Trunkss
FF3
002
1 to 4 digits long,
including 0-9,
and #
0-16 digits can be
dialled after PBX
Routing Code
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
1-200
1-100
FF3
1 to 4 digits long,
including 0-9,
and #
0-16 digits can be
dialled after PBX
Routing Code
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
1-200
1-100
1 to 4 digits long,
including 0-9,
and #
0-16 digits can be
dialled after PBX
Routing Code
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
1-200
1-100
*
Extensions
*
...
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
*
150
*
FF5
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
Closed Number Table: PBX Routing Code
TRS/ARS
FF4
FF5
Groups
FF6
Extensions
0001 :
C001 Closed #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Define PBX routing codes for up to 150 different Closed Numbers.
FF6 2 07 (001-150)
0001
Hold
(1-4 digits)
TRS/ARS
Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Closed Number Entry:
001=Closed Number #1
002=Closed Number #2
...
150=Closed Number #150
FF8
Maintenance
PBX Routing Code (can be 1-4 digits
in length, including digits 0-9, and #)
Applications
*
default: [no assignment]
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
The intercom caller will dial the PBX Routing Code as the first digit(s) of the network extension number
(see next address for limiting the remaining digits of the dialled extension number).
If a
Appendix B
* is entered in the above address, the caller must dial it as a * (it is NOT a wild-card character).
Page 6-26
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Related Programming:
Introduction
Ext.No. Display for Closed-Number Calls (pg. 1-155) FF1 0 20 0001 Hold (0-4) Hold
Closed No. Dialling During Network Line Hold (pg. 1-48) FF1 0 02 0026 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
Closed Number Table: Follow Digit Maximum
0
0002 :0
C001 Follow DGT
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
For each Closed Number, specify the maximum number of digits that can be
dialled after the PBX routing code.
FF1
System
System
FF6 2 07 (001-150)
FF2
0002
Hold
Closed Number Entry:
001=Closed Number #1
002=Closed Number #2
....
150=Closed Number #150
Trunks
FF3
(0-16)
Hold
Maximum Number of dialled digits after
the Closed Number
FF2
Trunkss
default: 0 (no maximum limitation)
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
Closed Number Table: PBX Routing Code (pg. 6-26)
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
Closed Number Table: TRS Level
0003 :0
C001 TRS Level
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6 2 07 (001-150)
0003
Hold
(0-8)
Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Closed Number Entry:
001=Closed Number #1
002=Closed Number #2
...
150=Closed Number #150
FF7
Applications
Maintenance
FF5
Groups
Assign a TRS Level to each Closed Number.
FF6
FF8
FF4
TRS Level 0-8
default: 0 (restrict all
outbound calls)
FF7
Applications
Notes:
If a TRS Level is assigned here, the system will check the setting in TRS Level for Originator (TRS/
ARS) (pg. 6-19).
FF8
Maintenance
TRS Level 9 allows all calls, so it is not included here.
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix A
TRS Level for Originator (TRS/ARS) (pg. 6-19)
FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-9) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-27
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Closed Number Table: Route Type
0004 :0
C001 Route Type
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the type of route the system will follow when the Closed Number is
dialled.
FF6 2 07 (001-150)
0004
Hold
(0 or 1)
FF1
FF2
Trunkss
System
Configuration
Hold
FF1
0=Route (default)
1=Route List
Closed Number Entry:
001=Closed Number #1
002=Closed Number #2
150=Closed
Number #150
...
System
0
System
FF2
Trunkss
Notes:
The Route or Route List number is assigned in the next address.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Closed Number Table: Route Number (pg. 6-28)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-20)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-20)
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0005 Hold (1-200/100) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Closed Number Table: Route Number
FF5
Groups
0005 :0
C001 Route #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Assign a route to the Closed Number, depending on the setting in the previous address.
FF6 2 07 (001-150)
0005
Hold
(1-200/100)
Groups
Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Closed Number Entry:
001=Closed Number #1
002=Closed Number #2
...
150=Closed Number #150
FF7
Applications
Route 1-200 or
Route List 1-100
default: 0
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
Maintenance
Closed Number Table: Route Type (pg. 6-28)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-20)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-20)
FF8
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-28
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
FF6 2 08: Tandem Relay Exchange Table
NOTE: Tandem Relay Exchange is intercom calling in a tie line network, in which a
direct-dialed call is indirectly routed through several PBXs to reach the destination
extension. This indirect routing increases network efficiency by reducing the number
of tie lines needed between PBXs.
0
System
Configuration
• The Ring Type for AC15 tie lines must be set to “1=Tandem” (this is NOT the default
FF1
setting). For analog AC15 tie lines, see page 2-49.
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
• Signalling and dialling methods for the AC15 tie lines must be correctly set, in order to
ensure that dialed digits are sent and received correctly between local and remote
PBXs. See Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-34 for AC15 tie lines; pg. 2-149 for DTMF/Dial
Pulse Dialling (pg. 2-41 for AC15 tie lines).
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Trunkss
• Depending on the tie line’s Trunk COS setting, outside line connection can be allowed/
restricted. (see Trunk COS: Dial Tone to Tie Line on page 1-117) (allowed by default)
FF3
Extensions
• While a Tandem call is in progress, the outside-line LED on the receiving phone will
FF3
Extensions
indicate busy.
• It is important to group the tie lines carefully into Trunk Groups in FF5 2, and
FF4
program them into Routes in FF6, in order for Tandem Exchange to work.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
For more information about Tandem Relay Exchange, see Section 565: Networking
Reference.
FF5
FF4
Groups
FF5
Groups
Table 6-8. Tandem Relay Exchange Table: FF6 2 08 (01-50) (0001 thru 0004) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Tandem Relay Exchange Table: FF6 2 08 ......
(01-50)
0001
0002
0003
0004
Entry No.
Tandem Relay Exchange
PBX Routing Code
Follow Digit
Maximum
Route Type
Route No.
1 to 4 digits long, including
0-9, and #
0-16
1 to 4 digits long, including
0-9, and #
0-16
01
*
Applications
02
*
FF8
Maintenance
...
...
50
...
1 to 4 digits long, including
0-9, and #
*
0-16
0=Route
1=Route List
2=local PBX
1-200
1-100
--
0=Route
1=Route List
2=local PBX
1-200
1-100
--
...
0=Route
1=Route List
2=local PBX
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
...
1-200
1-100
--
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-29
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Tandem Relay Exch. Table: PBX Routing Code
0001 :
T01 Tandem #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Define PBX routing codes for up to 50 different Tandem Relay Exchange numbers.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 08 (01-50)
FF1
0001
Hold
(1-4 digits)
Tandem Relay Exchange Entry No. 01-50
Hold
PBX Routing Code
(can be 1-4 digits long, including
digits 0-9, and #)
System
System
Configuration
FF1
System
*
default: (none)
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
FF2
Notes:
Trunkss
The intercom caller will dial the PBX Routing Code as the first digit(s) of the network extension number
(see next address for limiting the remaining digits of the dialed extension number, and any additional
digits that need to be sent).
Extensions
Extensions
If a
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF3
* is entered in the above address, the caller must dial it as a * (it is NOT a wild-card character).
Related Programming:
Tandem Relay Exch. Table: Follow Digit Maximum (pg. 6-30)
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0-16) Hold
Tandem Relay Exch. Table: Follow Digit Maximum
0002 :0
T01 Follow DGT
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
For each Tandem Relay Exchange number, specify the maximum number of digits
that can be dialled after the PBX routing code.
FF6
FF6 2 08 (01-50)
TRS/ARS
0002
Hold
Tandem Relay Exchange Entry No. 1-50
FF7
Applications
(0-16)
FF6
Hold
TRS/ARS
Maximum Number of dialled digits after
the Tandem Relay Exchange Number
FF7
Applications
default: 0 (no maximum limitation)
FF8
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Maintenance
This address applies when a Voice Mail ID code needs to be sent to a remote PBX to place a voicemail
call (so you can accommodate not only the extension number, but also the VM ID code).
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Closed No. for MSG ID Notify (VM/Other PBX) (pg. 6-32)
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-30
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
Tandem Relay Exch. Table: Route Type
0003 :0
T01 Route Type
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the type of route the system will follow when the Tandem Relay Exchange number is dialled.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 08 (01-50)
FF1
0003
Hold
(0-2)
Tandem Relay Exchange Entry No. 1-50
Trunks
FF3
Hold
FF1
0=Route (default)
1=Route List
2=local PBX
System
FF2
System
Configuration
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunkss
The Route or Route List number is assigned in the next address.
If “1=Route List” is selected, the ARS Levels and Alarms specified in the Route List Table (pg. 6-20)
will not apply, nor will ARS Queuing (pg. 6-21). If the 1st-priority Route is busy, the system will
immediately go to the 2nd-priority Route, and so on.
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Tandem Relay Exch. Table: Route Number (pg. 6-31)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-20)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-20)
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0004 Hold (0-200/100) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Tandem Relay Exch. Table: Route Number
0004 :0
T01 Route #
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign a route to the Tandem Relay Exchange number, depending on the
setting in the previous address.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6 2 08 (01-50)
0004
Hold
Tandem Relay Exchange Entry No. 1-50
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
(0-200/100)
FF6
Hold
TRS/ARS
Route 1-200 or
Route List 1-100
default: 0 (none)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
Tandem Relay Exch. Table: Route Type (pg. 6-31)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-20)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-20)
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 6-31
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF6 2 09: Network MSG ID
Closed No. for MSG ID Notify (VM/Other PBX)
0001 :
TIE MSG ID EXT#
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
System
(for Centralised 3rd-party Voice Mail, when an extension is not in the same
PBX as VM) Enter the Closed Extension No. used by the system to access
Voice Mail and retrieve messages.
FF6 2 09
0001
Hold
(1-4 digits)
FF1
System
Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunkss
Trunkss
This is the Voice Mail Pilot No.
Closed Ext. No. for VM MSG ID Notify
default: (none)
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
MSG Key ID Codes (pg. 8-23)
FF8 1 06 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-32
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Introduction
Introduction
8. Maintenance (FF8)
Use the FF8 addresses in this chapter to perform ICX system maintenance
settings:
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
FF8 0: Dealer Maintenance
FF8 1: User Maintenance
FF1
FF1
This chapter covers the following FF8 addresses:
System
System
FF-key Address
FF2
Trunks
Topic
FF8 0: Dealer Maintenance
8-3
FF8 0 00: “FUNCTION SYSTEM” Soft Key Assignments (Large Display phones)
FF8 0 00 0 (01-50) Hold (Code) Hold
FF8 0 00 1 (01-10) Hold (Code) Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF8 0 00 2 (01-10) Hold (Code) Hold
FF8 0 00 3 (01-10) Hold (Code) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Default (all) Page
Trunkss
“FUNCTION SYSTEM” Soft Keys at
Idle/Dial Tone
“FUNCTION SYSTEM” Soft Keys at
Ringback Tone
“FUNCTION SYSTEM” Soft Keys at
Busy Tone
“FUNCTION SYSTEM” Soft Keys
during Talk
See pg. 8-7
Trunk Name Assignment
--
ISDN Channel Control
0 (Lockout)
See pg. 8-9
FF3
See pg. 8-10
Extensions
See pg. 8-11
FF8 0 02: Trunk Names
FF8 0 02 Hold Hold (1-096) Hold FL/R (up to 10
char.) Hold
FF2
FF8 0 06: ISDN Channel Control
8-3
FF4
8-3
FF-/Soft Keys
8-5
FF5
FF8 0 06 BSSC (0-3) Hold CONF... (0 or 1) Hold
Groups
FF8 0 10: DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Names
FF8 0 10 Hold Hold (001-096) Hold (up to 10 char.) DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Names (“A” Side
Hold
only)
--
8-5
FF5
8-6
Groups
8-6
FF6
FF8 1: User Maintenance
8-7
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF8 1 00: System Clock
8-7
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8 1 00 0 Hold (YYMMDD) Hold
System Date
FF8 1 00 1 Hold (HHMM) Hold
System Time
FF8 1 00 2 Hold (1-7) Hold
System Day of Week
970101 (after
initialisation)
00:00 (after
initialisation)
3 (Wed.)
FF8 1 01: Personal Speed Dial (PSD)
FF8
Maintenance
FF8 1 01 Hold 0 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold (PSD)
Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
FF8 1 01 Hold 1 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold (80-99)
Hold FL/R (up to 7 char.) Hold
Appendix A
8-7
8-17
FF7
Applications
8-8
PSD Numbers
--
8-8
PSD Names
--
8-9
SSD Numbers
--
8-10
SSD Names
--
8-11
FF8 1 02: System Speed Dial (SSD)
FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R
(up to 24 char.) Hold
FF8 1 02 Hold 1 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R
(up to 16 char.) Hold
8-7
FF8
Maintenance
8-10
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 8-1
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
FF8 1 03: Extension Names
8-12
FF8 1 03 Hold 0 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up
to 10 char.) Hold
Extension Name Assignment
--
Verified Account Codes
--
8-12
FF8 1 04 thru 06: ID Codes
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
8-12
FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0001 Hold FL/R (up to
10 digits) Hold
FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0002 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16
char.) Hold
FF8 1 06 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16
char.) Hold
8-12
TRS Class for Verified Account Codes
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail
---
8-13
8-14
MSG Key ID Codes
--
8-14
FF8 1 08 Hold (0-9999) Hold (4-digit Code) Hold
Trunkss
FF8 1 09 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF3
Extensions
Walking TRS/Station Lockout Security
Code
--
8-16
Call-Forward/Busy Destination
Extension
Call-Forward/No Answer Destination
Extension
--
8-16
--
8-17
8-17
Caller ID Log Extensions
--
Text Messages (Send)
0=(none)
1=Visitor Here
2=Need Help
3=Important
4=Urgent
5=Emergency
6-9=(none)
8-18
0=(none)
1=Take A
Message
2=Please Hold
3=Will Call Back
4=Transfer
5=Unavailable
6-9=(none)
8-18
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
8-18
FF8 1 11 0 Hold Hold (0-9) Hold FL/R (up to 15
char.) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF2
8-17
FF8 1 11: Text Messages
FF4
FF1
8-15
FF8 1 10: Caller ID Log Extensions
FF8 1 10 Hold Hold (001-020) Hold (0-9999) Hold
System
Configuration
8-15
FF8 1 09: Call-Forward Destination
FF8 1 09 0 Hold (0-9999) Hold (0-9999) Hold
0
System
FF8 1 08: Walking TRS/Station Lockout Codes
FF2
Introduction
FF8 1 11 1 Hold Hold (0-9) Hold FL/R (up to 15
char.) Hold
Text Messages (Reply)
Groups
FF6
FF8 1 12: Absence Messages
TRS/ARS
FF8 1 12 Hold Hold (0-9) Hold FL/R (up to 15 char.) Absence Messages
Hold
FF7
0=In Meeting
1=At Lunch
2=Out of Office
3=Vacation
4=Another Office
5-9=(none)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
8-19
FF6
8-19
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 8-2
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
FF8 0: Dealer Maintenance
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF8 0 02: Trunk Names
FF1
FF1
System
System
Trunk Name Assignment
_
A B C D E F 001
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
Assign names to trunks. The name will display on the phone whenever the trunk is
used on that phone.
FF2
Trunkss
(clears current data)
FF8 0 02 Hold Hold (1-096) Hold FL/R (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Trunk No. 1-096
Name (up to 10 char.)
Extensions
default: (none)
FF4
See illustrations, next page for name assignment examples.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
To assign Trunk Names using a display phone:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
•
•
•
FF5
First, press FL/R to clear current data (if any).
Groups
Then press the soft key that represents the group of letters you want to choose from.
Then press one of the FF-keys on the bottom row (underneath the LCD), that is in the same position
as the letter you want to choose.
FF6
TRS/ARS
Use the * key to erase an entry. Use the # key to enter a space.
Press Hold when finished.
FF7
FF7
See illustrations, next page.
Applications
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
Maintenance
Trunk Number Assignment (pg. 2-5) for analog trunks FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
Tie Line Number Assignment (pg. 2-33) for analog E&M/AC15 tie lines FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
Trunk Number Assignment (1st Channel) (pg. 2-55) for T-point ISDN lines FF2 1 BSS1 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 8-3
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Figure 8-1: Name Assignments using a Large Display phone
Introduction
0
0
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunkss
Trunkss
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Figure 8-2: Name Assignments using a Small Display phone
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 8-4
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
FF8 0 06: ISDN Channel Control
ISDN Channel Control
BSSC-01
0
System
Configuration
:1
CH01 Lockout
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Enable/Disable the lockout of ISDN on the line base.
FF1
FF8
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0 06 BSSC
BSS: Card Position -B=CCU 1
SS=Slot 01-05
C=1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
(0-3)
Hold
CONF...
0=Channels 1-6
1=Channels 7-12
2=Channels 13-18
3=Channels 19-24
FF1
Hold
System
0=Lockout
1=Unlocked (default)
Trunkss
After pressing Hold in the above address (before CONF), the LED keys FF1-FF6
on the phone will become toggle switches for each group of 6 channels. These
keys will be lit either green for a displayed “o” setting (1=Unlocked), or
red for a displayed “*” setting (0=Lockout).
Press the corresponding FF-key to change the setting.
Then press Hold to move to the next group of 6 channels.
FF5
Groups
Table 8-1. ISDN Channel Lockout (FF8 0 06)
FF2
(see table below)
Notes:
Or, see the table below to use Hold CONF... instead.
FF6
(0 or 1)
FF1
FF2
FF3
BSSC-0*: 000000
Extensions
CH01-06 Lockout
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
FF4
FF5
1
2 ABC 3 DEF
DND/CF
4 GHI
5 JKL 6MNO
INT
7 PRS 8TUV 9WXY
MIC
FF6
FL/R
FF5
Groups
REDIAL
MEMORY
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Address
Channel No.
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 0 Hold CONF
Channel 1
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 0 Hold CONF Hold
Channel 2
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 0 Hold CONF (Hold x2)
Channel 3
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 0 Hold CONF (Hold x3)
Channel 4
FF8
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 0 Hold CONF (Hold x4)
Channel 5
FF8
Maintenance
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 0 Hold CONF (Hold x5)
Channel 6
Maintenance
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 1 Hold CONF
Channel 7
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 1 Hold CONF Hold
Channel 8
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 1 Hold CONF (Hold x2)
Channel 9
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 1 Hold CONF (Hold x3)
Channel 10
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 1 Hold CONF (Hold x4)
Channel 11
FF7
Applications
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
FF7
Applications
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
Page 8-5
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Address
Channel No.
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 1 Hold CONF (Hold x5)
Channel 12
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 2 Hold CONF
Channel 13
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 2 Hold CONF Hold
Channel 14
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 2 Hold CONF (Hold x2)
Channel 15
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 2 Hold CONF (Hold x3)
Channel 16
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 2 Hold CONF (Hold x4)
Channel 17
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 2 Hold CONF (Hold x5)
Channel 18
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 3 Hold CONF
Channel 19
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 3 Hold CONF Hold
Channel 20
FF2
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 3 Hold CONF (Hold x2)
Channel 21
FF2
Trunkss
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 3 Hold CONF (Hold x3)
Channel 22
Trunkss
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 3 Hold CONF (Hold x4)
Channel 23
FF8 0 06 (BSSC) 3 Hold CONF (Hold x5)
Channel 24
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF3
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF8 0 10: DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Names
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Names (“A” Side only)
_
A B C D E F 001
r CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
(all
FF5
Groups
FF5
Assign names of up to 10 characters each to the DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) numbers in the
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-237).
FF8
0
10
Hold
Hold
(001-096) Hold
Groups
(up to 10 char.) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
“A” Side DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) No. 1-096
FF7
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Name (up to 10
characters, including AA-zz, 0-9,
* and #)
FF7
default: (none)
Applications
TRS/ARS
Applications
See pg. 8-4 for instructions on entering names.
FF8
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Names cannot be assigned to the “B” side DID/DNIS Dial Table.
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Digit Length (“A” Side) (pg. 1-236) FF1 4 01 0001 Hold (1-4) Hold
DID/DNIS (DDI/CLI) Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-237) FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 8-6
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
FF8 1: User Maintenance
0
System
Configuration
FF8 1 00: System Clock
System Date
0
:YYMMDD
Date
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the current date for the ICX phone system.
FF2
FF2
FF8
Trunks
1 00
0
Hold
(YYMMDD)
Hold
Trunkss
System Date (Year/Month/Day)
FF3
Extensions
FF3
default (after initialising system): 970101
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
FF4
System Time
1
:HHMM
FF-/Soft Keys
Time
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Set the current time for the ICX phone system.
Groups
FF8
1
00
1
Hold
FF5
(HHMM)
Groups
Hold
System Time (Hour/Minute) in military format
Example: 1328 for 1:28 pm.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
default (after initialising system): 00:00
FF7
Applications
FF7
Related Programming:
Time Display Mode (pg. 1-28)
Applications
FF1 0 01 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 8-7
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF8 1 01: Personal Speed Dial (PSD)
PSD Numbers
0
0
:
Ext# or Name
80
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign Personal Speed Dial (PSD) codes for each extension.
FF1
System
(clears current
data)
FF8 1 01 Hold 0 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold (PSD) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
PSD Bin No.
range: 80-99
Extension No.
FF2
Phone Number
stored in PSD bin
(up to 24 char.)
Trunkss
FF1
System
FF2
Trunkss
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
You can assign up to 10 PSDs to the one-touch keys on a Non-Display or Small Display phone. You
can assign up to 20 PSDs to the soft keys on a Large Display phone.
FF3
Extensions
Speed Dial numbers can contain up to 24 characters. The following table shows which keys to use for
entering special characters.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Enter...
Or, on a Large Display
phone, enter...
Digit or character
0, 1 - 9,
0, 1 - 9,
*, or #
MEMORY * #
MEMORY 0
*
MEMORY * 71
MEMORY * 72
MEMORY 73
*
MEMORY * 74
Intercom Level
MCO Code 81
FF6
MCO Code 82
TRS/ARS
MCO Code 83
MCO Code 84
Applications
FF8
FF-/Soft Keys
To indicate...
MCO Code 9
FF7
FF4
Table 8-2. Keys for Speed-Dial Number Entry
*, or #
(SoftKey5) * #
(SoftKey5) 0
*
(SoftKey5) * 71
(SoftKey5) * 72
(SoftKey5) 73
*
(SoftKey5) * 74
Pause
REDIAL
(SoftKey4)
DP-to-DTMF Code
MEMORY
(SoftKey5)
DP-to-DTMF after Called-Party Answer
MEMORY
SSD Code
MEMORY NN(N)
(SoftKey5) NN(N)
Hyphen (-)
PROG
(SoftKey3)
Display Number (Start/Stop)
MEMORY
Maintenance
**
*3
*
2
(SoftKey5)
(SoftKey5)
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
**
*3
Applications
FF8
*2
Maintenance
Special Instructions for Large Display Phones:
Appendix A
When you enter this address, the LCD on the Large Display phone will change to HYPHEN (Soft Key
No. 3), PAUSE (Soft Key No. 4), and SPD-ID (Soft Key No. 5) so you can enter these characters into
the PSD phone number. (On non-display or small-display phones, use One-Touch Keys 3 thru 5 for
entering these characters.)
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 8-8
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF8: Maintenance
•
“SPD-ID” represents the MEMORY key, which must precede each special code you enter into the
phone number (such as another SSD/PSD code, Account Code, etc.).
•
When you press Soft Key 3 (HYPHEN) to enter a hyphen, it will display as F. Pressing Soft Key 4
(PAUSE) will display as R. Pressing Soft Key 5 (SPD-ID) will display as A.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
Trunk Access in Speed Dialling (pg. 1-35)
FF1 0 02 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
Introduction
FF1
PSD Names
1
System
:
ABCDEF
80
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
Assign names to PSD codes for each extension.
FF2
(clears current
data)
FF8 1 01 Hold 1 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold (80-99) Hold FL/R (up to 7 char.) Hold
Extension No.
FF3
PSD Code 80-99
Extensions
Name for PSD Code
(up to 7 char.)
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF4
PSD Names are displayed alphabetically on Large Display phones.
FF-/Soft Keys
To assign PSD Names:
•
After entering the PSD Code and Hold in the above address, press FLASH to clear current data (if
any).
•
•
Then press the soft key that represents the group of letters you want to choose from.
FF5
Groups
Then press one of the FF-keys on the bottom row (underneath the LCD), that is in the same position
as the letter you want to choose.
FF6
Use the * key to erase an entry. Use the # key to enter a space.
TRS/ARS
Press Hold when finished.
See figures, pg. 8-4 for instructions on entering names.
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 8-9
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF8 1 02: System Speed Dial (SSD)
SSD Numbers
10
0
:
-SSDxxx
xxx
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign System Speed Dial (SSD) codes for the system.
FF1
System
(clears current
data)
FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
SSD Code (Bin No.)
range: 00-79 or 000-799
FF2
Phone No. stored in SSD bin
(up to 24 char.)
Trunkss
FF1
System
FF2
Trunkss
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Speed Dial numbers can contain up to 24 characters. The following table shows which keys to use for
entering special characters.
FF-/Soft Keys
To indicate...
Enter...
Or, on a Large Display
phone, enter...
Digit or character
0, 1 - 9,
*, or #
MEMORY #
*
MEMORY * 0
MEMORY 71
*
MEMORY 72
*
MEMORY * 73
MEMORY 74
*
0, 1 - 9,
MEMORY
**
MEMORY 3
*
(SoftKey5)
MEMORY NN(N)
(SoftKey5) NN(N)
Hyphen (-)
PROG
(SoftKey3)
Display Number (Start/Stop)
MEMORY
Intercom Level
MCO Code 9
MCO Code 81
FF5
MCO Code 82
Groups
MCO Code 83
MCO Code 84
Pause
FF6
REDIAL
DP - DTMF Code
TRS/ARS
DP-to-DTMF after Called-Party Answer
SSD Code
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Extensions
Table 8-3. Keys for Speed-Dial Number Entry
FF4
*2
FF3
*, or #
(SoftKey5) #
*
(SoftKey5) * 0
(SoftKey5) 71
*
(SoftKey5) 72
*
(SoftKey5) * 73
(SoftKey5) 74
*
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
(SoftKey4)
FF6
**
(SoftKey5) 3
*
(SoftKey5)
FF4
TRS/ARS
FF7
*2
Applications
Special Instructions for Large Display Phones:
When you enter this address, the LCD on the Large Display phone will change to HYPHEN (Soft Key
No. 3), PAUSE (Soft Key No. 4), and SPD-ID (Soft Key No. 5) so you can enter these characters into
the PSD phone number. (On non-display or small-display phones, use One-Touch Keys 3 thru 5 for
entering these characters.)
•
“SPD-ID” represents the MEMORY key, which must precede each special code you enter into the
phone number (such as another SSD/PSD code, Account Code, etc.).
•
When you press Soft Key 3 (HYPHEN) to enter a hyphen, it will display as F. Pressing Soft Key 4
(PAUSE) will display as R. Pressing Soft Key 5 (SPD-ID) will display as A.
Appendix B
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 8-10
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF8: Maintenance
Related Programming:
Introduction
SSD Code Numbering (pg. 1-34) FF1 0 02 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk Access in Speed Dialling (pg. 1-35) FF1 0 02 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
SSD Names
10
Assign names to SSD codes.
System
System
Configuration
A B C D E F xxx
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
0
:
(clears current
data)
FF8 1 02 Hold 1 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
SSD Code (Bin No.)
FF2
Trunks
Name for SSD Code
(up to 16 char.)
FF1
System
FF2
Trunkss
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
SSD Names are displayed alphabetically on Large Display phones.
FF3
Extensions
To assign SSD Names, use the same procedure as PSD Names:
•
After entering the SSD Code and Hold in the above address, press FL/R to clear current data (if
any).
•
•
Then press the soft key that represents the group of letters you want to choose from.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Then press one of the FF-keys on the bottom row (underneath the LCD), that is in the same position
as the letter you want to choose.
FF5
Use the * key to erase an entry. Use the # key to enter a space.
Groups
Press Hold when finished.
See figures, pg. 8-4 for instructions on entering names.
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 8-11
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF8 1 03: Extension Names
Extension Name Assignment
-
0
:
ABCDEF
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
System
Configuration
Assign names to extensions.
FF1
System
(clears current
data)
FF8 1 03 Hold 0 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 10 char.) Hold
Extension No. 0-9999
FF2
Trunkss
FF1
System
Name for Extension (up to 10 char.)
FF2
Notes:
Trunkss
If using a Large Display phone to program Extension Names:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
After punching-in: FF8 1 03 Hold 0 Hold Hold in the above address, the display will show a list of
existing extension numbers and name assignments, in alphabetical order. If you don’t already know the
extension number, press the PREV or NEXT key to toggle through the list. Then press the soft key next
to the extension number whose name you want to change.
To enter the name, use the same procedure as SSD and PSD Names. See figures, pg. 8-4 for
instructions on entering names.
During normal phone-system operating mode, each display phone’s Extension Name will appear on the
2nd line of the display while the phone is idle. When the phone is used to call another extension, the
destination extension’s assigned Name will appear on the 1st line of the display.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF8 1 04 thru 06: ID Codes
FF7
FF7
Applications
Verified Account Codes
001:Account Code
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF8
Extensions
FF5
Related Programming:
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-6)
Applications
FF3
Enter up to 500 Verified Account Codes to be stored in system memory.
FF8
(clears current
data)
Maintenance
Maintenance
FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0001 Hold FL/R (up to 10 digits) Hold
Entry No.
(max. 500 entries)
Appendix A
Verified Account Code
(up to 10 digits)
Appendix A
default: [no assignment]
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 8-12
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF8: Maintenance
Notes:
Introduction
Using Verified Account Codes: The user enters the feature code for Account Code Entry (#8 by
default), dials the Account Code and # before making a call. If the dialled Code matches an entry in the
above address, the user can then proceed to dial a phone number. The Account Code’s TRS Class
(assigned in the next address) will determine whether the call is allowed or not, overriding the
extension’s TRS Class which is normally used. See pg. 3-25 for more information.
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
System
FF2
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes (pg. 1-153) FF1 0 19 0001 Hold (1-50) Hold
Forced Account Codes (pg. 3-24) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 04 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Verified Account Codes (pg. 3-25) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 04 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-28) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-29) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
TRS Class for Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-13) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0002 Hold (1-50) Hold
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
TRS Class for Verified Account Codes
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
001:TRS Class
FF2
FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500)
FF3
Extensions
Assign a TRS/Call Barring Class to each Verified Account Code.
0002 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Entry No.
(max. 500 entries)
Groups
System
Trunkss
FF4
FF5
FF1
TRS Class No. (1-50)
default: [no assignment]
FF5
Notes:
Groups
This TRS Class will override the extension’s TRS Class for outbound calls, if the user enters a Verified
Account Code. See pg. 3-25 for more information.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes (pg. 1-153) FF1 0 19 0001 Hold (1-50) Hold
Forced Account Codes (pg. 3-24) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 04 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Verified Account Codes (pg. 3-25) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 04 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-28) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-29) for extensions FF3 0 BSSCC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-12) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0001 Hold FL/R (up to 10 digits) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 8-13
FF8: Maintenance
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail
CF-ID EXT xxxx
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign a Voice Mail Call-Forward ID code to each extension.
0
System
Configuration
(clears current
data)
FF8
1
05
Hold
Hold
(0-9999)
Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.)
Extension No.
FF1
Hold
Call-Forward ID Code (for VM)
System
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
System
Configuration
FF1
System
(up to 16 characters, including
digits 0-9, *, #, and Pause)
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Trunkss
0
FF2
Trunkss
Notes:
When the system sends intercom DTMF signals for the Voice Mail ID Code, DTMF On/Off Pattern #1
will automatically be used (it is defined in FF1 1 01 0016 and 0017).
If using the COPY/PASTE commands in FF4 for FF-key programming, be sure not to copy over a
Voice Mail port. Otherwise, the Call Forward ID digits may not be forwarded to the voice mail system.
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF1 0 23 and 24: Voice Mail Codes (pg. 1-159)
DTMF ON: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-178) FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-178) FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-6) FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-14) FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Digit Modify Table: Add Ending Digits (pg. 6-29) FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0003 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
MSG Key ID Codes
MSG-ID EXT xxxx
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
(for Large Display phones only) Assign a code (such as a VM Access Code) to
the extension phone’s “MSG” one-touch key.
FF7
(clears current
data)
Applications
FF8 1 06
FF8
Hold Hold
(0-9999)
Hold FL/R
Extension No.
Maintenance
Applications
(up to 16 char.) Hold
MSG Key ID Code
(up to 16 characters, including
digits 0-9, *, #, and Pause)
FF8
Maintenance
default: [no assignment]
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 8-14
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF8: Maintenance
Notes:
Introduction
The MSG key can be used to retrieve Voice Mail messages, as well as Message-Waiting calls received
from other extensions. If the extension receives both kinds of messages at the same time, pressing the
MSG key will retrieve Voice Mail messages first.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
If the MSG key is not available, assign the “Retrieve Messages” feature access code to an FF-key (see
FF4 for instructions).
When the system sends intercom DTMF signals for the Voice Mail ID Code, DTMF On/Off Pattern #1
will automatically be used (it is defined in FF1 1 01 0016 and 0017).
Built-In VM: Message Retrieve Key (pg. 1-24) FF1 0 01 0015 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 23 and 24: Voice Mail Codes (pg. 1-159)
DTMF ON: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-178) FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-178) FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-14) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
Closed No. for MSG ID Notify (VM/Other PBX) (pg. 6-38) FF6 2 09 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
FF1
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
FF8 1 08: Walking TRS/Station Lockout Codes
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
System
Configuration
System
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
0
FF4
Walking TRS/Station Lockout Security Code
FF-/Soft Keys
TRS ID Code XXXX
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Assign a 4-digit Walking TRS/Station Lockout Security Code to each extension.
Groups
FF5
Groups
FF8 1 08 Hold (0-9999) Hold (4-digit Code) Hold
FF6
Extension No.
TRS/ARS
Walking TRS/Station Lockout Code
(must be 4 digits)
FF6
TRS/ARS
NOTE: The same Walking TRS/Station Lockout Security Code can be assigned to multiple extensions.
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
Notes:
Applications
Walking TRS: End-users can make calls on other extensions that would normally block the call, by
entering: Walking TRS Feature Access Code + user’s own extension number + user’s Walking TRS/
Station Lockout Security Code. The user can then access a trunk and dial the call; the TRS Class
assigned to the user’s own extension (not the extension currently being used) will determine whether the
dialled phone number is allowed or not. ON/OFF or hangup will return the phone to its normal state. A
hookflash will keep the phone in Walking TRS mode.
FF8
Maintenance
In SMDR (Call Logging) reports, Walking TRS calls will be preceded by “Wxxxx” (“xxxx” is the
extension number dialled).
Appendix A
Station Lockout: At the user’s own extension (except for ISDN S-point), enter the system-wide
Station Lockout Feature Access Code (set in FF1 2 02/03) + user’s Walking TRS/Station Lockout
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 8-15
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunkss
Section 410-Programming
Security Code. This temporarily changes the phone’s TRS Class to a system-wide TRS Class for Station
Lockout (see FF1 0 19). To cancel Station Lockout, re-enter the same codes (Station Lockout Feature
Access Code + user’s Walking TRS/Station Lockout Security Code).
Related Programming:
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Extension COS: Station Lockout (Own) (pg. 1-104) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 55 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Station Lockout (Other) (pg. 1-105) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 56 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS Class During Station Lockout (pg. 1-153) FF1 0 19 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
FF1
FF8 1 09: Call-Forward Destination
System
Call-Forward/Busy Destination Extension
FF2
XXXX-
CFWD-Busy
Trunkss
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
For each extension, assign another extension to receive its Call Forward/Busy calls.
FF3
FF8 1 09 0 Hold (0-9999) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extensions
Original Extension No.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Destination Extension No. for
Call Forward/Busy
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
(for Voice Mail) The Destination Extension No. can be the VPU Port Hunt Group Pilot No. assigned in
FF5 1.
NOTE: This is not Permanent Call Forwarding! It is simply an easier way for the technician to program
all extensions to call-forward/Busy to Voice Mail (for example) from the same phone, instead of setting
it on each phone using the Feature Code (72 by default). When Call-Forward/Busy is changed or
cancelled on the phone (either by re-dialling the Feature Code or by entering User Maintenance
programming), the setting in the above address will change also.
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Extension COS: Call Forward-Busy (pg. 1-73) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-6) FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-29) FF3 0 BSSCC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
Extension HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-14) FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 8-16
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
Introduction
Call-Forward/No Answer Destination Extension
XXXX->
CFWD-NoANS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
For each extension, assign another extension to receive its Call Forward/No Answer calls.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF8 1 09 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Original Extension No.
FF1
System
Destination Extension No. for
Call Forward/No Answer
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
(for Voice Mail) The Destination Extension No. can be the VPU Port Hunt Group Pilot No. assigned in
FF5 1.
NOTE: This is not Permanent Call Forwarding! It is simply an easier way for the technician to program
all extensions to call-forward/No-Answer to Voice Mail (for example) from the same phone, instead of
setting it on each phone using the Feature Code (71 by default). When Call-Forward/No-Answer is
changed or cancelled on the phone (either by re-dialling the Feature Code or by entering User
Maintenance programming), the setting in the above address will change also.
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Extension COS: Call Forward-No Answer (pg. 1-72) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-6) FF3 0 BSSCC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-29) FF3 0 BSSCC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
Extension HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-14) FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF5
Groups
FF8 1 10: Caller ID Log Extensions
Caller ID Log Extensions
FF6
001 :
TRS/ARS
Enter EXT #
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign extensions that will have the Caller ID Log feature.
FF7
Applications
FF8 1 10 Hold Hold (001-020) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Entry No.
(max. 020 entries)
FF8
Maintenance
Extension No. that will have
the Caller ID Log feature
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Caller ID Log: The last 5 Caller ID calls received at the phone can be displayed, and redialled by
pressing the soft key next to the displayed call. On a Large Display phone, 5 log entries can be seen at a
time. To toggle between screens, press the NEXT or PREV key.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Caller ID Log Outgoing Control (pg. 1-27) FF1 0 01 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Caller ID Log Private/Out-of-Area Control (pg. 1-28) FF1 0 01 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
Appendix B
•
Page 8-17
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
FF8 1 11: Text Messages
Text Messages (Send)
Visitor Here
ABCDEF
0
1
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
Assign or change the text messages that can be sent during a Camp-On (manual)
or Call-Waiting (automatic) to another extension.
FF1
System
System
FF8 1 11 0 Hold Hold (0-9) Hold FL/R (up to 15 char.) Hold
FF2
Text Message Dial Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6-9
Trunkss
(to dial: Press MSG then ...)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
for Text Message Sent to another ext.:
default: (no default)
default: Visitor Here
default: Need Help
default: Important
default: Urgent
default: Emergency
default: (no default)
Notes:
FF2
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Text Messages are created the same way as Name Assignments, using the soft keys and FF-keys to
select each character. See the instructions on pg. 8-3.
Text Messages (Reply)
Take A Message
ABCDEF
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
1
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Assign or change Text Messages that can be sent as a reply to another extension
while receiving a Camp-On, Call-Waiting, or OHVA (Voice only).
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF8 1 11 1 Hold Hold (0-9) Hold FL/R (up to 15 char.) Hold
FF7
Text Message Dial Code
(to dial: Press MSG then ...) 0
1
2
3
4
5
6-9
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
for Text Message Reply to another ext.:
default: (no default)
default: Take A Message
default: Please Hold
default: Will Call Back
default: Transfer
default: Unavailable
default: (no default)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Text Messages are created the same way as Name Assignments, using the soft keys and FF-keys to
select each character. See the instructions on pg. 8-3.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 8-18
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF8: Maintenance
Introduction
FF8 1 12: Absence Messages
Absence Messages
At Lunch
ABCDEF
0
1
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
System
Assign or change Absence Messages which can be programmed to appear on
other extensions placing calls to an absent extension user.
FF1
FF8 1 12 Hold Hold (0-9) Hold FL/R (up to 15 char.) Hold
FF2
Absence Message Dial Code:
0=Message Code #0
1=Message Code #1
2=Message Code #2
3=Message Code #3
4=Message Code #4
5=Message Code #5-#9
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
FF2
Absence Message Text:
default: In Meeting
default: At Lunch
default: Out of Office
default: Vacation
default: Another Office
default: (no default)
Trunkss
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Absence Messages are created the same way as Name Assignments, using the soft keys and FF-keys to
select each character. See the instructions on pg. 8-3.
When a user programs his/her phone to send an Absence Message to other calling extensions, he/she
can also program a 4-digit returning time to accompany the Absence Message.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
Extension COS: Absence Message Set (pg. 1-106)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 57 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
S-ICX-10-410
S-ICX issued January 2000
•
Page 8-19
FF8: Maintenance
Section 410-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0
0
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunkss
Trunkss
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Page 8-20
•
S-ICX issued January 2000
S-ICX-10-410
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement